Vol. 63 January 1987 THE No. 1 Pan-Pacific Entomologist GRACE, J. K. and D. L. WOOD—Delusory Cleptoparasitosis: Delusions of arthropod infestation in the home . 1 COHER, E. I.—Asian biting fly studies VI: Records and new species of Oriental Haematopotini (Diptera: Tabanidae) from Nepal, Thailand, Laos and Cambodia. 5 GORDH, G.—A taxonomic study of Nearctic Meromyzobia Ashmead, 1900 (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) . 16 STARR, C. K., P. J. SCHMIDT, and J. O. SCHMIDT—Nest-site preferences of the giant honey bee, Apis (Hymenoptera: Apidae), in Borneo. 37 GIESBERT, E. F.—The genus Pachymerola Bates (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 43 LUCKOW, M. and C. D. JOHNSON—New host records of Bruchidae (Coleoptera) from Desmanthus (Leguminosae) from Texas and Mexico . 48 HOWELL, CHARLES D.—Sex-influenced protibial spines and synonymy in Dasytidae (Coleoptera), study number three. 50 ADAMES, F. N. S.—A new species oiActaletes from Mexico (Collembola: Actaletidae) . 52 KIMSEY, L. S.—New species of Cleptes Latreille from Asia and North America (Chrysididae, Hymenoptera) . 56 BUGG, R. L.—Observations on insects associated with a nectar-bearing Chilean tree, Quillaja saponaria Mohna (Rosaceae). 60 SZCZYTKO, S. W. and R. L. BOTTORF— Cosumnoperla hypocrena, a new genus and species of western Nearctic Isoperhnae (Plecoptera: Perlodidae) . 65 McELRAVY, E. P. and V. H. RESH—Diversity, seasonahty, and annual variabihty of caddisfly (Trichoptera) adults from two streams in the Cahfornia Coast Range . 75 HYNES, C. D.—New species of the genus Styringomyia from the South Pacific and Southeast Asia (Diptera: Tipulidae) . 92 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1987 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J.T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafemik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of num¬ bers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Cahfornia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Apphcation for membership in the Society and changes of address should be ad¬ dressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, Univer¬ sity of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earher back numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1984 H. 1. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary Statement of Ownership Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Location of Office of Pubhcation, Business Office of Pubhsher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Cahfornia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Cahfornia 94118-9961. Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 WeUman HaU, University of Cahfornia, Berkeley, Cahfornia 94720. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None. This issue mailed February, 1987 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRODUCED BY A-R EDITIONS, INC., MADISON, WI 53703, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 1-4 Delusory Cleptoparasitosis: Delusions of Arthropod Infestation in the Home J. Kenneth Grace and David L. Wood Department of Entomological Sciences, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Abstract. —We describe two cases where individuals believed that their homes were infected by nonexistent arthropods. These delusions of cleptoparasitosis (nest parasitism) share many of the more dramatic symptoms associated with imagined bodily infestation (delusory parasitosis). These symptoms may precede delusory parasitosis and may be encountered by entomologists and pest control professionals who are not usually involved with public health problems. The term “delusory parasitosis” refers to a mental disorder in which an individual has an unwarranted belief that insects or mites are infesting his or her body (Waldron, 1962; Ebeling, 1975), i.e., literally a “delusion of parasitosis.” This condition is distinct from “entomophobia” or an exaggerated fear of real insects and from “illusions of parasitosis” (Waldron, 1972) where environmental factors such as dust or static electricity are the true sources of physical discomfort attributed erroneously to arthropod infestation. Persons suffering from delusory parasitosis generally believe that their environment is infested. Items cited by these individuals as sources of the arthropods thought responsible for bodily infestation include automobiles, pieces of furniture, and articles of clothing (B. Keh, pers. comm, and 1983). In a recent review, Keh (1983) presents a thorough discussion of delusory parasitosis from the point of view of a public health entomologist. However, neither his review nor other references on the subject describe cases where individuals imagine arthropod infestations of their living quarters without the accompanying more dramatic delusion of bodily infestation. Public health entomologists probably encounter such complainants, but would refer them to a pest control professional without investigation unless health problems were mentioned (Keh, pers. comm.). The delusory nature of the complaint would therefore probably not be documented by pest control personnel or entomologists interested in structural pests or public health entomologists. In an effort to correct this situation, we describe two cases which illustrate our extension of the concept of delusory parasitosis to include phenomena that we believe are best described in new terminology as “delusions of cleptoparasitosis” (nest parasitism). Case Histories The first instance was encountered by JKG in California in 1976 as an employee of a pest control company. A middle-aged female resident of a condominium complex receiving monthly pest control service began calling daily, complaining of insect infestation in her rugs and throughout her unit, and requesting immediate service. 2 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Technicians responded to her request several times and chemically treated her condominium unit. Each time, the woman expressed her anger at the supposed inadequacy of the previous treatments and tearfully revealed details of personal problems to the technicians. After several weeks, the pest control company refused to respond to her repeated requests, despite complaints from the concerned manager of the complex that the company was contractually obligated to respond to all requests for service, whatever their basis. The second case, which prompted this report, was encountered by us in California in 1985. Despite assurances from several pest control companies and private consultants, the male complainant was absolutely convinced that his home, which was to go to his wife as part of a separation agreement, was infested by wood-destroying insects. Old insect tunnels (varnished over) in a picture frame and in a large cabinet were attributed by him to recent insect tunneling activity, and knots falling out of a new redwood fence were thought to be eaten from within. A small decorative box made from an undetermined hardwood also exhibited small tunnels. This box had been stored in the freezer in an attempt to kill any resident insects. Because these tunnels did not contain boring materials and had a dark stain associated with them, we determined that they had been excavated by ambrosia beetles (probably family Scolytidae or Platypodidae) when the tree was cut. The tenant also provided us with samples of damaged wood and of insects, determined to be the common dermestid Anthrenus verbasci (L.). This wood was a 1 X 4 inch Douglas fir board which had been broken in half. Several of the fractures (break lines) in the board had been marked for special attention as suspected insect tunnels. One of the tenant’s friends had taken one of the pieces to his home to observe further the imagined insect activity in the fracture zone. Wood technologists determined that the wood had not been subject to decay but exhibited an unusually large-sized early wood with large diameter tracheids. Although dermestids and other pests of stored food products can damage wood when an extensive infestation is present (Grace, 1985), only three specimens were collected by the homeowner, two of them outside the structure. A. verbasci is a common detrivore and has not been reported to damage wood. Discussion These two cases have several elements in common besides the conviction of the complainants that their homes were infested by apparently nonexistent insects. Both individuals were living alone at the time of the complaint, and volunteered details of recent emotionally disturbing personal problems. The husband of the woman in the first case had recently separated from her and she complained of having little contact with her grown son. In the second instance, the male complainant volunteered that he was involved in upsetting separation proceedings. Emotional trauma, particularly from marital problems, is reported to be characteristic of delusory parasitosis (cf. Ebeling, 1975; Keh, 1983). If there is an emotional basis for the delusion of home infestation, it may be very difficult for the entomological investigator to play a role in directing afflicted individuals to sources of psychological counseling. In instances of imagined bodily invasion, entomologists and pest control professionals are sometimes able to communicate with the physician(s) that the victim has contacted. Physicians are certainly in a better position to help these individuals obtain treatment for VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 3 psychological problems. When there has been no medical complaint, the entomological investigator appears to have little choice but to determine whether or not arthropods are present. If this conclusion is unacceptable to the affected individual, he or she may be advised to consult another professional. However, the complainant likely will resist recommendations for psychological counseling. In the 1985 case we have described, our protocol was to inspect the premises and “damaged” wood, and identify the insect samples provided to us. During our telephone conversations and the inspection by DLW of the complainant’s home, no mention was made of insects biting or parasitizing him. Several weeks after our initial contacts with the complainant, he then began to claim that insects were burrowing into his skin, a typical expression of delusory parasitosis. In an unusual development (B. Keh and Professor R. S. Lane, pers. comm.), a male friend of the complainant, who did not live in the house, expressed the same symptoms. We then referred both men to Professor Lane, a medical entomologist. After being shown samples which appeared to be skin scrapings, he interviewed both men and determined that no parasitic arthropods were present. Apparently, these two persons from separate homes were reinforcing each other’s mental condition and anxiety over the perceived problem. Finally, we encouraged both complainants to seek medical (not necessarily psychological) advice for their problems. Our conclusions in this case were not acceptable to the complainants. They continued to call and visit us without appointments and their manner towards us became increasingly demanding and hostile. At the request of campus police, we refused to engage in further conversation with the complainants and notified them that any further contact would constitute harassment. We do not know how often delusions of cleptoparasitosis are encountered by entomologists and pest control professionals, since published reports involve only imagined bodily infestations (cf. Keh, 1983). This may reflect the fact that medical and public health investigators, who are familiar with the syndrome of delusory parasitosis, are not usually contacted by individuals suffering from the delusion of infested premises alone. This delusion could represent a different manifestation of emotional problems similar to those associated with delusions of bodily infestation. However, our experience in the 1985 case described here suggests that this complaint may simply precede expression of the more dramatic symptoms of delusory parasitosis. Contact with the complainant in the 1976 case was interrupted before further symptoms could be observed. Acknowledgments We are grateful to R. P. Akers for establishing contact with the complainant in the 1985 case and providing technical assistance; R. S. Lane for analyzing the complaints of bodily infestation; R. S. Beal, Jr. (Emeritus, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona) for dermestid species determinations; and W. A. Dost (Head, Wood Building Research Center, Richmond, California) for wood examination. We thank B. A. Barr, L. W. Barclay, M. A. Hoy, W. C. Schaupp, and A. R. Weinhold for describing their interactions with the complainants. G. W. Frankie, B. Keh and R. S. Lane reviewed drafts of the manuscript and provided pertinent information. R. P. Akers, J. W. Fox and L. D. Merrill also read early drafts of the manuscript and offered helpful suggestions. 4 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Literature Cited Ebeling, W. 1975. Urban Entomology. Div. Agr. Sci., Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. Grace, J. K. 1985. Three beetle families can wreak havoc in wood. Pest Control, 53(9):52,55,57. Keh, B. 1983. Cryptic arthropod infestations and illusions and delusions of parasitoses. Pp. 165-185 in G, W. Frankie and C. S. Koehler (eds). Urban entomology: interdisciplinary perspectives. Praeger, New York. Waldron, W. G. 1962. The role of the entomologist in delusory parasitosis (entomophobia). Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am., 8:81-83. -. 1972. The entomologist and illusions of parasitosis. Calif. Med., 117:76-78. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 5-15 Asian Biting Fly Studies VI: Records and New Species of Oriental Haematopotini (Diptera: Tabanidae) from Nepal, Thailand, Laos and Cambodia Edward I. Coher Division of Natural Sciences, Southampton Center of L.LU., Southampton, New York 11968. The adult Oriental Haematopotini have been documented by Stone and Philip (1974) to a point where it would seem little could be added to our knowledge of the tribe without extensive specialized collecting. Nevertheless, the Oriental Region continues to yield new records and new species in this unusual complex which has radiated throughout the Indian and Malayan subregions into an impressive list of closely related forms, several of which have been implicated as disease vectors. In these two subregions only two genera are involved, Hippocentrodes Philip, 1961 and Haematopota Meigen, 1803; the former apparently includes two species, one of which is amply represented in this study. Based on the study by Stone and Philip, Haematopota includes 160 species, 5 nomina dubia and two nomina nuda. Studies by Thompson (1977) and Burger (1981) have added two species to this total. From observations made in the present study, but requiring further examination, the generic characterization of Haematopota should include statements on 1: the form of the spermathecae which are not inflated apically and 2; the structure of the spermathecal ducts which are much more membranous, longer (may reach into the third abdominal segment) and more inflated than those of tabanine genera. The following study of the distribution of 15 species of Oriental Haematopota includes descriptions of five new species, one each from Cambodia, Laos and Thailand and two from Nepal. 1. Hippocentrodes desmotes Philip, 1961 1961. Philip, Indian!. Ent.21(2):82-88,f. 1974. Stone and Philip, USDA Tech. Bull. 1489;28,f, figs. l,la,122. 1976. Matsumura and Takahasi, Japanese J. Sanit. Zool.27(3):297,f. In 1912, Brunetti described a unique male Haematopota from Dehra Dun, India. The dark wing with six very narrow incomplete hyaline transverse bands was distinct compared with all other Asian species of that genus. Philip (1961:82) described a female tabanid with six complete transverse pale wing bands from Bengal, India. He placed it in a new monotypic genus Hippocentrodes with the genotype H. desmotes. In 1974, Stone and Philip reviewed the Haematopotini and transferred the Brunetti species striatipennis to Hippocentrodes. Matsumura and Takahasi (1976:297) reported a single female of desmotes from Nepal. Although stating that it is a “small blackish” species, the description given by them refers to its dark brown appearance and it is particularly interesting to note that they report no abdominal pattern at all. During 1956-57, in dense lowland jungle of southern Nepal, I took a series of 6 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST tabanids with the distinctive wing pattern of transverse bands. Specimens were taken both north and south of the Siwalik Hills. Comparison of this material with the type of desmotes shows differences in color and setal pattern. The integument of the Nepalese specimens is darker than the reddish-brown of Philip’s specimen. The distal margin of the first four abdominal segments of the specimens from Nepal is fringed with silvery setae. These setae are underlain on the first two tergites by silvery pollinosity and laterally on the third and fourth segments. By contrast, desmotes has yellowish setae, reduced pollinose and setal markings on the second tergite and no markings on the third or fourth abdominal tergites. Philip described other differences in the head and wing patterns in addition to which I note a size range of 6.5 to 8.5mm. The question arises as to the relationship of the population from southern Nepal to striatipennis and desmotes. Based on adult anatomical and pattern characteristics, it is unlikely that these forms represent three distinct species. Owing to lack of material from western India, it is not possible at this time to determine whether the type of desmotes, or my Nepalese material, or both, represent the female of the Brunetti species. My personal interpretation is that all these specimens could represent a single population bearing the specific name striatipennis. The fine condition of my material may be responsible for the apparent variation of color and pattern from the two described forms. Indeed, Stone and Philip were convinced that one of my specimens from Nepal was conspecific with desmotes. For the present, I will follow their conclusion that the Nepal sample represents the westernmost population of desmotes. Records. —NEPAL, Amlekhganj, 19 July 1956,f; 8 July 1956,9f(Shannon trap, 500m.); 14 July 1957,f; Chisapani, 4 July 1957,2f (EIC and Ghan Sham). 2. Haematopota abacis Philip, 1960 1960b. Chrysozona abacis Philip, Fed. Malaya Inst. med. Res. St.29:29,f. 1963. Haematopota obscurata Philip, Pacific Insects 5:529,f,m. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid:30,f,m,synonymy, figs. 50,173,174. Record. —THAILAND, Chiengmai Province, Doi Sutep, 1000m., 8 August 1959. This specimen was taken at the wat on Doi Sutep. Its external characteristics agree well with the description of abacis by Stone and Philip; their notation in regard to the dorsal margin of the subcallus, “upper margin nearly straight,” is more accurate than their figure; also, the interanntenal spot is wider than shown in that figure. 3. Haematopota albofasciatipennis Brunetti, 1912 1912. Brunetti, Indian Mus. Rec. 7(5):458,m. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid:41 ,f,figs.68,194. 1976. Matsumura and Takahasi, ibid:299,f, as H. albofasciatipennis. A series of twenty-nine female specimens of this species shows the following differences from the descriptions by Stone and Philip (1974) and Matsumura and Takahasi (1976): frons of the specimens from north of the Siwalik Hills (Hetaura and Chisapani) with gray to brownish pollinosity with vertexal area browner, the median spot present or absent and either set off by light pollinosity or not; with a ring, or partial ring, or virtually no silvery pollinosity around the lateral frontal spots which VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 7 are subquadrate; basal callus shiny dark brown; face immediately below antennae slightly darker than remainder and gena. Stone and Philip describe the w/h of the frons as subequal; my material differs with a w/h of 2 / 2 . Scutellar stripes indistinct. Foretibia with basal third white; midtibia with two white bands more or less distinctly divided, the basitarsus white with a narrow dark distal band; hindtibia with at least one distinct white band, a second poorly defined band also present, basitarsus as for midleg. Abdominal sternites dark with narrow light posterior margins. Specimens from Mile 4, north of Amlekhganj and on the southern slope of the Siwalik Hills, appear even lighter brown than other specimens. Scutal stripes are not evident or are hardly developed. Basal callus brown to dark red-brown with a dark median line from the point of the basal callus onto the blackish-gray pollinose frons. The hindtibial white mark may be reduced to a single distinct basal band or with the median white band reduced and best developed on the median aspect; the basitarsus of both the mid and hindlegs is dark apically. Specimens from Amlekhganj show variation similar to that of the material from Mile 4. The wing of the material from north of the Siwaliks is proportionally broader and with a more broadly rounded anal area than that from the southern slope. Limited dissections show variances in the form of the spermathecae, those from Hetaura appearing much less sclerotized and with reduced pigmentation. Both forms have medianly enlarged spermathecal ducts. Records. —NEPAL, Rapti Valley, Hetaura, 520m., 14 April 1956,12f; Chisapani, 4 July 1957,2f. Amlekhganj, 520m., 6 June,f; 14 June,f; 19 June 1956,2f; 5 July 1957(500m.),7f. Mile 4,560m., 5 July 1957,3f. Some specimens were taken by hand net, but those from Hetaura and two from Amlekhganj were taken in a Shannon trap and one was taken at a light in Amlekhganj. 4. Haematopota assamensis Ricardo, 1911 1911. Ricardo, Indian Mus. Rec.4(9):343,f. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid:50,f, figs. 17,138. Recori/5.—NEPAL, Amlekhganj, 15 April 1956,f; 18 May 1957,f. The fly taken in April was on a cow in an open pasture area. These records extend the range of this species 600 miles westward from Assam. 5. Haematopota bealesi Coher, New Species A unique specimen from Laos not clearly related to any Oriental species known to me with the exception perhaps of H. tenasserimi Szilady, 1926. Female. —8mm. Head: Frons (PI. 1) width/height subequal, with a large black pollinose subtrapezoidal area, emarginate at dorsal margin where apex of vertex intrudes, less so at ventral margin, vertexal area lighter with short black setae and some shorter pilosity which produces silvery reflections; callus dark red-brown with a dome-shaped margin intruding into the frontal pattern; subcallus wide, somewhat lighter color than the callus, cleft and with narrow lateral projections which are widened apically; face whitish pollinose with brownish subtriangular areas below each antenna and with a median brownish longitudinal stripe that reaches their confluence; parafacials whitish pollinose; beard white; antenna (PI. 1) with scape narrow and slightly shorter than the flagellomere; apex of style narrowly dark; palpus light brown with dark setae. Eye: (PI. 1) globose, particularly as compared to other species. Thorax: scutum dark with black setae dominant on central disc and towards 8 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST i PI. 1. Head, showing Irons and antenna of Haematopota bealesi, H. cynthiae, H. excipula, H. gobindai and H. vimola. the median anterior margin, golden setae dominant on lateral margins, posteriorly and onto anterior scutellum which is otherwise dark with black setae. Wing: (PI. 2) with a broad apical hyaline band in which there is an isolated spot intersecting the upper branch of the third vein. Halter: stem and knob whitish. Legs: dark brown with white of lighter markings as follows: basal five-sixth of foretibia whitish; basal half of mid femur lighter brown-yellow; midtibia with two narrow yellowish rings, one of which is about one-third the distance from the base, the second about one-third the distance from the apex; hind femur somewhat lighter; hind tibia with a narrow sub-basal whitish ring and a similar incomplete ring about two-thirds the distance from the base. Abdomen: tergites dark brown with very narrow light pollinose la lae bealesi indai VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 9 PI.2 bealesi cynthiae gahindai PI. 2. Wings oi Haematopota bealesi, H. cynthiae, H. excipula, H. gobindai andH. vimola. posterior margins on TII-TVI, TI-TII with grayish lateral pollinosity; SI-SIII and anterior SIV more reddish brown, SII-SVI with a hint of a lighter posterior margin. Holotype female. —LAOS, Vientiane-Pak San Rd., 80 miles E., 21 June 1959 (P. F. Beales). In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. H. bealesi is most closely related to H. tenasserimi but is easily separable from that species on the basis of the extent of the pollinose area of its frons and the subequal w/h of the frons, the proportions of the antennal segments, and the pattern of the apical hyaline area of the wing. It gives me great pleasure to name this species for Dr. Peter F. Beales, W.H.O., who helped to collect many of the specimens in this study and who obliged me by collecting material during trips he made to Laos and Cambodia. 10 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 6. Haematopota bicolor Stone and Philip, 1974 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid: 57,f,figs.41,165. Records. —NEPAL, Amlekhganj, 1956,520ni., 6 June,2f; 14 June,f; 16 June,f; 29 July,2f; 30 July,f; 14 Aug.,5f; 28 Sept.,f. 500m., 8 July,2f; 13 July,3f; 29 Aug. 1957,2f; Baridamar, 6 Aug. 1956,2f. These lowland forms of bicolor do not appear different from the boreal populations reported from Assam and northcentral Nepal. However, one specimen taken 8 August at Amlekhganj is longer by 2mm. and with a wider abdomen than the remainder of the series; its wing markings in aggregate are the most different of the entire series, but, its variations appear in other combinations in other specimens. 7. Haematopota cilipes Bigot, 1890 1890. Bigot. Paris Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Nouvelle Arch.(3)2:205,f. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid:74,f,figs.7,128. The five specimens taken in southern Thailand not only differ in some details from the description given by Stone and Philip but also differ from each other. The principal variations occur as follows: frontal callus with dorsal median point varying in shape to as much as a broad rectangular area; frontal spots of four specimens more subquadrate than the figure of Stone and Philip and with at least some light brown pollinosity marginally; median frontal spot small and light-colored on four specimens; scutal stripes developed only on the anterior margin of the scutum; scutal and scutellar setae golden yellow; posterior scutellar crescents fused medially on some specimens; mid and hind tibial bands not always well-defined and may appear as a single long fight band; two of the specimens with a narrow median diagonal dark stripe through the subapical hyaline band of the wing. Records. —THAILAND, Trang Province(no data),f; Lamor Vill.#3, 8 June 1960, f; Chong, 15 June 1960,3f. The place of capture for all the specimens with full data, places this as a jungle inhabiting species. 8. Haematopota cynthiae Coher, New Species Female. —7mm. Head: Frons (PI. 1) width/height 6/5, clothed with gray pollinosity, subcircular lateral spots black, separated by half their diameter from the callus and surrounded by whitish pollinosity with a sparse but noticeable tuft of white setae below each; vertex gray pollinose, apical vertexal spot with white pollinosity below and a narrow median white pollinose line above; callus red-brown with a strongly bowed dorsal margin; subcallus cleft, dark brown; face white pollinose; parafacials with a small dark comma-shaped lateral mark; beardless; antenna (PI. 1) with scape/flagellomere 5/6, scape yellowish and slightly thicker than the width of the widest part of the flagellomere which is brownish and narrow, style dark brown; palpus dark cream-colored with brownish setae. Thorax: median gray scutellar stripe short and narrow, sublateral gray stripes longer and broader, disc with short golden setae intermixed with brown setae; scutellar setae brown; pleura whitish pollinose. Wing: (PI. 2) much like albofasciatipennis but with apical hyaline band intruding into the apex of the marginal cell; hind margin broadly hyaline including the anal region, joined or not to subapical hyaline transverse band. Halter: cream-colored stem and brown knob. Legs: brown with white markings as follows: foreleg dark brown. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 11 foretibia with front surface two-thirds white, reduced obliquely to one-third of lateral surface; midleg light brown with basal four-fifths of tibia white and basitarsus white except for narrow distal brown ring, tarsal segments showing basal white; hind leg light brown with basal third of tibia diffuse whitish, basitarsus white with a narrow distal dark ring, tarsal segments with basal white. Abdomen: TII-TVI with submedian rows of white pollinose spots within a more diffuse lateral white pollinose area and with light-colored setae; TIII-TVI with a narrowly lighter posterior margin; sternites darkening posteriorly, SII-SVI with narrow lighter posterior margins, setae light-colored. Holotype female. —NEPAL, 520m., Rapti Valley, Hetaura, 14 April 1956. In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratopotype. —female with the same data. Both specimens were taken flying with albofasciatipennis. To the eye, they are more robust and larger and the wings are not as deeply infuscated. The lateral frontal spots are smaller and rounder and surrounded by silvery pollinosity. The pattern of the vertexal area is reduced and silvery pollinosity lies below the median spot and continues as a faint median vertexal line. The scutal pattern of stripes is strongly developed. TIII-TVI show well-developed submedian light spots. The subapical spot of the wing is much longer and somewhat broader and the hind margin of the wing is at least twice as broadly hyaline. This sibling of albofasciatipennis, flying with that species, is easily separated from its ‘twin’ by the form of the frontal black spots, the length of the subapical hyaline band and the wide posterior hyaline band on the posterior margin of the wing. I take great pleasure in naming this species for my wife, also a twin. 9. Haematopota excipula Coher, New Species Female. —9.5mm. Head: Frons (PI. 1) width/height 2/1, with brownish to silvery pollinosity, subcircular lateral black pollinose spots touch or nearly touch callus and eyes, spots in some light show small light-colored setae around each as well as around the smaller median dark spot from which there is a median vertexal pollinose line; vertexal area not clearly defined by pattern; callus dark brown, dorsal margin horizontal with a small median triangular projection; subcallus dark brown and cleft; face silvery pollinose with a small black spot below each antennal base; parafacials with an extensive black pollinose area which touches eyes; beardless; antenna (PI. 1) with scape about four-fifths as long as flagellomere and narrower than the greatest width of the flagellomere, light brown; flagellomere brown, narrow, style slightly darker; palpus cream-colored with brown setae. Thorax: with a narrow median longitudinal silvery pollinose stripe to center of disc; submedian stripes shorter and followed by a silvery spot, setae brown with smaller scattered golden setae; posterior margin of disc silvery pollinose; scutellum silvery pollinose along anterior margin and median area, fine brown scutellar setae; pleura silvery pollinose. Wing: (PI. 2) pattern slightly variable in marginal cell, paratype with a broader rosette; in anal region of paratype, hyaline stripes connected by a longitudinal hyaline stripe. Halter: with stem and apical third of knob cream-colored, basal two-thirds of knob brownish. Legs: dark brown, forecoxa with basal half silvery pollinose; forefemur laterally silvery pollinose; foretibia with basal fourth lighter; midfemur with basal two-thirds lighter; midtibia with a narrow light ring and two other indistinct rings; midbasitarsus lighter except at apex; basal two-fifths of hindtibia lighter and a hint of 12 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST subapical light ring; basal portion of hind tarsus lighter. Abdomen: dark brown with scattered golden setae, TII-TV with posterior margins silvery pollinose, TII with a median T-shaped pollinose pattern; TIII-TVII with submedian elongated silvery pollinose spots; sternites dark brown. Holotype female. —CAMBODIA, Kbal Trach, 12 May 1958 (P. F. Beales). In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratopotype. —slightly damaged female with the same data. This species is most closely related H. biroi Szilady, 1926 from which it may be distinguished by its larger size, its well-defined parafacial spots, differences in the apical hyaline spots of the wing and its lack of median light markings on any but the second abdominal tergite. 10. Haematopota gobindai Coher, New Species Although much of this specimen is obscured by fungus, it clearly represents a new taxon which I take pleasure in naming for a close companion and co-worker for over two years in the Nepal terai, Gobinda Prasad Joshi. Female. —8.5mm. Head: Frons (Pl.l) with width/height 2/1 and with large oval lateral black pollinose spots which do not touch margins of eyes or callus; callus brownish yellow with a broad dorsal median triangle; subcallus reddish brown; antenna with scape about four-fifths as long as flagellomere and as wide as widest part of flagellomere and more yellowish than light brown flagellomere; style dark brown. Thorax, legs and abdomen cannot be characterized. Wing: (PI. 2). Holotype female. —NEPAL, Neghauli, 9 April 1957 (G. P. Joshi), at light. In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. This species appears, based on wing characteristics, to be most closely related to H. punctifera Bigot, 1891. It may be told from that species by its larger size, the w/h proportion of the frons and the shape and pattern of the wing, particularly the included dark spot within the wide apical hyaline band and the hyaline areas of all posterior margin cells. 11. Haematopota howarthi Stone and Philip, 1974 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid: lll,f,m, figs.4,125. This species has been recorded from Laos. Records. —LAOS, Vientiane-Pak San Rd., 40 miles E., 21 June 1959,f; same data, 80milesE.,f, (P. F. Beales). 12. Haematopota pachycera Bigot, 1890 1890. Bigot, Paris Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Nouv. Arch.(3), 2:206,f. 1974. Stone and Phihp, ibid: 155,f, figs.23,147. Variation in the shape of the flagellomere of the antenna, the vertexal pattern and its setation, the tomentum and setae of the scutellum as well as the wing pattern may indicate that there is a complex of species involved rather than the wide variation I presently attribute to this species. The flagellomere is variously shaped and may either taper distally or be widened following a taper. The vertex is somewhat variable in the extent of its pattern and setation and the scutellar pattern is variable to the extent reported by Stone and Philip. Although basically similar, the wing pattern is highly variable. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 13 Records. —THAILAND, Chiengmai Province, 1959, Sarapee, 6 July,f; 30 July,2f; Chompu,27 July,f;NongQuai, 23Sept.,f;TrangProvince,Lamor, Vill. #4, 18 April 1960,f; 10 May 1960,f; Bang Mark, 29 April 1959,f. LAOS, 1959, Vientiane-Pak San Rd., 21 June, 40 miles E.,f; 21 June, 80 miles E.,f; Pak San-Pak Dang Rd., 21 June,f. 13. Haematopota singularis Ricardo, 1911 1911. Ricardo, Rec. Indian Mus.4:339,f, fig. 1963. Philip, Pacific Ins.5(3):530,f, fig.; as H. s. vietnamensis. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid: 176,f,synonymy, figs.9,131. My specimens show the following variations from those described by Ricardo and by Stone and Philip. Paired frontal spots large and subquadrate, surrounded by a ring of lighter pollinosity; median spot with a longitudinal light line pf pollinosity running onto the vertexal area and also anteriorly on one specimen, plus a broad m-like marking of light pollinosity reaching to the paired frontal spots; eye margins with light pollinosity; callus dark brown; apex of scape plus pedicel dark. Thorax with the light areas and stripes silvery; pleura with two dark bands, one extending from the wing base to the spiracle, the second extending from the wing base around the sternites and including the base of the forecoxa. Wing with extensive brown markings in the oblique stripe of one specimen; halter light at apex. Legs with midbasitarsus definitely lighter-colored except at tip; hindfemur densely clothed with dark hairs along the entire length of dorsal and ventral surface; hind basitarsus quite swollen. Abdomen with TVI and TVII with a pair of submedian light spots, those on TVII much larger. Spermathecae narrow, pigmented and sclerotized, each with the terminal portion differently shaped, one strongly and broadly narrowed, a second narrowed less close to the tip and a third rounded. Record.—CAMBODIA, KbalTrach, 12 May 1958,3f. These three specimens, one of which is lacking head and abdomen, are noted as being taken on carabao. The laterally split abdomen of one is due to engorgement with blood, a condition not uncommon in other field caught flies. This is the first record of this species in Cambodia. 14. Haematopota splendens Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1929 1929. Schuurmans Stekhoven, Treubia 6(Suppl.):95,f. 1974. Stone and Philip, ibid:179,f,m, figs.48,171. Record/.—THAILAND, Pattalung Province, Khouw Pup Pah, 26 June 1960. Taken flying with vimoli. Dr. Philip has kindly supplied me with a copy of the data on the Thai collection of this species. Unfortunately, I have no better luck in deciphering the cryptic data than he did. However, it is interesting to note that the specimen was taken at 5500' on 7 April, 1939. 15. Haematopota vimoli Coher, New Species Female. —8.5-9.5mm. Head: Frons (PI. 1) width/height about 2/1, pollinosity variable, silvery to silvery-black to brownish-black and with brown setae; vertexal area usually darker; lateral dark spots subcircular and variably surrounded by lighter-colored pollinosity which forms a line running posteriorly through the median line of the vertex; callus red-brown, with dorsal margin variable in shape; subcallar 14 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST area black medially and cleft; face medianly black pollinose and large lateral black pollinose triangles on the parafacials; beard white; antenna (PI. 1) with scape slightly longer than flagellomere, style brownish; palpus brown with whitish pollinosity. Thorax: scutum with anterior narrowly silvery, disc and scutellum brown with golden setae; pleura whitish pollinose. Wing: (PI. 2) much like H. helviventer. Halter: hght stem and dark knob. Legs: dark brown with white markings as follows, basal third of foretibia, basal four-fifths of midtibia and barely so on base of basitarsus, basal two-thirds of hindtibia. Abdomen: TI-TVI dark brown with posterior margin of TII entirely or partly light-colored and a narrow pollinose triangle projecting two-thirds of way to anterior margin, clothed with golden setation particularly at posterior margin of each segment; SI-SVI whitish with a darker median patch on SIII-SVI. Holotype female. —THAILAND, Trang Province, Chong, 15 June 1960, Shannon trap. In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratopotypes. —All taken in Shannon trap. 1960: 10 May,f; 15 June,7f; 29 June,4f; Paratype: Pattalung Province, Khouw Pup Pah, 26 June 1960,f. T. vimoli is clearly related to T. spenceri Stone and Philip, 1974 and T. helviv enter Stone and Philip, 1974 but is clearly separable based on the w/h of the frons which is wider than high, the presence of large black parafacial spots and the form of the long, slim flagellomere of the very narrow antenna. This jungle species is named for Dr. Vimol Notananda of Chiengmai, Thailand, who so graciously supported my activities in that country. It is of interest to note that certain species were taken flying at the same time and place with other tabanids. The following listing is noted: H. albofasciatipennis with Tabanus adhabarensis and Chrysops dispar on 4 July 1957 north of the Siwalik Hills and with T. albosetosus and T. nepalensis on 5 July 1957 south of the Siwalik Hills, Nepal. H. bicolor With T. albosetosus on 6 June 1956, with T. jucundus on 16 June 1956, with T. subcallosus, T. teraiensis, T. jacobarius and T. nepalensis on 30 July 1956, with T. jacobarius on 8 July 1956 and 29 August 1957, all in Amlekhganj, Nepal. H. cilipes with T. aurilineatus on 8 June 1960 in Trang Province, Thailand. H. pachycera with T. konis on 27 July 1959 in Chiengmai Province and with T. brunipennis on 29 April 1959 in Trang Province, Thailand. H. vimoli with T. hybridus, T. subhybridus, T. brunnicolor, T. caduceus, T. griseipalpis, T. macdonaldi, C. dispar and C. fixissimus on 15 June 1960; with H. splendens on 26 June 1960; with T. hybridus and T. subhybridus on 29 June 1960. All records from Trang Province, Thailand. Literature Cited Bigot, J. M. 1890. Dipteres. IN Pavie. Paris Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Nouv. Arch. (3)2:203-208. Brunetti, E. 1912. New Oriental Diptera, I. Rec. Indian Mus. 7:445-513, figs. -. 1924. Diptera of the Siju Cave, Garo Hills, Assam. Indian Mus. Rec. 26(1):99-106. Burger,!. F. 1981. A review of the horse flies of Sri Lanka (Ceylon). Ent. scandinavica Suppl. 11:81-123, figs. 1-10. Chvala, M. 1969. Einige neue oder wenig bekannt Bremsen von Nepal. Acta Ent. Bohemoslavaca 66:39-54,1 pi. Matsumura T. and H. Takahasi. 1976. Notes on some Nepalese Tabanidae with descriptions of two new species. Japanese!. Sank. Zool.27:289-300. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 15 de Meijere, J. Ch. 1911. Studien iiber sudostasiatische Dipteren. VI. Tijd. v. Ent.54;258-432, figs. Moucha, J. 1969. Tribus Haematopotini. ActaEntomol. Mus. Nat. Pragae 38:213-235. -. 1970. The Tribe Haematopotini in the Oriental Region. H. D. Srivastava Commem. Vol.:391-394. Philip, C. B. 1960a. Three New Tabanine Flies from the Orient. Indian J. Ent. 21:82-88, figs. -. 1960b; Malaysian Parasites XXXV. Descriptions of some Tabanidae from the Far East. Stud. Inst. med. Res. Malaya, No.29:1-32. -. 1960c. Malaysian Parasites XXXVI. A Summary Review and Records of Tabanidae from Malaya, Borneo and Thailand. Stud. Inst. med. Res. Malaya, No.29:33-78. -. 1961. Three New Tabanine Flies from the Orient. Indian J. Entomol.21(2):82-88, figs. -. 1963. Further Notes on Far Eastern Tabanidae III. Records and New Species oiHaematopota and a New Chrysops from Malaysia. Pacific Insects 5(3);519-534, figs. 1-9. Ricardo, G. 1906. Notes on the Genus Haematopota of the Family Tabanidae in the British Museum Collection. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser.7,18:94-127. -. 1908. Descriptions of some New Species of Tabanidae with Notes on some Haematopota. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser.8,1:54-60. -. 1911. A Revision of the Oriental Species of the Genera of the Family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Indian Mus. Rec., 4(9):321-397,401. -. 1913. New Species of Tabanidae from the Oriental Region. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser.8,11:546. -. 1916. Two New Species of Haematopota from the Federated Malay States. Bull. Ent. Res.6(4):403-404. -. 1917. New Species of Haematopota from India. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser.8,19:225-226. Schuurmans Stekhoven, J. H. 1926. The bloodsucking arthropods of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago. Treubia 6 (Suppl): 1-551, Pis. 1-18. Senior-White R. 1927. Catalogue of Indian Insects. Pt. 12-Tabanidae. Pp. 1-70. Gov’t. India Publ., Calcutta. Stone, A. and C. B. Philip. 1974. The Oriental Species of the Tribe Haematopotini. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. No. 1489:1-240, figs. 1-249. Stone, A. 1975. Family Tabanidae. IN Delfinado, M.D. and D.E. Hardy (editors). A Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region, Vol.2:i-ix, 1-459. Univ. Press Hawaii, Honolulu. Szilady, Z. 1926. New and Old World Horseflies. Biol. Hungarica l(7):l-30. Thompson, F. C. 1977. A New Haematopota from Nepal. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 79:19-24, figs. Wiedemann, E. R. W. 1828. Aussereuropaische Zweiflugelige Insekten 1:1-608, figs. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 16-36 A Taxonomic Study of Nearctic Meromyzobia Ashmead, 1900 (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) Gordon Gordh Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521. Abstract. —The Nearctic species of Meromyzobia Ashmead, 1900, are reviewed. A generic diagnosis is provided and some important morphological characters are discussed. Desantisella Subba Rao is synonymized with Meromyzobia (New Synonymy). Meromyzobia americana Ashmead, based on a male, and M. flavicincta Ashmead, based on a female, are synonymized (New Synonymy), flavicincta recognized as the valid name. A Lectotype is designated for Ericydnus maculipennis Ashmead, the type-species of Meromyzobia. Descriptive notes are given for M. flavicincta, M. bifasciata, and M. maculipennis. Four New Species are described (M. deserticola, M. melanosoma, M. pedicelata, andM. texana). Introduction The following taxonomic notes are part of a review of the Nearctic Encyrtidae and are published here in response to requests for identifications of material by several workers interested in ecological aspects of insects associated with salt marsh grasses {Spartina spp.) in Florida. I do not consider this a revision because fewer than 150 specimens are involved. Detailed phylogenetical notes on the relationship of Meromyzobia to other encyrtids will be published elsewhere (Gordh, in prep.). Meromyzobia was characterized by Ashmead (1900) for a loosely described assemblage of species, most of which had been placed in other genera in earlier publications. Ashmead (1900) recognized six species in Meromyzobia from North America and these have been carried in subsequent catalogs without taxonomic study (Muesebeck et al., 1951; Peck, 1963; Gordh, 1979). Elsewhere, species referable to Meromyzobia have been taken only in South America. DeSantis (1968, 1972) has described M. gripha from a male taken near Buenos Aires, and M. flavipes from a female taken near Loreto (Missiones). DeSantis’ (1979) Catalog of Neotropical Chalcidoidea (except Brazil) only includes these two species. Subba Rao (1971) described Desantisella brasiliensis from two females taken at Nova Teutonia, Brazil, and D. plaumanni from a male taken at the same locality. Desantisella is synonymized with Meromyzobia (New Synonymy). Explanation of this synonymy is given below. Otherwise, treatment of the South American species awaits collection of more material. Meromyzobia Diagnosis Female. —Body moderately large (usually 1.50-3.25 mm. long), sometimes elongate, sometimes robust. Coloration predominantly pale with weak to moderate metallic reflections over various parts of the body. Head hypognathous to VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 17 subopisthognathous; in dorsal aspect with anterior margin broadly rounded and continuous with compound eye margins laterad; vertexal margin broadly rounded, medial margins of compound eyes parallel, posterior margins not contiguous with posterior margin of head. Ocelli not close-set but centrally located on vertex; angle formed by anterior ocellus greater than 90 degrees; lateral ocellus about one diameter from medial margin of compound eye. Frontovertex moderately wide, about 0.4-0.5 times as wide as head, weakly reticulate, sometimes shallowly and very sparsely punctate. Head in frontal aspect transversely oval with toruli closest, near ventral margin of compound eyes; scrobal impressions very shallow, short, and poorly developed; malar sulcus complete and well formed. Antennae with scape cylindrical in cross section or weakly compressed but not expanded ventrad; first two funicular segments anelliform, distal four funicular segments not modified; club not large or well differentiated, septa sometimes difficult to distinguish in point mounted specimens. Mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation or with three equal-sized teeth. Maxillary palpus four-segmented; labial palpus three-segmented. Mesosoma with incomplete, short, straight parapsidal sutures; axillae meeting mesad; propodeum smooth, sloping posteriad and with two medial, longitudinal, subexocuticular carinae or lines of propodeal reinforcement. Wings macropterous, frequently conspicuously fuscous, females sometimes brachypterous. Middle tibial spur large, robust, and frequently enlarged distad. Metasoma as large or larger than mesosoma; pygostyli near midline to apical one-third of metasoma, ovipositor and gonostyli usually not strongly exserted, sometimes exserted up to one-fifth length of metasoma. Seventh sternum from basal to apical one-third of metasoma. Male. —Typcally smaller than the female with antennal flagellar segments enlarged. Body coloration resembles female. Body parts similar in shape to female (including frontovertex). Males macropterous with hyaline wings. Ocelli not larger than female ocelli. Discussion The correct systematic placement of Meromyzobia remains vague. Ashmead (1900) summarized early attempts at higher classification of the Encyrtidae and provided the modern concept upon which encyrtids were classified for more than 50 years. In his schema, Meromyzobia was assigned to the Ectromini, a Tribe characterized by species with bidentate mandibles, a large (frequently plowshare-shaped) seventh sternum, and a rather long marginal vein. Meromyzobia clearly does not possess the essential features of the Ectromini. Mercet (1921) abandoned the Tribal classification of Ashmead in favor of Subfamilies (the Encyrtinae and Arrhenophaginae with 12 “groups” in the former), but did not place Meromyzobia because it did not occur on the Iberian Peninsula. The genus was not treated by Erdos and Novicky (1955) for similar reasons. Hoffer (1955) provided a formal attempt at reorganizing encyrtid genera into Tribes. He did not consider Meromyzobia, but his reappraisal of the Mirini Ashmead has been shown to have merit and it is here that Meromyzobia belongs. Trjapitzin (1973A, B) reorganized the Encyrtidae and modified the concept of Subtribes within the group (corrected to Miraini). Meromyzobia was placed in the Subtribe Mayridiina by Trjapitzin and Gordh (1978), but was listed Incertae Sedis by Gordh (1979). Placement by Trjapitzin and Gordh is taken as correct pending further study. 18 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST I have not had the opportunity to study the holotype of Desantisella brasiliensis Subba Rao, which should be in the British Museum. However, the extensive description of that species and diagnosis by Subba Rao (1971) leave no doubt that Desantisella is synonymous with Meromyzobia. The shape of the middle tibial spur clearly fits within the concept of Meromyzobia as understood here. Other characters regarded as diagnostic for Desantisella are within the range of variation expressed by Meromyzobia. Biologically, Meromyzobia appears diverse and does not fit the pattern of most Miraini which, according to Trjapitzin (1973B), are primary and secondary parasites of coccoids. Tachikawa (1978) reports Meromyzobia as parasitic on undetermined Orthoptera eggs. Meromyzobia pedicelata New Species was undoubtedly reared from Orthoptera eggs. The host plant was Tripsacum laxum Nash (Gramineae). Meromyzobia melanosoma New Species has been repeatedly taken in association with Spartina spp. (Gramineae) along the eastern seaboard of the United States. Meromyzobia maculipennis has been taken from the puparia of Anthracophaga ingrata (Williston), a chloropid. This fly was described from material taken by F. M. Webster, who also collected the parasite. The host plant for the chloropid was Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin. (Williston 1983). Meromyzobia flavicincta was taken from unidentified galls on Aristida gyrans Chapman (Gramineae). Meromyzobia deserticola New Species has been taken from Hilaria rigida (Thurb.) (Gramineae). Meromyzobia texana New Species has been reared in association with Antonina graminis (Maskell), an introduced pest of pasture, turf, and lawn grasses. Subba Rao (1971) does not mention the biology of Desantisella, but Noyes (1980) indicates its species are hyperparasites of Chamaemyiidae attacking Aclerididae. Thus, overwhelming circumstantial evidence suggests that Meromyzobia should be considered a New World genus of Miraini with an ecological preference for grasses. Morphologically, Meromyzobia has several interesting features which may not be appreciated from the following taxonomic treatment, but which have importance in higher classification of this large and difficult group. Thus, sexual dimorphism should be studied carefully because it will prove helpful in understanding relationships. Most groups of encyrtids express dimorphism in antennal conformation, ocellar size and triangle shape, frontovertex size and shape, body size and coloration, and wing size and coloration. Species of Meromyzobia express very weak sexual dimorphism in head and antennal characters. The curious reduction of FI and FII of the antenna is a synapomorphy shared by males and females. Additionally, the vestigal ring segments are evident in several species (Figs. 4, 22, 35). Also of note is the lack of sexual dimorphism in ocellar size or arrangement. Meromyzobia may be added to the number of genera in which mandible dentition is not constant. Most species are tridentate but the type-species and several others have one tooth and a broad truncation. The functional significance of this character and its character states must be considered before the character is considered of more than specific importance. I suspect that tooth shape and number is correlated with the context in which development occurs. The mandible shape of one tooth and a broad truncation is functionally adapted to facilitate the parasite emerging from galls. Gall wall architecture differs among plants but basically consists of a matrix of fibers. I hypothesize that the anterior, short, mandibular tooth grasps the gall fibers and loosens them from their position in the matrix. Subsequently, the conspicuous VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 19 Figures 1-6. 1. Meromyzobia maculipennis, female head, frontal aspect. 2. M. maculipennis, female antenna, lateral aspect. 3. M. maculipennis, female middle tibial spur and basitarsus. 4. M. maculipennis, female antennal pedicel, anellus (arrow), Funicular I-III. 5. M. maculipennis, female middle tibial spur, medial aspect. 6. M. maculipennis, female middle tibial spur setae on medial surface. truncations (which form a broad line of contact when mandibles are opposed) engage the loose fibers which are then pulled free of the gall wall. A line of contact formed by the truncations is functionally more efficient for engaging the loose fibers than mandibular teeth in the form of conical projections. The line or truncated surface of contact is nearest to the liberated gall fibers and engages long and short fibers with equal facility. In comparison, conical mandibular teeth are less efficient because they contact gall material only near the apex of the teeth and therefore can engage short fibers over a limited portion of the potential surface area available for fiber engagement. A partial explanation for tridentate and truncate mandibles in 20 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Meromyzobia may lie in host associations and the matrix being processed by the mandibles in emerging from pupal containment. Parapsidal sutures are present in all species but constitute a plesiomorphous character. Female brachyptery is seen in more than one species but males of all species for which they are known are macropterous. The macropterous female wing is sometimes infumated, but the male wing is invariably hyaline. This dimorphism appears to be a plesiomorphy. In at least one species we see associated with the wing development a concomittant reorganization of thoracic sclerites consistent with a non-ecologically proximate wing reduction condition. (That is, wing reduction in encyrtids can be in response to at least two types of conditions. Environmentally induced brachyptery is a response to immediate conditions and seen in genera such as Cheiloneurus where individuals of a species may be macropterous or brachypterous depending on the time of the year, host, or both. Non-environmentally mandated brachyptery is manifested in species which undergo radical reorganization of thoracic sclerites to include elongation and enlargement of the pronotum at the expense of the mesoscutum and scutellum. The different conditions imply different levels of genetic control and complexity, and therefore should be evaluated as different characters, not character states.) The middle tibial spur is perhaps the most important structural character used in defining Meromyzobia. Within the genus the character ranges from typically encyrtid to balloon-like and inflated distally. The extreme condition seems best expressed in South American forms. In North American Meromyzobia, the spur holds different forms of cuticular ornamentation. In all species examined, the outer surface appears pubescent. Light microscopy shows this pubescence as seta-like. However, SEM shows the pubescence is composed of trichode-shaped acanthae, not the characteristic trichogen-tormogen formation (Figs. 12, 13). In contrast, the medial surface of all species studied have the classic seta-in-a-socket (Fig. 37). The seta is modified in all species studied, but owing to the nature of the material examined (old) and its availability (borrowed and in limited numbers), a thorough study could not be made. Differences indicated under each species are taken as species specific. The setae range from short and rather straight (Fig. 6) to long and curved (Figs. 15,31). Most species display a seta which is longitudinally depressed or spoon-shaped along one face (Figs. 6,15, 31) with the apical surface tined (Figs. 6, 15, 31). At least one species displays setae which are hyphae-like and not spoon-shaped or apically tined (Fig. 37). In other respects, the morphology of Meromyzobia is not remarkable. A Key to the Nearctic Species of Meromyzobia Ashmead 1 (A). Males . 2 (B). Females .. 8 2 (A). Mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation; body robust; middle tibial spur distally lobate; scutellum elongate, nearly three times as long as median length of propodeum; subexocuticular prdpodeal carinae widely separated and parallel . .Meromyzobia maculipennis (Ashmead) (B). Mandible with three teeth or other characters variable or not in the combination above . 3 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 21 3 (A). Body not strongly dorsoventrally flattened and/or body predominantly pale colored or reddish brown . 4 (B). Body rather conspicuously dorsoventrally flattened; body predominantly dark colored with some weak metallic reflections ... 5 4 (A). Parapsidal sutures transverse (Fig. 33), not oblique to primary axis of body; head viewed in dorsal aspect with posterior margins of compound eyes nearly contiguous with posterior margin of head at one point; propodeum pale ... Meromyzohia texana (New Species) (B). Parapsidal sutures not transverse (Fig. 8) oblique to primary axis of body; posterior margin of compound eyes separated from posterior margin of head by at least two ocellar diameters; propodeum reddish brown. Meromyzohia flava (Ashmead) 5 (A). Body large (ca. 3.5 mm); femora and tibiae all dary ... Meromyzohia melanosoma (New Species) (B). Body relatively small (ca. 2.5 mm); femora and tibiae not all dark .... 6 6(A). Pronotum about as long as median length of mesoscutum; head subopisthognathous . Meromyzohia deserticola (New Species) (B). Pronotum shorter than median length of mesoscutum; head hypognathous. 7 7(A). Frontovertex < 0.50 times as wide as head; with shallow setigerous punctures; body reddish brown . Meromyzohia flavicincta (Ashmead) (B). Frontovertex >0.50 times as wide as head; without shallow setigerous punctures; body predominantly pale colored .. Meromyzohia flava (Ashmead) 8 (A). Metasoma in lateral aspect with gonostyli and ovipositor projecting well beyond apex of metasoma, at least 0.5 times length of middle tibial spur. 9 (B). Metasoma in lateral aspect with gonostyli and ovipositor considerably shorter, not projecting conspicuously beyond apex of metasoma (Note: some distortion may give the impression of weak exsertion, but genostylus never as long as 0.5 times middle tibial spur length) . 10 9 (A). Metasoma slightly shorter than mesosoma; forewing with one fuscous sport posterior of marginal and stigmal veins; axilla yellow or pale colored; propodeum brownish with subexocuticular longitudinal carinae evident and parallel; mesopleuron pale. Meromyzohia unifasciata (Ashmead) (B). Metasoma clearly longer than mesosoma (Figs. 17, 18); forewing with two fuscous clouds separated by a hyaline stripe; propodeum nearly black or if somewhat more pale and subexocuticular carinae visible, then they diverge posteriad; mesopleuron dark brown or black .... Meromyzohia melanosoma (New Species) 10(A). Mandible with one tooth and broad truncation; macropterous; subexocuticular propodeal carinae parallel or nearly so . 11 (B). Mandible tridentate; macropterous or brachypterous; subcuticular propodeal carinae diverging posteriad . 13 11 (A). Pedicel elongate; propodeum with elevated median cuticular carina; pronotum less than 0.35 times medial length of mesoscutum. Meromyzohia pedicellata (New Species) 22 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (B). Pedicel normal; propodeum medially smooth, without carinae; pronotum at least 0.40 times as long as median length of mesoscutum 12 12 (A). Pronotum 0.5 times as long as medial length of mesoscutum; scutellum about 1.10 times longer than wide; frontovertex 0.45 times as wide as head . Meromyzobia bifasciata (Ashmead) (B). Pronotum about 0.45 times medial length of mesoscutum; scutellum about 1.25 times longer than wide; fronto vertex 0.42 times as wide as head . Meromyzobia maculipennis 13 (A). Macropterous; forewing weakly infuscated beneath marginal vein; parapsidal sutures transverse (Fig. 33), not oblique to primary axis of body; propodeum with incomplete, weak, median longitudinal Carina . Meromyzobia texana (New Species) (B). Brachypterous; forewing infuscation obscure; parapsidal sutures oblique to primary axis of body; propodeum medially polished and without longitudinal carina. 14 14 (A). Body predominantly pale colored; pronotal median length considerably longer than mesoscutum, but posterior margin transverse or nearly so, clearly not forming a broad, inverted “V”; mesosoma flattened; gonostyli concealed or not exserted. . Meromyzobia deserticola (New Species) (B). Body predominantly dark reddish-brown; pronotal median length shorter than mesoscutum with posterior margin forming a very broad, inverted “V”; mesosoma not conspicuously flattened; genostyli slightly exserted .... Meromyzobia flavicincta (Ashmead) The following comments are included under names previously recognized as valid. Meromyzobia americana (Ashmead). 1888. Entomol. Amer. 41:16. Male. This species was based on a male specimen taken in Florida. It has not been recovered or reported (except catalog entries) since its description. The original description is misleading because it states that the scutellum of the holotype is “large, highly convex and finely grooved. ” In fact, the scutellum is of normal size for a male, not robust, and narrowly and longitudinally reticulate along postero-medial 0.60 with the pattern larger elsewhere; apex polished. Similarly, the pedicel is not unusually small, but rather the flagellar segments are disproportionately large. Otherwise, the description is accurate. Additional characters include: Frontovertex 0.48 times as wide as head; surface reticulate with scattered, shallow, setigerous punctations. Middle tibial spur not enlarged distad. Propodeum with two distantly separated, longitudinal carinae. Comparison of the holotype with the type of M. flava suggests that they are similar, although colored very differently. The specimens resemble one another in the shape of the head, conflguration of the antenna, scrobal cavity, size and shape of the mesopleuron. Both bear a non-dilated middle tibial spur. The frontovertex: headwidth ratio is 0.53 for M. flava, and scuteller sculpture patterns are different. Synonymy is not implemented here because too few specimens are available for study, and the holotypes are not in perfect condition for comparison. I feel confident that the male described as americana is conspecific with the female described sls flavicincta (New Synonymy). Both were taken from the same locality VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 23 Figures 7-15. 7. M. flavicincta, female head, frontal aspect. 8. M. flavicincta, female mesosoma (arrow to parapsidal suture). 9. M. flavicincta, female mesosoma and metasoma. 10. M. flavicincta, female antenna, lateral aspect. 11. M. flavicincta, female antennal pedicel, anellus, Funicular I-IV. 12. M. flavicincta, female middle tibial spur and basitarsus, lateral aspect. 13. M. flavicincta, female middle tibial spur acanthae. 14. M. flavicincta, female middle tibial spur, medial aspect. 15. M. flavicincta, female middle tibial spur setae on medial surface. 24 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST and described in the same publication. The dimorphism expressed in this species is identical to that found in M. deserticola New Species, including female aptery and male macroptery. As first revisor, I select Meromyzobiaflavicincta as the valid name because the type is based on the female sex and I regard this sex as more important in encyrtid classification. Meromyzobia bifasciata (Ashmead). 1890. Bui. Colo. Biol. Assoc. 1:28,46. Female. This species was based on one female taken at West Mountain Valley, Colorado, by T. D. A. Cockerell and originally placed in Homalotylus. The point-mounted holotype stands in the USNM collection (Type-number 4720), and lacks the club of one antenna and all flagellar segments of the other antenna. The description was based primarily on coloration, the precise nature of which cannot now be confirmed. Two points in error are corrected here; the body length is 2.32 mm, not 2.20 as indicated by Ashmead, and the frontovertex is not closely punctate with a few larger punctures but rather minutely reticulate with scattered, shallow, setigerous punctures. Characters here considered important, but not included in the original description include: frontovertex 0.45 times as wide as head, mesosoma robust, pronotum 0.5 times as long as medial length of mesoscutum, posterior margin forming broad, inverted “V”; scutellum about 1.10 times wider than long, posterior 0.30 polished and flattened. Forewing macropterous with extensive infuscation. Middle tibial spur lobate distad. Metasoma with gonostyli and ovipositor very slightly exserted, pygostyli and posterior margin of seventh sternum near midline of metasoma. I am not convinced that bifasciata is distinct from maculipennis as I can find no reliable structural characters to differentiate them. The former is represented in the USNM collection by the holotype only; the latter is represented by the “type” and fewer than ten specimens identified by earlier workers. This material is in poor condition and many characters are difficult to observe or measure. They are probably synonyms, but synonymizing them seems more appropriate when more and better curated material is available for study. Characters used to separate females in the key may be an artifact of small sample size and poor preservation. Meromyzobia deserticola, New Species Female. —1.86 mm long. Body predominantly pale yellow with following parts darker: posterior 2/3 of mesopleuron, lateral 2/4 propodeum, metasomal terga IV-V reddish brown. Antennal scape concolorous with head, remaining segments uniformly darker. Basal 2/3 tegula white, remainder dusky, prepectus nearly transparent. Fore and hind coxae yellow, hind coxa with vestiture of conspicuous white setae. Middle coxa dusky; pretarsi dusky. Hind femur reddish brown, basal 1/5 tibia white, remainder reddish brown; pretarsi dusky, remaining tarsomeres nearly white. Wings hyaline. Head subopisthognathous, in dorsal aspect with frontovertex 0.46 times as wide as head, 0.75 times as long as head. Ocelli small, forming a very broad, obtuse triangle with lateral ocellus about one diameter from medial margin of compound eye. Posterior margin of head very broadly rounded; head in frontal aspect 1.27 times wider than long; vertex weakly arched above imaginary line continuous between lateral margins of compound eyes. Ventral margin of head broadly arched. Head in lateral aspect 1.7 times longer than wide. Compound eye with minute setae. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 25 Figures 16-24.16. M. melanosoma New Species. Female head, frontal aspect. 17. M. melanosoma, female mesosoma. 18. M. melanosoma, female metasoma. 19. M. melanosoma, male antenna, medial aspect. 20. M. melanosoma, female antenna, medial aspect. 21. M. melanosoma, male antennal pedicel. Funicular I-III. 22. M. melanosoma, female antennal pedicel, anellus (arrow). Funicular I-III. 23. M. melanosoma, female middle tibial spur and basitarsus, medial aspect. 24. M. melanosoma, middle tibial spur setae on medial surface. 26 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST posterior margin of eye diverging from posterior margin of head ventrad. Malar sulcus complete and conspicuous. Entire surface of head minutely reticulate with moderate vestiture of pale, short setae. Antenna as illustrated (Fig. 39). Mandible tridentate. Thoracic notum flattened. Pronotum campanulate, as wide as long; mesoscutum 0.5 times as long as pronotum, 0.83 times as long as scutellum. Parapsidal sutures difficult to discern, but short, straight, oblique to primary axis of body and subparallel to lateral margin of mesoscutum. Propodeum 0.65 times as long as scutellum, median portion with two subparallel, subsurface carinae which diverge posteriad. Mesopleuron smooth, 2.82 times longer than wide. Middle tibial spur enlarged but apically tapered, not pointed. Wings micropterous. Metasoma 1.15 times as long as mesosoma; pygostyli at apical 0.64 of metasoma. Ovipositor and gonostyli not exserted; gonostyli broad and apically rounded. Seventh sternum at basal 0.33 of metasoma; posterior margin medially incised. Tergum I as long as following three terga combined, reticulate; sculptural pattern less pronounced on terga II-VII; all terga with moderate vestiture of conspicuous pale setae. Male. —1.44 mm long. Habitus as female, differing in that posterior aspect of head reddish brown, anterior aspect more pale; axillae black, remainder of mesosoma and metasoma reddish brown. Antenna concolorous with forecoxa; hind femur dusky; fore and middle femora and tibiae yellow; basal half of hind tibia nearly white; apical half nearly yellow. Tarsomeres 1-3 white, tarsomere 4, pretarsi dusky. Wings hyaline, macropterous. Ocelli larger than female. Antenna as illustrated (Fig. 38). Wings macropterous (Fig. 40), projecting beyond apex of metasoma. Thoracic notal sculpture not as bold as female. Described from six females and three males taken at Seeley, CA, 25 March 1965 on Hilaria rigida (Thurb.) (Gramineae) by R. A. Flock and J. Pineda. Holotype female, allotype male, and paratypes deposited in USNM collection. Meromyzobia deserticola most nearly resembles M. flavicincta and may be distinguished from that and other species based on characters given in the key. Meromyzobia flava Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 22:350. Male. According to the original description and USNM type-catalog, this species was based on a male taken in the District of Columbia. It has not been recovered elsewhere or at a later time. The holotype is point mounted and stands in the USNM collection (Type-number 4723) and bears a label reading “Arlington, VA.” The original description is not particularly accurate or informative. Study of the specimen shows that it is morphologically similar to M. americana. Characters incorrect or not included in the original description include body length 1.46 mm, head yellow with three darker spots each anterior of an ocellus, forewing slightly infuscated beneath marginal vein. Frontovertex 0.53 times as wide as head, without scattered setigerous punctures. Meromyzobia flavicincta (Ashmead), 1888. Entomol. Amer. 4:17. Female. This species was described from one female taken at Jacksonville, Florida. The intact holotype is mounted on a card and deposited in the USNM collection. The brief description is not particularly informative or accurate and descriptive notes are provided here. The specimen is 1.90 mm long (0.75 in, not 0.80 as stated in the VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 27 original description). The coloration is not as the description but the life-like color cannot be accurately given owing to the age of the specimen. Based on a specimen I identify as M. flavicincta, the head, pronotum, and mesoscutum appear tan, antenna somewhat darker; axilla, scutellum, propodeum, mesopleuron dark reddish brown; metasoma predominantly dark with pale yellow with transverse band near base. Coxae, tibia, femora dusky; tarsomeres white, pretarsus dusky. Head as shown (Fig. 7); antenna (Figs. 10, 11) not particularly short or slender. Frontovertex 0.48 times as wide as head, reticulate with several shallow setigerous punctures. Pronotum 0.75 times as long as medial length of mesoscutum; posterior margin forming broad, inverted “V.” Parapsidal sutures distinct, but incomplete (Fig. 8). Wings brachypterous but projecting slightly beyond posterior margin of propodeum; distal margin of wing weakly infuscated. Propodeum with subcuticular carinae diverging posteriad. Middle spur distally lobate. Ovipositor and gonostyli very slightly exserted beyond apex of metasoma (Fig. 9). Mesopleuron 1.66 times longer than wide; surface very weakly reticulate. Middle tibial spur (Figs. 12-15) enlarged distad; pubescence on outer surface composed of elongate acanthae (Figs. 12,13); medial-surface setae long, curved, apically tined (Figs. 14,15). Although the female is brachypterous, I consider it conspecific with the male described by Ashmead as Prionomastix americana as noted above. The shape of the head in male and female is similar and the relative length of the pronotum to the other components of the thorax are identical. The propodeum is the same size, shape, and has two subcuticular, longitudinal carinae which diverge posteriad. The middle tibial spur in both sexes is large, robust, but apically pointed in the male and enlarged in the female. The parapsidal sutures are similarly developed in the male and female. Both specimens were taken at Jacksonville, Florida, probably about the same time as judged from the identically printed locality labels and curiously constructed microscopic card mounts. Neither specimen pin carries supplemental collection information. The USNM type-catalog number 4721 indicates that specimen came from the Ashmead collection and was taken from Florida. Type-catalog number 4719 carries the entry for americana. It also reports that specimen is from the Ashmead collection, taken from Florida without a specified locality, and erroneously logs the sex of the specimen as a male. Nevertheless, the synonymy proposed here is taken as correct and the male is nearly identical with the male described asflava, but synonymy is not implemented. Five female specimens taken at Miami, Florida, from gall on Aristida gyrans also stood in the USNM collection appear conspecific with the holotype. Meromyzobia maculipennis (Ashmead), 1893. Bui. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Ser. 1:162-163. Understanding the concept of this species is important for several reasons. Originally described by Ashmead as Ericydnus maculipennis, it was based on several specimens which Ashmead considered as males. The type-series was of indeterminant size and reared from Chlorops ingratus Williston (= Anthracophaga ingrata) by F. M. Webster in Ohio. A holotype was not designated. In the USNM collection is one specimen in the type-collection with labels which read: “Columbus O,” “F. M. Webster,” “Type 4722 USNM” and “Ericydnus maculipennis Ashm.” The last label carries the word “Ashm.” twice and a male symbol which has been replaced with a female symbol. This label is in Ashmead’s handwriting whereas the 28 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST other three labels are typeset. The specimen on the pin is a male. Four other specimens in the collection carry handwritten labels “5272° Par: on Chlorops.” At least two of these specimens are females. The number on the latter three pins is a Webster Number, but that card entry is missing from the Webster Number Catalog in the USNM. The USNM type catalog entry indicates that three specimens were received from Webster, which with published information and information on the collection labels suggests that the card mounts with the handwritten labels are part of the type-series used by Ashmead to describe the species. Study of all four specimens shows them to be conspecific. To comphcate matters a microscope slide with fragments is labeled “Meromyzobia maculipennis Ashmead S ? types” in the handwriting of A. A. Girault. Under the circumstances the specimen in the type-collection has been remounted on a larger card (owing to its precarious position) with a leg and forewing remaining on the original point. It has been labeled LECTOTYPE. The remaining specimens have been labeled as Meromyzobia maculipennis, but not designated paralectotypes. The original description of maculipennis is misleading in many respects. Specimens range in size from 2.30-2.65 mm in length, not 3.0-3.1 as reported by Ashmead. Antennal segments (Figs. 2,4) are not subfiliform as noted in the original description, but rather females bear the characteristic two anelliform funicular segments and the male apparently does as well, although this cannot be confirmed from the specimens available for study. Other characters not mentioned by Ashmead in the original description, but important in recognizing this species include: mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation; head (Fig. 1) with frontovertex 0.42 times as wide as head, reticulate with a few scattered, shallow, setigerous punctures. Pronotum 0.43 times as long as medial length of scutellum; posterior margin forming a broad, inverted “V” of an angle more than 90 degrees. Scutellum 1.25 times longer than wide, predominantly reticulate with apical 0.30 polished and flattened. Middle tibial spur (Figs. 3, 5, 6) large with setae on medial surface short, straight, apically tined. Ovipositor and gonostyli not exserted or very slightly exserted (due to distortion of metasoma after death). Stylus less than half as long as middle tibial spur. Pygostyli and posterior margin of seventh sternum near an imaginary transverse line bisecting metasoma. Subba Rao (1971) apparently had not seen Meromyzobia maculipennis when he characterized Desantisella. This genus was proposed for two South American species, brasilensis and plaumanni. Desantisella is coincident with Meromyzobia in all salient features, including head shape, antennal configuration, wing coloration, shape, and venation, and size of the middle tibial spur. Other characters, including the three toothed mandible, fall within the scope of variation expressed for other species included in the genus. Desantisella here is recognized as a junior synonym of Meromyzobia (New Synonymy). Meromyzobia melanosoma, New Species Female. —3.72 mm long. Body elongate (Figs. 17, 18) macropterous with wing projecting near apex of metasoma but not beyond distal portion of gonostyli. Body predominantly dark brown to black. Head reddish brown, pronotum dusky; anteromedial portion of mesoscutum dark brown, remainder yellow; anterior half of tegula yellow, posterior half dusky; axillae, scutellum, propodeum black; mesopleuron dark brown; metasomal tergum I anterolaterally dusky, remainder VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 29 weakly yellow; remainder of metasoma brown; gonostyli contrastingly pale brown. Antenna somewhat darker than head. Fore wing predominantly fuscous with clouds over wing blade. Coxae, femora, tibiae concolorous with mesopleuron; fore tarsomeres brown; middle tibial spur, tarsomeres 1-3 of middle and hind leg white; tarsomere 4 and pretarsus of middle and hind leg dusky. Head hypoganthous, in dorsal aspect with frontovertex 0.42 times as wide as head and 0.85 times medial head length; frontovertex minutely reticulate, setigerous punctures very shallow and sparse, nearly absent. Ocelli forming a large triangle whose anterior angle exceeds 90 degrees; lateral ocellus less than one diameter from medial margin of compound eye, about four diameters from occipital margin. Occipital margin broadly rounded. Head in lateral aspect about 0.51 times taller than wide; malar sulcus conspicuous and complete; compound eye with scattered minute setae, posterior margin diverging from posterior margin of head ventrad. Head in frontal aspect (Fig. 16) 1.06 wider than long, with toruli close-set, separated by less than torular width; interantennal prominence weak and broadly rounded; scrobal impression weakly developed, nearly absent (Fig. 16). Mandible tridentate. Maxillary palpus four-segmented; labial palpus three segmented. Antenna as illustrated (Figs. 20, 22). Mesosoma rather elongate (Fig. 17) but shorter than metasoma (Fig. 18). Pronotum weakly, minutely reticulate; with moderate vestiture of darkened setae; medial length 0.31 times as long as medial length of mesoscutum; posterior margin forming an angle of about 110 degrees. Mesoscutum with reticulate polygonal sculptural pattern somewhat larger than pronotal pattern but similar vestiture of setae; parapsidal sutures incomplete but converging posteriad. Axillae reticulate, broadly joined mesad; mesoscutellum 1.22 times longer than wide, predominantly reticulate with apex polished; mesopleuron 2.13 times longer than wide; predominantly reticulate but pattern minutely and longitudinal reticulate anteriad and expanding in size and diminishing in boldness posteriad; posterodorsal margin polished. Coxae with conspicuous vestiture of long pale setae on the ventral-facing surface. Middle tibial spur shorter than basitarsus (Fig. 23) with rather long, curved, apically tined and compressed setae along medial surface (Fig. 24). Metasoma lanceolate (Fig. 18), 1.60 times longer than mesosoma. Terga weakly reticulate. Syntergum apically pointed and projecting over base of gonostyli. Gonostyli slightly shorter than middle tibial spur (0.92), apically broadly rounded. Pygostyli near midline of metasoma. Apical sternum terminating near basal third of metasoma. Male. —2.32 mm long. Similar to female habitus, coloration, and sculpture; differing in the following features: frontovertex 0.28 times as wide as head; 0.92 times as head medial width. Antenna as illustrated (Figs. 19, 21). Material Examined. —Holotype, Female. FLORIDA, Levy Co., 1 Female 16. hi.75; 1 FE 30.hi.75; 1 male, 1 female 25.iv.1975; 1 male 13.iv.1975; 1 female 23.xi.1975; 2 females, 2 males 9.xi.l975; 8 females, 1 male 7.xii.l975; 4 females, 1 male 11.i.1976; 1 female, 1 male 8.ii.l976; 2 males 16.ii.l976, all specimens taken on Spartina alterniflora Lois. (E. E. Grissell). GEORGIA, Sapela Island: 1 female 17. V.1963 (E. P. Odum), 1 female, 3 males on Spartina (H. Kale), 3 males 9.x.1963 on Spartina (E.P. Odum), on Spartina. NORTH CAROLINA, Cartaret Co., Newport R., 1 female 14.xi.l959 (L. V. Davis) on Spartina alterniflora; 3 females 15.i.1960 on Spartina alterniflora (L. V. Davis) NEW JERSEY, Atlantic Co., 30 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Oceanville, 6 females, 5 males, 9.viii.l950 (no collector specified); 4 females, 4 males, 31.viii.l959 (no collector specified). FLORIDA, Wakulla Co., 12.vi.l980 on Spartina alterniflora, 6 females, (P. D. Stiling); 8.vi.l980 on Spartina alterniflora, 6 females (P. D. Stiling); 8.vi.l980 on Spartina alterniflora, 3 females, 1 male (P. D. Stiling). All material deposited in U.S. National Museum collection. Meromyzobia melanosoma most nearly resembles M. unifasciata based on the three-toothed mandible, exserted ovipositor and gonostyli; apically lobate middle tibial spur, and seventh sternum which terminates near the basal one-third of the metasoma. The new species differs from unifasciata most conspicuously in the elongate metasoma which is clearly longer than the mesosoma, the body coloration, and the forewing with two large fuscous areas separated by a hyaline stripe. The male of unifasciata remains unknown, and the species remains known only from the holotype. The species here called melanosoma appears widespread in Atlantic Coastal situations and taken frequently with the salt marsh grass Spartina alterniflora. The holotype and other specimens taken by P. D. Stiling were reared from fly puparia (Stiling numbers 628C, 628D). Meromyzobia pedicelata, New Species Female. —2.30 mm long. Head predominantly pale brown; intertorular projection, clypeus tan. Anterior face of pronotum reddish brown, posterior one-third tan; mesoscutum predominantly brown; region posteriad of parapsidal sutures tan. Axilla, scutellum, propodeum dark reddish brown; anterior half of tegula nearly white, posterior half dark reddish brown; mesopleuron pale brown. Anterior half of first metasomal tergum yellow, posterior half of first and second through sixth terga reddish brown; posterior margin of fifth and sixth terga nearly black, each forming a conspicuous “V.” Basal terga pale yellow; distal portion of seventh sternum brown. Antenna tan. Coxae and trochanters yellow or nearly so; fore and middle femora tan; hind femur dark brown or nearly black; fore and middle tibiae dusky; hind tibia with basal one-third tan, distal two-thirds concolorous with hind femur; middle tibial spur yellow; tarsomeres dusky with pretarsi somewhat darker in certain plays of light. Forewing hyaline with a large fuscous cloud posteriad of marginal and stigmal veins which expands toward remigium and which is interrupted by a pale, transverse line corresponding roughly to a cubital vein; hind wing hyaline. Gonostyli white or nearly so. Head in dorsal aspect with frontovertex 0.50 times as wide as head; head in frontal aspect (Fig. 25) minute and weakly reticulate with several scattered, shallow, setigerous punctures; lateral ocellus less than one diameter from medial margin of compound eye; posterior-most margin of compound eye less than one ocellar diameter from vertexal margin. Antenna as illustrated (Figs. 28,29). Mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation. Pronotum about 0.33 times as long as medial length of mesoscutum. Mesoscutum weakly and uniformly reticulate (Fig. 26), nearly polished; sculptural pattern nearly identical on axillae and scutellum. Scutellum as long as wide, rather robust. Mesopleuron polished with very weak reticulate sculpture along anterior margin, 1.7 times longer than wide. Propodeum with a complete, well developed, longitudinal median carina; subcuticular carinae parallel. Middle tibial spur slightly longer than VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 31 Figures 25-31. 25. M. pedicelata New Species. Female head, frontal aspect. 26. M. pedicelata, female mesosoma. 27. M. pedicelata, female mesosoma and metasoma. 28. M. pedicelata, female antenna, medial aspect. 29. M. pedicelata, female pedicel. Funicular I-III. 30. M. pedicelata, female middle tibial spur and basitarsus, medial aspect. 31. M. pedicelata, female middle tibial spur setae on medial surface. basitarsus; distally lobate (Figs. 30, 31); setae on medial surface moderately long, curved, with apical tines absent or very weakly developed. Metasoma (Fig. 27) about as long as mesosoma; ovipositor and gonostyli very weakly exserted. Metasoma 1.33 times as long as mesosoma. Terga weakly and uniformly reticulate; pygostyli just posteriad of imaginary line bisecting metasoma. Seventh 32 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 32-37. 32. M. texana New Species. Female head, frontal aspect. 33. M. texana, female mesosoma (arrow to parapsidal suture). 34. M. texana, female antenna, lateral aspect. 35. M. texana, female antenna, annelus (arrow), Funicular I-III. 36. M. texana, female middle tibial spur, medial aspect. 37. M. texana, female middle tibial spur setae on medial surface. Sternum near imaginary line bisecting metasoma; posterior margin transverse. Ovipositor and gonostyli visible when specimen viewed in lateral aspect, but not exserted beyond apex of metasoma. Male: —Unknown. Described from six females reared from Orthoptera eggs attached to Tripsacum laxum Nash taken at Kicco, Florida, on 3 February 1932 by R. D. Kennedy. This VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 33 Figures 38-40. 38. M. deserticola New Species. Male antenna, medial aspect. 39. M. deserticola, female antenna, medial aspect. 40. M. deserticola, male forewing. plant is native to Central America and not common in the United States. Holotype and paratypes card-point mounted and deposited in the USNM collection. One paratype dissected and mounted on a microscope slide. This species appears related to the type-species, M. maculipennis, and M. bifasciata, based on the large, robust body, forewing coloration and venation, mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation, and large, distally enlarged, middle tibial spur. It may be distinguished from those species based on the elongate pedicel, distinctive medial propodeal carina, and the host association. According to Dr. D. Nickle (pers. comm.), the host was probably a tettigoniid. The host association appears solid. Preserved with the type-series are the eggs from which the parasites emerged that contain the pupal exuviae of the parasites. Other species of Meromyzobia for which the biology is known develop within fly puparia. Meromyzohia texana, New Species Female. —2.05 mm long. Body predominantly lemon yellow with following areas darker: anterior face and postero-lateral margin of pronotum, posterior half of tegula; metanotum, propodeum reddish brown; fourth metasomal tergum forming a broad, transverse dark brown dusky stripe; fifth tergum dusky, metasoma with a dusky spot on either side of apex. Antenna dusky. Forewing predominantly hyaline with infuscation distad of speculum and beneath marginal vein and expanding toward remigium, interrupted by a hyaline, transverse stripe at region of imaginary cubital vein; distal margin with an occasional darkened area. Coxae, fore and middle 34 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST femora, all tibiae yellow; basal half of hind femur and tibia pale, distal half dusky to dark brown; middle tibial spur white, tarsomeres off-white; apices of pretarsi dusky. Head in dorsal aspect with frontovertex 0.41 times as wide as head; surface minutely reticulate with several shallow setigerous punctures; lateral ocellus separated from medial margin of compound eye by about one ocellar diameter; posterior margin of compound eye nearly confluent with posterior margin of head, separated by less than ocellar diameter. Head in frontal aspect (Fig. 32) as wide as tall; toruli just beneath imaginary transverse line extending between ventral margins of compound eyes. Toruli short and shallow. Clypeal margin transverse. Antenna as illustrated (Figs. 34, 35). Mandible tridentate. Mesosoma (Fig. 33) with pronotum 0.30 times as long as mesoscutum; posterior margin broadly indented; surface weakly reticulate with moderate vestiture of dark setae. Mesoscutum with similar sculpture and vestiture of setae; parapsidal sutures transverse but not meeting mesad. Scutellum as long as wide, moderately robust. Middle tibial spur (Figs. 36, 37) as long as middle basitarsus; lobate distad. Setae on medial surface long and apically clubbed. Propodeum with subcuticular longitudinal carinae divergent posteriad, medially bearing a very weak, incomplete superficial Carina. Metasoma 1.25 times as long as mesosoma. Gonostyli very slightly exserted. Seventh sternum apically transverse, along with pygostyli just anteriad of an imaginary line bisecting metasoma. Male. —1.76 mm long. Apical half of metasoma dusky, otherwise identical to female in habitus, chaetotaxy and coloration. Described from seven females and one male taken at Weslaco, Texas, on 15/11/1949 by P. T. Riherd from rhodesgrass infested with A. graminis, and two females taken by the same collector on Chloris gay ana Kunth infested with A. graminis at the same locality on 14/1/1947. Material deposited in the USNM collection. All specimens card-point mounted except one female which is slide Discussion Placement of this species is difficult. I have run it out among the smaller species in the genus because I believe that is where its affinities lie. This being despite the fact that M. texana is macropterous while M. deserticola and M. flavicincta are micropterous as females. Perhaps more meaningful in distinguishing texana from these two species is the curious directly convergent nature of the parapsidal sutures, a feature not seen in other Meromyzobia. An incipient medial propodeal carina suggests it may be related to M. pedicelata, but that species has mandibles with one tooth and a broad truncation. I no longer doubt that rhodesgrass scale could be a host of this parasite, but I have not seen it from other collections of this parasite taken from rhodesgrass scale in Texas. If texana is a parasite of graminis, the parasite shifted from a native host or was originally from the Orient, the natural range of graminis. The suggested host range of Meromyzobia is too broad to rule out any possibility for the origin of texana at this time. Curiously, A. graminis has been well studied in Texas and has other imported encyrtid parasites (Clausen, 1978), including other Miraini and mealybug parasites. Meromyzobia has not been reported from the Orient (Noyes and Hayat, 1984). Given very limited data, I suspect texana is probably attacking Diptera puparia in grasses, and that the species is native to North America. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 35 Meromyzobia unifasciata (Ashmead), 1900. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 22:350. Female. This species was based on one female taken at Utica, Mississippi, and has not been recovered subsequently. The holotype is point mounted and stands in the USNM collection (#4724). The original description is generally accurate, but relies exclusively on coloration. More important diagnostic characters useful in identifying this species include the distally lobate middle tibial spur, conspicuously exserted ovipositor and gonostyli, parallel, subexocuticular, longitudinal propodeal carinae, frontovertex 0.72 times as wide as head is long and 0.39 times as wide as head. Mandible tridentate. Macropterous, forewing weakly infumated beneath marginal vein. Metasoma, excluding exserted gonostyli, as long as mesosoma. Coloration faded, but taken as generally accurate in the original description. Scutellum with median length 1.18 times maximal width. Mesopleuron weakly reticulate with pattern fading posteriad and absent along posterodorsal margin. Metasoma, excluding exserted portion of gonostyli, 0.89 times as long as mesosoma. Fuscous cloud beneath marginal and stigmal veins of forewing not projecting to posterior margin of wing. The male remains unknown. Literature Cited Ashmead, W. H. 1900. On the genera of the chalcid-flies belonging to the subfamily Encyrtinae. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 22:323-412. Clausen, C. P. (Ed.). 1978. Introduced parasites and predators of arthropod pests and weeds: A world review. USD A Handbk. 480. 545 pp. DeSantis, L. 1968. Adiciones a la fauna Argentina de Encirtidos. II. (Hymenoptera). Rev. Mus. La Plata (Zool.) 10:149-154. -. 1972. Adiciones a la fauna Argentina de Encirtidos. III. (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Rev. Per. Entomol. 15:44-60. -. 1979. Catalogo de los himenopteros calcidoideos de America al sur de los Estados Unidos. Prov. Bs. Aires Com. Inv. Cient. Esp. Pub., 488 pp. Erdos, J., and S. Novicky. 1955. Genera Encyrtidarum regionis palaearcticae. Beitr. Entomol. 5:165-202. Gordh, G. 1979. Family Encyrtidae, in K. V. Krombein et al. (eds.), Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, GOP, Washington, 1:890-967. Hoffer, A. 1955. The phylogeny and taxonomy of the family Encyrtidae (Hym., Chalcidoidea). Acta Mus. Nat. Prague (B) 11:3-21. Mercet, R. G. 1921. Himenopteros Fam. Encirtidos. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat. Madrid. 732 pp. Muesebeck, C. W. F., et al. 1951. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog, USDA Agr. Monogr. 2,1420 pp. Noyes, J. S. 1980. A review of the genera of Neotropical Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. Ser. 41:107-253. -, and M. Hayat. 1984. A review of the genera of Indo-Pacific Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. Ser. 48:131-395. Peck, O. 1963. A catalog of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Can. Entomol. 30:1-1091. Subba Rao, B. R. 1971. New genera and species of encyrtids (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae). Jour. Nat. Hist. 5:209-224. Tachikawa, T. 1978. Host of the Encyrtidae in the world (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Trans. Shikoku Entomol. Soc. 14:43-63. Trjapitzin, V. A. 1973A. The classification of parasitic Hymenoptera of the family Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea). Part I. Survey of the systems of classification. The subfamily Tetracneminae Howard, 1892. Entomol. Rev. 52:118-125. -. 1973B. Classification of the parasitic Hymenoptera of the family Encyrtidae (Chalcidoidea). Part 11. Subfamily Encrytinae Walker 1837. Entomol. Rev. 52:287-295. 36 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST -, and G. Gordh. 1978. Review of the genera of Nearctic Encyrtidae (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea). II. Entomol. Rev. 57:437-448. Williston, S. W. 1893. Description of a species of Chlorops reared from galls on Muhlenbergia mexicana, by F. M. Webster. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 1:157-158. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 37-42 Nest-site Preferences of the Giant Honey Bee, Apis dorsata (Hymenoptera: Apidae), in Borneo Christopher K. Starr% Patricia J. Schmidt^, and Justin O. Schmidt3 (CKS) Biology Department, De La Salle University, P.O. Box 3819, Manila, Philippines; (PIS) Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; (JOS) Carl Hayden Bee Research Center, U.S. Dept, of Agriculture, 2000 E. Allen Road, Tucson, Arizona 85719. Abstract. —The characteristics oiApis dorsata (Hymenoptera: Apidae) nest-sites in Sabah, Borneo, are described on the basis of 15 nest-bearing trees. Nests were consistently high in very tall trees, exposed, and commonly aggregated. These features are consistent with what has been reported from mainland populations of A. dorsata, but not with giant honey bees from the Philippines. This supports the hypothesis that these latter are a distinct species. The giant honey bees form a distinct species-group within Apw and are sometimes treated as a subgenus, Megapis Ashmead. At the most conservative modern estimate, the group contains two species, the Himalayan A. laboriosa Smith and Indomalaysian A. dorsata Fabricius. On the other hand, Maa (1953) divided the latter species into three: A. dorsata, A. binghami Cockerell (= A. zonata Smith) and A. breviligula Maa. This assessment is tentatively accepted by Sakagami et al. (1980), and Roubik et al. (1985), though not generally by other authors. The name A. binghami applies to the little-known populations of Megapis on Celebes and associated smaller islands; A. breviligula applies to all populations in the Philippine islands aside from the Palawan group; and A. dorsata applies to all other non-laboriosa populations, including those of Borneo and neighboring Palawan. The distinctness of A. binghami and A. breviligula is currently under biometrical investigation (S.F. Sakagami, pers. comm.). For convenience, we refer to all Megapis from the Philippines proper as A. breviligula, without implying that the taxonomic question is settled, and to all non-laboriosa Megapis as the A. dorsata group. Wallace (1869) was among the early naturalists who commented on these conspicuous bees and his remarks will serve as a summary for what many later travelers noted. A. dorsata in Borneo, he said, “build huge honeycombs, suspended in the open air from the underside of the lofty branches of the highest trees.” He remarked especially on an aggregation of three nests that he watched being robbed by a team of men. The man who climbed the tree and cut down the combs protected himself with a heavy cloth wrapping and a smoke-torch, but was nonetheless repeatedly stung. Morse and Laigo (1969) provided most of what is known of the biology of A. breviligula and reviewed the literature on both A. breviligula and A. dorsata. Since then, Deodikar et al. (1977), and Seeley et al. (1982; summarized by Seeley 38 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 1983) have contributed important new information on the biology of dorsata on the Asian mainland. In this paper we describe nest-sites and colony aggregations of A. dorsata from Sabah and compare these taxonomically with data for A. breviligula. Materials and Methods All observations from Sabah were made during May, 1985. Trees with active colonies of A. dorsata or which had had colonies in them were identified along the highways between Tamparuli-Marak Parak via Kota Maruda and between Ranau and Sandakan (lat. 6°N, long. 117°E). In most cases initial discoveries were made from the road. The nests were then often observed through binoculars and by approach on foot to the tree. A. dorsata trees were initially recognized by the presence of active colonies or parts of a honey hunting ladder, and in one case by vestiges of a nest (comb-scar). Results Table 1 lists characteristics of the 15 nesting trees we found. Although we did not specifically search low vegetation, we saw no indication of A. dorsata nesting anywhere except on tree branches, an observation supported by the local people we contacted. All the trees were very tall, and we estimate that none had branches lower than 15m. Moreover, unlike many other trees of similar size and shape, the trees with bees were all clean and free of epiphytes or lianas on the trunk and main branches (Figs. 1, 3, 4). Almost all the nests were in open, unencumbered zones, without vegetation close to them. As seen in Table 1, a majority of the trees were smooth-barked. These had light-medium gray bark and appeared to be a single species. The usual tree for A. dorsata in that area is reported to be Koompassia [Fabaceae], (Orolfo 1965; Anthea Phillips pers. comm.). The description of K. excelsa (Becc.), one of the world’s tallest known angiosperm tree species, agrees well with the trees, we observed. In addition. Corner (1952) remarked of K. excelsa that, “the branches often bear large combs of wild bees” in Malaya and cites a local name for it, tualang, meaning “tree of swarming bees.” Roepke (1948) also noted a tendency for A. dorsata to nest in Koompassia. The bark of the three putative Koompassia trees that we closely inspected was smooth, hard, and compact, with no sign of flaking (Figs. 1, 2). Many areas in which the bee trees were found had great numbers of tall, standing dead trees, as a result of habitat destruction through logging. Nonetheless, all eight trees with active bee colonies were living, as were six of the seven trees with signs of previous colonies (Table 1). At least 10 of the 15 trees contained a ladder or vestiges of one going up the trunk to the bottom branches (Table 1, Fig. 2). Some of the other trees also might have had ladders, on a side hidden from us. The main part of the ladder consists of a series of sharp stakes with fire-hardened tips, from an exceptionally dense, hard dipterocarp tree, driven directly into the bee tree (Charles Jackson, pers. comm.). These are then lashed with rattan (Ca/flmw5sp. [Palmae]) to a bamboo upright (Fig. 3). Inasmuch as at least three of the trees with active colonies in them had vestiges of ladders—an indication that they had probably been hunted successfully at least once before—^it seems likely that some trees are hunted repeatedly. On eight trees we observed 22 active nests of bees in groups of 1-7 nests per tree VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 39 Table 1. Characteristics of nesting trees oiApis dorsata in Sabah. Tree Bark Ladder Number of Active Colonies Remarks rough + 0 rough + 0 rough — >2 possibly one or two other hidden nests semi-rough — 1 smooth + 0 dead tree smooth + 0 smooth + 0 smooth + 0 smooth + 1 smooth + 3 smooth + 7 on two adjoining trees smooth — 0 definite comb-scar smooth — 4 smooth — 4 smooth — 7 % of total trees 60% ladders 53% active (Table 1). In those trees with multiple nests the nests appeared to be widely dispersed amongst the lower branches (Fig. 4), and certainly, no strong clumping within a tree was evident. In the Philippines, one of us (CKS) has seen five swarms of A. breviligula on the island of Leyte and two of A. dorsata on the island of Palawan. These were all on the undersides of gently sloping branches. They resembled colonies with nests, but were more compact, i.e. forming a shallow, distinctly broader mass (Fig. 5). In a residential area of Kota Kinabalu, Sabah, we collected a small swarm of A. dorsata on a tree branch about 4m from the ground (Fig. 5). It appeared to have approximately one-tenth the volume of the five more uniform swarms mentioned above. Our collection, which appeared to encompass virtually all the bees in the swarm, comprised 1114 workers and 171 males. No queen was among them. Discussion Deodikar et al. (1977) reported observations on 1860^. dorsata nests in India. Of these, 55% were in trees, the rest on human-made structures. The majority of nests were between 6 and 12 m above ground, with only 6% lower down. Seeley et al. (1982) described 15 trees in Thailand with A. dorsata nests. Fourteen of these were straight, smooth-barked, and limbless for at least 13m. Although the lowest nest was only 3.5m above the ground, most nests were located at heights between 13 and 27m, and all were in open vegetation. These observations agree with ours from Sabah, as well as with various other reports on the nesting of A. dorsata (Morse and Laigo, 1969). Seeley et al. (1982) also reported a significant tendency for colonies to aggregate, with up to 24 nesting in a single tree. Morse and Laigo (1969) reported that most colonies seen by Morse in India were also aggregated, the largest aggregation being 40 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 1-3. 1. Typical bee tree, showing height, smooth bark, and lack of epiphytes. A. dorsata colony is visible (arrow). 2. Vestiges of honey-hunting ladder on bee tree trunk. This ladder allowed access to the position of the lowest colony (arrow), and also went higher into the tree. 3. Detail of one step of honey-hunting ladder, just beginning to disintegrate. 34 colonies, and Deodikar et al. (1977) likewise reported nests generally aggregated. Even larger aggregations, the greatest number being 156 in a single tree (see Morse and Laigo, 1969, for citations), have been noted. These observations led Morse and Laigo to conclude that trees with 20-30 colonies of A. dorsata are not rare throughout most of its range. The nesting characteristics of A. breviligula as reported by Morse and Laigo (1969) from 30 colonies in Luzon, Philippines, and corroborated by one of us (CKS) from five colonies in Leyte, are in strong contrast to the above. A number of consistent differences are apparent: a. A. breviligula nests are lower; they are rarely found in high trees, and often the bottom of the nest is within Im of the ground. b. It shows no preference for smooth-barked trees. c. It tends to nest less in the open, often in the midst of fairly dense vegetation, so that the nests are much less conspicuous from a distance. Some nests even had small branches projecting through them. d. Colonies of A. breviligula are single, not aggregated. Morse and Laigo (1969) explicitly noted the first and last of these contrasts between A. breviligula and A. dorsata and remarked on these “subtle differences.” In our view, they are important and lend support to the hypothesis that A. breviligula is a distinct species. The significance of our observations is strengthened by the fact that they were made in Sabah, very near the Philippines proper. If the two forms were the same species, we would expect bees from Sabah to be intermediate between those of Thailand and Luzon. With regard to nesting characteristics, this prediction is not corroborated. The distinct-species hypothesis further predicts that bees in Palawan will not differ significantly from those of Sabah, in the direction of resembling those of Luzon. This has yet to be tested. Seeley et al. (1982) account for the nesting habits of A. dorsata as part of their defensive strategy against vertebrate enemies. The keys to this strategy are VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 41 Figure 4. Crown of bee tree with four active colonies and parts of one old nest in view (arrows). Figure 5. A. dorsata colony at Aborlan, Palawan, Philippines, a. As a normal colony, with bees covering a nest. b. As a swarm, resettled on the same branch after they had been driven away with smoke and the nest removed. inaccessibility and a readiness to launch a massive attack. They reason that the depredations of humans, in particular, over the millenia must have constituted strong natural selection. The use of honey-hunting ladders today in Sabah indicates that this selection continues. A. breviligula can launch comparable attacks against intruders (Morse and Laigo, 1969) but its nests are commonly quite accessible. It is not easy to explain this difference, unless A. breviligula had few natural vertebrate predators before the 42 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST arrival of humans. At present, A. breviligula colonies located in inhabited areas are rarely left undisturbed; instead they are usually destroyed or driven out with smoke and fire within a few days of discovery (Morse and Laigo, 1969; pers. obs.). It may be that they gain some cryptic protection by nesting lower and in denser vegetation, but the more likely hypothesis is that selection pressure from humans has until recently not been very strong in the Philippines proper. The reason for colony aggregation in A. dorsata is obscure. In light of the scant available evidence, Seeley et al. (1982) tentatively concluded that the scarcity of suitable nest substrates best accounts for aggregation. Our own observations do not support this hypothesis; suitable unoccupied trees appeared plentiful in the vicinity of those with two or more active colonies. Acknowledgments We thank the governments of Malaysia and Sabah for permission to do research in Sabah, granted on exceptionally short notice. This study also benefited from advice and other assistance from George Lo, Vincent Au, Charles Jackson, Anthea Phillips and the Eugene Fuller family. We thank Steve Buchmann, Jim Cane, Roger Morse and Shoichi Sakagami for critical comments and Lucille Valente and Cristina Bramley for manuscript preparation. Literature Cited Corner, E. J. H. 1952. Wayside Trees of Malaya. 2nd Edition. Gov’t. Printing Office, Singapore. Deodikar, G. B., A. 1. Ghatge, R. P. Phadke, D. B. Mahindre, K. K. Kshirsagar, K. S. Muvel and C. V. Thakar. 1977. Nesting behavior of Indian honeybees. III. Nesting behavior oiApis dorsata Fab. Indian Bee J. 39:1-12. Maa, T. C. 1953. An inquiry into the systematics of the tribus Apidini or honeybees (Hym.). Treubia 21:525-640. Morse, R. A., and F. M. Laigo. 1969. Apis dorsata in the Philippines (including an annotated bibliography). Phil. Assoc. Ent., Monogr. No. 1:96pp. Orolfo, P. 1965. Gathering jungle honey. Sabah Soc. J. 2:165-168. Roepke, W. 1948. Observations sur les abeilles des Indes. Rev. Franc. Apic. Abeille Miel 28:567-569, 29:596-599, 30:618-620. Roubik, D. W., S. F. Sakagami and 1. Kudo. 1985. A note on the distribution and nesting of the Himalayan honey bee Apis laboriosa Smith (Hymenoptera: Aposidea). J. Kansas Ent. Soc. (58):746-749. Sakagami, S. F., T. Matsumura and K. Ito. 1980. Apis laboriosa in Himalaya, the little known world’s largest honeybee (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Ins. Matsumurana (N. S.) 19:47-77. -, R. H. Seeley and P. Akratanakul. 1982. Colony defense strategies of the honeybees in Thailand. Ecol. Monogr. 52:43-63. Wallace, A. R. 1869. The Malay Archipelago. MacMillan, London (Reprinted 1962 by Dover, NY). PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 43-47 The Genus Pachymerola Bates (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Edmund F. Giesbert 9780 Drake Lane, Beverly Hills, California 90210. Abstract .—The monobasic genus Pachymerola Bates is examined and redescribed; P. vitticollis is discussed and briefly redescribed. A new species and subspecies are proposed: P. ruficollis ruficollis from western Mexico to Honduras, and P. ruficollis humeralis from Costa Rica. The latter is figured. A change in tribal placement is proposed, assigning Pachymerola to the tribe Hyboderini. Bates (1892) described Pachymerola vitticollis from a single male specimen taken at Chilpancingo (alt. 4600 ft.), Guerrero, Mexico, and assigned this new genus to the tribe Compsocerini, based on an observed similarity of the male to that of Coremia Serville. The modified abdomen of the female, herein described, necessitates reassignment of Pachymerola to the Hyboderini. S. A. Fragoso (1978) has attempted to clarify the tribal classification of the North American Cerambycinae, primarily based on studies of the terminalia of both sexes. This work may result in a future change of status for the tribe Hyboderini. Specimens of Pachymerola are fairly commonly taken on blossoms of Croton, and other flowering woody plants, although no larval host associations are recorded. The genus is thus far known from Sinaloa in western Mexico to the Cordillera de Tilaran of Costa Rica. Examination of the large quantity of material at hand has failed to reveal any specimen agreeing with the unique type of P. vitticollis. Genus Pachymerola Bates Pachymerola Bates 1892:161; Blackwelder 1946:580 (list). Form moderately small, elongate. Pubescence fine, short, sericeus, denser on ventral surfaces. Head coarsely punctate, with front canaliculate, clypeal suture deeply impressed; eyes finely facetted, deeply emarginate; antennae slender, not longer than body, with scape clavate, second segment short, fourth segment longest, outer segments subserrate. Pronotum pyriform, about as long as broad, sides obtusely angulate, widest behind middle; disk uneven, asperate-punctate; prosternum with intercoxal process narrow, procoxal cavities closed behind; mesosternal process wider; metasternum longitudinally impressed; metacoxae enlarged, tumid. Abdomen with first sternite elongate in both sexes; female with first abdominal sternite as long as remaining sternites together, second sternite deeply emarginate, with transverse brush composed of scooplike setae arising from distal border, lateral setae longer, incurved, pointed, remaining sternites shorter, concave, hairy. Elytra somewhat flattened, nearly parallel sided, asperate-punctate, alutaceous, apices obtusely acuminate. Legs with femora moderately clavate; 44 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST metafemora enlarged, thickened, exceeding elytral apices, alutaceous, asperate; metatibiae asperate. Type Species. —Pachymerola vitticollis Bates (monobasic). Key to Separate the Species and Subspecies of Pachymerola Bates 1. Pronotum black with a yellowish-gray pubescent vitta on each side of disk. Antennae of male about as long as body, with 8th segment equal to 3rd. Guerrero, Mexico. P. vitticollis - Pronotum orange or reddish, rarely infuscated, lacking pubescent vittae. Antennae of male reaching at most to apical Vs of elytra, with 8th segment distinctly shorter than 3rd .2. 2. Elytra black, sometimes indistinctly suffused with orange or reddish at base, without distinct triangular orange humeral maculae. Femora, at least anterior pair, usually orange at base. Mexico to Honduras . . P. ruficollis ruficollis — Elytra black, with distinct orange triangular humeral maculae. Legs black. Costa Rica . P. ruficollis humeralis Pachymerola vitticollis Bates Pachymerola vitticollis Bates 1892:161; Blackwelder 1946:580 (list). Male. —Form moderately small, nearly parallel sided. Integument black. Antennae about as long as body, 8th segment subequal to 3rd. Pronotum asperate-punctate, with a yellowish gray pubescent vitta on each side of disk. Elytra somewhat flattened, asperate-punctate, alutaceous, with very fine, short, sericeous pubescence. Body beneath with somewhat more dense silvery-white pubescence; abdomen simple. Legs with metafemora enlarged, thickened, asperate, alutaceous, denticulate-asperate distally on underside, metatibiae sulcate, asperate. Length 8.5mm. Female. —U nkno wn. Type Locality. —Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico. Remarks. —Known from a unique male specimen, this species appears to differ from all but the most melanic individuals of the following new species by the black color, and from all individuals of that species by the vittate pronotum, and longer antennae. Pachymerola ruficollis ruficollis Giesbert, New Species Male. —Form small to moderately small, nearly parallel sided, with sides feebly incurved behind middle. Integument piceous to black, with pronotum usually orange or reddish, rarely infuscated, and often with occipital area of head, bases of elytra indistinctly, femoral bases, coxae, and parts of sternum suffused with orange. Antennae reaching apical 1/5 of elytra, with outer segments shortened, 8th segment shorter than 3rd. Pronotum opaque, usually densely asperate-punctate, without pubescent vittae. Elytra somewhat flattened distally, distinctly asperate-punctate, alutaceous, with fine, short, sericeous pubescence. Body beneath with somewhat denser sericeous pubescence; abdomen simple, with first sternite comprising 1/3 to 1/2 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 45 of abdominal length. Legs with metafemora enlarged, thickened, asperate, alutaceous, often somewhat nitid and denticulate distally beneath. Length 6-llmm. Female. —Similar to male, but with antennae shorter, reaching just past middle of elytra. Abdomen modified with scopate second sternite. Length 7-13mm. Types.—Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences), and 19 paratypes (7 male, 12 female) from 5 mi. N Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, July 28-August 3, 1973 (E. Giesbert). 167 additional paratypes as follows: MEXICO: Sinaloa; 26 males, 30 females, 5 mi. N Mazatlan, July 21-August 1,1972, on flowers of Buddleia wrightii and Jatropha curcas (J. & M. A. Chemsak, A. & M. Michelbacher); 1 male, 5 mi. N Mazatlan, August 15, 1966 (J. A. Chemsak & J. Doyen); 1 male, 2.5 mi. N Mazatlan, August 12, 1970 (M. Wasbauer); 3 males, 1 female, 2.5mi. NMazatlan, August 10-11,1970 (J. A. Chemsak);2males, 1 female, 5 mi. N Mazatlan, August 9-15,1970 (J. A. Chemsak); 11 males, 14females, 5 mi. N Mazatlan, July 25-August 1,1973 (J. Chemsak, E. G. Linsleys & Michelbachers); 24 males, 4 females, 5 mi. NMazatlan, July 30-August 8,1983 (F. T. Hovore); 1 male, 5 mi. N Mazatlan, August 9, 1983 (E. Giesbert); Nayarit: 6 males, 2 females, Ahuacatlan, July 18-22,1951, on flowers of Donnellsmithia hintoni M. & C. (P. D. Hurd, H. E. Evans); 3 males, Arroyo Santiago nr. Jesus Maria, July 5, 1955 (B. Malkin). Jalisco: 9 males, 3 females, Est. Biol. Chamela, July 10-20, 1985, on flowers of Croton. (E. Giesbert); 2 males, Est. Biol. Chamela, July 8-16, 1985 (J. Chemsak, H. Katsura, A. & M. Michelbacher); 1 male, Chamela, June 19,1983 (S. H. Bullock); 1 male, Chamela, July 21, 1984, on flowers of Croton (J. A. Chemsak). Oaxaca: 2 males, 4 females, 30 mi. NE Tehuantepec, July 8, 1955 (D. Giuliani); 1 male, 6 mi. N Juchitan, July 3 1955 (Univ. Kans. Mex. Expedition); 1 male, 8 mi. N La Ventosa, July 20, 1963 (W. A. Foster); 1 female, Isth. of Tehuantepec, (F. Sumichrast); 2 males, 56 mi. NW Tehuantepec, July 27, 1963 (J. Doyen). Chiapas: 1 female, 8 mi. E Rizo de Oro, June 22, 1985 (D. Heffern). Quintana Roo: 3 males, 2 females, 18 km N Felipe Carillo Puerto, May 27-June 1, 1984 (J. E. Wappes); 1 male, 10 km N Puerto Morelos, June 15-16, 1983 (E. Giesbert). EL SALVADOR: 1 male, 1 female. Dept. Ahuachapan, Bosque El Imposible (745m), June 18, 1979 (R. D. Cave). HONDURAS: 1 female, Tegucigalpa, June 12,1918 (Dyer). Remarks. —Integumental color is somewhat unstable within populations in this species. The Sinaloa population exhibits the greatest tendency toward reduced melanism throughout, with pronota and femoral bases consistently orange. The Jalisco population, also with somewhat reduced melanism, exhibits pronota of a rich red color, sometimes partially infuscated. Specimens from further south in Mexico exhibit an orange pronotum, which is sometimes infuscated to varying degrees, legs with only the procoxae and bases of profemora usually suffused with orange, and consistently black elytra. The small amount of material available from Central America is also quite melanic: specimens from El Salvador are entirely black with orange pronota, the Honduran example similar, but with orange profemoral bases. A single entirely black specimen was seen from Tehuantepec, but generally, it would appear that melanism tends to increase clinally north to south. In addition, the Sinaloan population exhibits a more nitid, less alutaceous surface on the underside of the enlarged metafemora, and northern populations exhibit a tendency toward a more densely asperate pronotal surface. Figures 1. Pachymerola ruficollis humeralis Giesbert; male. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 47 Pachymerola ruficollis humeralis Giesbert, New Subspecies (Fig-1) Male. —Form moderately small, with sides slightly incurved behind middle. Integument black, with pronotum and large triangular maculae on humeri orange. Antennae reaching apical 1/5 of elytra, with 8th segment shorter than 3rd. Pronotum opaque, somewhat indistinctly asperate-punctate, without pubescent vittae. Abdomen simple, with first sternite comprising 1/2 of abdominal length. Legs with metafemora elongate, thickened, asperate-punctate, alutaceous, with underside denticulate distally; metatibiae asperate. Length 9-12mm. Female. —Similar to male, but with antennae shorter, just surpassing middle of elytra. Abdomen modified with scopate second sternite. Length 9.5-13.5mm. Types.—Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences), and 23 paratypes (15 males, 8 females), from 6 km S Santa Elena, 1100m, Puntarenas prov., Costa Rica, June 5-7, 1980, on flowers of Croton (E. Giesbert). 36 additional paratypes, all from the same locality, as follows: 9 males, June 2, 1979 (H. & A. Howden); 8males, 7females, June 4—7,1980 (J. E. Wappes); 7 males, 1 female, June 6-7, 1983 (E. Giesbert); 2 males, June 6-7, 1983 (J. E. Wappes); 2 males. May 18, 1984 (F. T. Hovore). Remarks. —This apparently isolated and genetically stable population is characterized by the large orange triangular humeral patches of the elytra, and by a slightly larger average size than Pachymerola r. ruficollis. Acknowledgments I wish to thank John A. Chemsak of The University of California, Berkeley, for the loan of material and review of the manuscript, Frank T. Hovore and James E. Wappes for specimen data, and R. D. Pope of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) for allowing me to examine and photograph the type. I would also like to thank Dr. Henry Howden for generous collecting information on the Costa Rican locality. Literature Cited Bates, H. W. 1892. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, with remarks on some of the previously recorded species. The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1892:143-183, Ulus. Blackwelder, R. E. 1946. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central America, The West Indies, and South America. Part 4. Bulletin of the United States National Museum. 185:551-763. Fragoso, S. A. 1978. Male and female terminalia as a basis for tribal classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae of America north of Mexico. Unpublished PhD dissertation. University of Florida 1978. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 48-49 New Host Records of Bruchidae (Coleoptera) From Desmanthus (Leguminosae) From Texas and Mexico Melissa Luckow and Clarence Dan Johnson (ML) The Department of Botany, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78713-7640; (CDJ) Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011. Abstract .—Nine species and two varieties of Desmanthus are reported as hosts from new localities in Texas and Mexico for four species of Bruchidae. New records reported include Acanthoscelides compressicornis feeding in the seeds of Desmanthus painteri, D. pringlei, and D. virgatus var. glandulosus; A. pectoralis in the seeds of D. reticulatus; and A. desmanthi in the seeds of D. subulatus. Other species of Desmanthus reported as hosts for bruchids are D. covillei, D. obtusus, D. velutinus, D. virgatus ^ 20 :. depressus, D. virgatus var. virgatus, and D. fruticosus. The bruchids Stator pruininus and several species in the genus Acanthoscelides have been reported to feed in the seeds of species of Desmanthus from the United States to Central America (Bottimer, 1969; Center and Johnson, 1974, 1976; Johnson, 1970, 1977, 1983, 1984; Johnson and Kingsolver, 1976). It also has been observed by CDJ that bruchids feed in the seeds of Desmanthus in northern South America. Recently a number of new host records from new localities in Texas and Mexico were obtained by ML in the course of her work on the systematics of Desmanthus. Because of ongoing research on bruchids and their hosts, these records are published here to make them available for studies on bruchid-host interactions. New records found and reported upon here include Acanthoscelides compressicornis feeding in the seeds of Desmanthus painteri, D. pringlei, and D. virgatus var. glandulosus; A. pectoralis in the seeds of D. reticulatus; and A. desmanthi in the seeds of D. subulatus. Desmanthus virgatus var. glandulosus Turner is believed to be a distinct and separate species more closely related to D. velutinus and D. cooleyi than D. virgatus by ML so we are listing it here under its currently accepted name pending further study. Acknowledgments Partial support for this paper was provided by an Institute of Latin American Studies-Tinker Foundation Grant and NSF Predoctoral Grant BSR85-14314 to ML; and NSF Grant BSR82-11763 to CDJ. New Host Records Acanthoscelides compressicornis (Schaeffer) 1. Desmanthus covillei (Britton & Rose) Wiggins ex Turner: Mexico. Sonora: Mpio Cd. Obregon: 3 mi NW Santini on Hwy 15, 26 August 1985 (ML 2806). VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 49 2. Desmanthus obtusus S. Wats.: Texas. Upton Co.: 2 mi W Rankin on Hwy 67, 5 August 1985 (ML 2737). Reagan Co.: 9 mi W Big Lake on Hwy 67, 5 August 1985 (ML 2738). 3. Desmanthus painteri (Britton & Rose) Standley: Mexico. Coahuila: Mpio Arteaga: 8.1 mi SE turnoff to San Antonio de Las Alazana on Rte 57, 2 July 1985 (ML 2641). 4. Desmanthuspringlei (Britton & Rose) Hermann: Mexico. Nuevo Leon: Mpio Allende: 1.7 mi N of Allende on Hwy 85,2 July 1985 (ML 2640). 5. Desmanthus velutinus Scheele: Texas. Reeves Co.: 10.6 mi W jctn Hwy 290 on Hwy 10, 21 August 1985 (ML 2750). Travis Co.: Big Sandy Creek Park outside of Austin, 31 July 1985 (ML 2709). Val Verde Co.: Pecos River near intersection with Hwy 10, 2 August 1985 (ML 2721). 6. Desmanthus virgatus var. depressus (H. & B.) Turner: Texas. Uvalde Co.: Sabinal Cemetery, 1 mi E Sabinal on Hwy 90, 2 August 1985 (ML 2713). 7. Desmanthus virgatus var. glandulosus Turner: Texas: Brewster Co.: Iron Mt. Ranch, plateau just below Gilliland Peak near the main ranch house, 3 August 1985 (ML 2729). Acanthoscelides pectoralis (Horn) 1. Desmanthus reticulatus Benth.: Texas. Uvalde Co.: Sabinal Cemetery, 1 mi E Sabinal on Hwy 90, 2 August 1985 (ML 2712). Acanthoscelides desmanthi Johnson 1. Desmanthus subulatus (Britton & Rose) Wiggins ex Turner: Mexico. Sinaloa: Mpio Mazatlan: Hwy 15,3.8 mi NW of Rio San Lorenzo, 8 January 1986 (ML 2980). 2. Desmanthus virgatus (L.) Willd. var. virgatus: Mexico. Guerrero: Mpio Tecpan: 12 mi W of bridge at San Luis on Hwy 200,13 March 1985 (ML 2615). Statorpruininus (Horn) 1. Desmanthusfruticosus Rose: Mexico. Baja Sur: Mpio Todos Santos: 2.4 mi S of Todos Santos on Hwy 19, 30 August 1985 (ML 2823). Literature Cited Bottimer, L. J. 1969. Two Acanthoscelides (Coleoptera: Bmchidae) from southern United States with notes on related species. Can. Entomol., 101:975-983. Center, T. D. and C. D. Johnson. 1974. Coevolution of some seed beetles (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) and their hosts. Ecology, 55:1096-1103. -, and-. 1976. Host plants andparasitesof some Arizona seed-feeding insects. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 69(2): 195-201. Johnson, C. D. 1970. Biosystematics of the Arizona, California, and Oregon Species of the Seed Beetle Genus Acanthoscelides Schilsky (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 59:1-116. -. 1977. Two new species oi Acanthoscelides (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) from North America and new bruchid host records from Desmanthus and Hoffmanseggia (Leguminosae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 53:60-73. -. 1983. Ecosystematics of Acanthoscelides (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) of Southern Mexico and Central America. Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 56:1-370. -. 1984. New host records and notes on the biology of Stator (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). Coleopterists Bull.,38(l):85-90. -, and J. M. Kingsolver. 1976. Systematics of Stator of North and Central America (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull., 1537.101 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 50-51 Sex-influenced Protibial Spines And Synonymy in Dasytidae (Coleoptera), Study Number Three Charles D. Howell San Bernardino County Museum, 2024 Orange Tree Lane, Redlands, California, and The University of Redlands 92373. Abstract. —Protibial spines are sex-influenced in many populations of Emmenotarsus and Trichochrous. In the extreme case, they are found to be sex-limited to females in Listropsis, an emmenotarsus-like genus. This led to the discovery that Listropsis and Trichochroides are synonymous, and Trichochroides must be suppressed on basis of priority. Considerable confusion exists in the systematics of Dasytidae. Synonymy of some species was noted by Fall (1901) and more can be expected since many species were based by Casey (1895) on only one specimen. What effect the synonomy may have on the total number of species is uncertain, for new collections continue to reveal populations so different from those described as to require the addition of new specific names (e.g. Howell, 1979). Adding to the confusion, some populations contain a tremendous variety of morphs, species, and even genera. Howell (1985) reports finding seven genera of Dasytidae in the flowers of one bush of Ceanothus; and nine morphs of one genus, Eschatocrepis, in a small local area. The present study describes a situation in which males and females of the same species can be keyed to different genera. This came about by using the characteristic “protibiae beset with spines” in current keys (Casey, 1895; Blaisdell, 1938) to separate two fairly large divisions of Dasytidae. Among the genera with spines is Trichochrous, the largest dasytid genus according to Casey. Among those lacking them is Amecocerus {Listrus, in Blaisdell, 1921), which is the second largest. Blaisdell (1938) subdivided Trichochrous into several genera, among which Emmenotarsus was set apart for its bristling fringes and shaggy appearance. At the same time he selected Trichochrous sexualis Casey, also emmenotarsus-like, as the type of the genus Trichochroides which is defined by a male-limited feature, a striking impression on the fifth abdominal sternite. Earlier, Blaisdell (1924a, 1924b) described species of Listropsis, based on males lacking protibial spines. This latter feature led him to underestimate the obvious emmenotarsus-like appearance of Listropsis based on males lacking protibial spines. This latter feature led him to underestimate the obvious emmenotarsus-like appearance of Listropsis and to place it among listrus-like genera. A study of the number of spines on protibiae led me to discover that in many species of Trichochrous and Emmenotarsus the number of spines on the protibiae is sex-influenced, females having significantly more than males. The number may vary VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 51 from zero to over a dozen, so that specimens at the extremes, at least, would end up in widely different genera if keyed individually. This challenged me to devise a key avoiding a major reliance on protibial spines. Such a key is in use in our laboratory and appears to be as reliable as Blaisdell’s (1938) key. It brings Trichochrous and Amecocerus close to each other, which is concordant with their gross similarity. It also brings Listropsis close to Emmenotarsus, which resemble each other. The significance of this latter relation was long undetected, for my early collections of these two genera consisted of small collections composed wholly or largely of one sex. Later, obtaining a larger bisexual collection, I sexed it and discovered that all the males keyed into Listropsis and all the females into Emmenotarsus. This collection was made above the 5000 foot elevation on Mt. Pisgah, near Yucaipa, San Bernardino Countv, CA. On reviewing all my collections from this same area, I found a total of 109 Emmenotarsus-like specimens in seventeen separate collections made between 1969 and 1981. A disproportionate sex ratio was found in these 109 specimens with 80 males and only 29 females. The feature, “protibiae beset with spines” was sex-limited to females, which had an average of 6.1 spines per protibia, as compared with 0.3 in males. All the males had the fifth sternite impressed. Therefore, I concluded that the specimens represented a population of Trichochroides according to Blaisdell, and that Listropsis and Trichochroides are synonyms. This conclusion was further substantiated on examination of specimens available to me, which Blaisdell had labelled Trichochroides. In all examples in which males were present, they keyed to Listropsis, and the females to Emmenotarsus. On reviewing Blaisdell’s descriptions of Trichochroides (1941) I found that he never once made a reference to protibial spines, and thus missed the relationship of these two genera. These observations all support the conclusion that Listropsis and Trichochroides are synonyms. By rules of priority Trichochroides must be suppressed and be replaced by Listropsis. The Mt. Pisgah collection is believed to be Listropsis virilis (Blaisdell, 1941), formerly Trichochroides. Literature Cited Blaisdell, E. F. 1921. New species of Melyridae and Chrysomelidae and Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera) from the Pacific Coast with notes on other species. Stanford U. Publ. Biol. Series I, No. 3, 137-231. -. 1924a. Two new species of Melyridae from California and one from British Columbia, including two new genera. Can. Ent., 56:1-5. -. 1924b. Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera) Number four. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 64:313-318. -. 1938. A generic synopsis and generic revision of the Tribe Dasytini of North America, north of Panama. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 64:1-32 (two plates). -. 1941. A monographic study of the species belonging to the Melyrid genus Trichochroides (Coleoptera). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 66:238-306 (one plate). Casey, Thomas E. 1895. Coleopterological Notices VI. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 8:435-838. Fall, H. C. 1901. List of the Coleoptera of Southern California, with notes on habits and distribution and description of new species. Calif. Acad. Sci. Occasional Papers, 8:1-282. Howell, Charles D. 1979. Studies of Dasytidae No. 1: New species of Pristocelis (Coleoptera). Pan. Pac. Ent. 55:41-45. -. 1985. Diverse populations and subspecies in Eschatocrepis (Coleoptera: Dasytidae). Ent. News, 96:129-141. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 52-55 A New species of Actaletes from Mexico (Collembola: Actaletidae) Felipe N. Soto Adames Department of Biology, University of Puerto Rico, Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico 00708. Abstract.—Actaletes nemyops new species is described from Sonora, Mexico. Males possess differentiated setae on the third and fourth antennal segments but lack the metatibiotarsal spur present in other New World species. Thanks to the kindness of Drs. Kenneth Christiansen and Peter F. Bellinger I was able to study several specimens of Actaletes from Mexico which represent the new species described below. Only four species of Actaletes have been described so far, one from Europe (France) and three from America (Jamaica, Venezuela and Mexico). All species are strictly littoral and rarely seen or collected. The species name, nemyops, refers to the absence of a metatibiotarsal spur in the male. Actaletes nemyops New Species Habitus typical of genus. Length to 1.24mm (x for females 1.03mm; only male 0.83). Head, body and appendages pale brown. Proportions of antennal segments 1-4 as 10:27:22:20. Apex of fourth antennal segment (Ant. 4) with a pin seta on a papilla (Fig. 3), 3 apically curved setae, 5-6 stout setae and several blunt sensillae—one being much larger than the others (Figs. 13-14). Ant. 4 of male with a large seta expanded as a lamella (Fig. 12). Ant. 3 sense organ of 2 mushroomlike setae on a shallow depression (Fig. 1); a sensillar triangle is opposed to this organ (Fig. 2). Medial region of Ant. 3 with a prominent spinelike seta (Fig. 5). Apex of Ant. 2 with a short blunt spine similar to that on A. venezuelensis. Eyes 8 + 8; 6-8 hairs within eye patch (Fig. 4). Postantennal organ 1.1 x wider than the lower innermost eye (Fig. 9). Right mandible with 6 teeth (Fig. 18), left mandible with 4 teeth (Fig. 17). Terminal seta of outer maxillary lobe somewhat smaller than basal seta. Labial triangle with 4 setae; 10-11 setae in an irregular row almost perpendicular to the cephalic groove (Fig. 16). Male without profemoral or protibiotarsal spinelike setae; metatibiotarsal spur absent (Fig. 10). Tenent hair lamellar. Ungues with a small tunica (Fig. 6). One small tooth on unguis II, without teeth on ungues I and III. Inner margin of unguiculi I and II concave (Figs. 6-7), inner margin of unguiculus III convex (Fig. 8). Fourth abdominal segment dorsally 2x longer than segments 1-3 combined; with 4 pairs of bothriotricha (Fig. 15). Tergal sutures almost reaching bothriotrix IT Colophore with 3 + 3 setae. Tenaculum with 5 setae, upper pair smaller than the others. Ratio length dens: mucro 70:10 in female and 54:10 in male. Distribution of dental spines as in Figure 19. Inner margin of dens with 4-5 long setae. Mucro tridentate (Fig. 20), basal and subapical teeth close together but not facing each other. Mucronal seta present. Male genital plate with 2 differentiated setae (Fig. 11). Female genital plate without such setae. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 53 Figs. 1-11. Actaletes nemyops new species. 1. Ant. 3 sense organ. 2. Ant. 3 apical triangle of blunt setae. 3. Apex of Ant. 4. 4. Left eye patch. 5. Ant. 3, ventral view. 6. Mesothoracic claw. 7. Pro thoracic unguiculus. 8. Metathoracic unguiculus. 9. Lower innermost eye and postantennal organ. 10. Dorsal view of metatibiotarsus. 11. Differentiated seta of male genital plate. 54 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figs. 12-20. Actaletes nemyops new species. 12. Modified setae on mid-ventral region of Ant. 4. 13. Normal blunt seta of Ant. 4. 14. Large blunt seta of Ant. 4. 15. Tergum of fourth antennal segment showing bothriotrichal pattern and tergal suture. 16. Cephahc groove and seta behind labial triangle. 17. Apex of left mandible. 18. Apex of right mandible. 19. Arrangement of dental spines, thickest circles represent spines seen directly from above, other circles represent smooth setae. 20. Mucro and insertion of mucronal seta. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 55 Diagnosis.—Actaletes nemyops new species can be distinguished from A. venezuelensis Najt y Rapoport 1972 (Venezuela) by the color of the body, antennal chaetotaxy, absence of teeth on unguis I, form of third unguiculus and by the distance between the basal and subapical mucronal teeth. Actaletes nemyops is easily separated from A. calcarius Bellinger 1962 (Jamaica) and A. boneti Parisi 1972 (Mexico) because males of the latter species possess a conspicuous metatibiotarsal spur. Actaletes neptuni Giard 1889 (France) can be distinguished from A. nemyops by the labial chaetotaxy, form of the third unguiculus, relative position of basal and subapical mucronal teeth and by the presence of sexual dimorphism in^. nemyops. Material examined. —Mexico, Sonora, on surface of tide pool, 20.11.1974. V. Roth and W. Brown. Holotype male and 4 paratypes on slides, one paratype in alcohol. The specimen in alcohol remains in my collection, the holotype and paratypes are deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Acknowledgments I wish to thank Dr. Jose A. Mari Mutt for his guidance and critical review of the manuscript. Literature Cited Bellinger, P. F. 1962. A dimorphic species oi Actaletes (Collembola). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 70:88-91. Giard, A. 1889. Sur un nuveau genre de Collembole marin et sur I’espece type de ce genre Actaletes neptuni Gd. Le Naturaliste, 11(53):123. Najt, J. y H. E. Rapoport. 1972. Una nueva especie de Actaletidae de Venezuela (Insecta, Collembola). Physis,31(82):219-221. Parisi, V. 1972. Actaletes boneti —a new species of Actaletidae (Collembola) of the Mexican coast of the Pacific. Accad. Naz. Lincei, Rome, 171:43-46. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 56-59 New Species of Cleptes Latreille from Asia and North America (Chrysididae, Hymenoptera) Lynn Siri Kimsey Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616. Abstract. —Three new species of Cleptes are described, asiana and townesi from Taiwan, and canadensis from western Canada. While examining miscellaneous unidentified Chrysididae from the American Entomological Institute (GAINESVILLE) and Canadian National Collection (OTTAWA), 3 new species of Cleptes Latreille became apparent. Two of these are from Taiwan and the third is from western Canada. The following abbreviations are used: F-I etc. = flagellomere I and so on, MOD = midocellus diameter, PD = puncture diameter. Cleptes asianus Kimsey, New Species Holotype female. —Body length 5 mm. Face (Fig. 4) punctures small and 1-3 PD apart; least interocular distance as long as head length from midocellus to antennal socket; malar space 1.5 MOD long, clypeal truncation 2 MOD wide at apex; ocellocular distance about three-fourths ocelloccipital distance; F-I length 2.1 times breadth; F-II 1.1 times as long as broad; pronotum (Fig. 3) somewhat flattened in profile with row of deep pits across posterior margin, with medial pair largest, punctures small and 2-3 PD apart; scutal punctures sparser than on pronotum; mesopleuron (Fig. 7) with deeply impressed somewhat foveate scrobal sulcus forming a loop with obhque mesopleural carina, mesopleural punctures tiny and 3-5 or more PD apart; propodeum coarsely punctate, lateral angles obtuse; forewing radial cell about 2.5 times as long as wide. Head, thorax, abdomen, scape, pedicel, femora and tibiae purple; flagellum and tarsi dark brown to blackish; wings evenly brown-tinted. Male. —Unknown. Holotype female. —TAIWAN: Wushe, 1150 m, 15 May 1983 (H. Townes, GAINESVILLE). Discussion. —Based on Tsuneki (1959) asiana most closely resembles seoulensis Tsuneki a.nd fudzi Tsuneki, based on the mesopleuron having a long foveate scrobal sulcus connected to a foveate oblique mesopleural carina and the entirely purple body. However, asiana differs from these species in the following characteristics: genae only slightly converging, mandibles reddish, clypeal truncation not trilobate, anterior two-thirds of pronotum parallel-sided and the entire body including femora and tibiae purple without other tints or highlights. Cleptes canadensis Kimsey, New Species Holotype male. —Body length 6 mm. Face (Fig. 1) with deep medial sulcus extending from midocellus to clypeal margin; punctures 1 PD apart; least interocular VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 57 Figures 1,2,4. Front view of face. 3,5,6. Dorsal view of pronotum. 7. Mesopleuron and midcoxa showing scrobal sulcus (ss). distance 1.3 times head length from midocellus to antennal socket; malar space and clypeal truncation at apex 1.3 MOD long and wide; ocellocular distance equal to ocellocciptal distance; F-12.8 times as long as broad, F-II length 1.7 times breadth; pronotum (Fig. 5) evenly rounded with medial groove or posterior groove or pits, punctures 1-3 PD apart; scutal punctures 4-6 PD apart; mesopleuron smooth with 58 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST deep scrobe, punctures slightly striatiform, about 1 PD apart; propodeum coarsely and irregularly reticulate, lateral tooth acute but apically blunt. Head, thorax, scape and femora coppery with strong green highlights becoming darker and bluish on propodeum, with erect blonde setae; wings evenly and lightly brown stained; rest of antennae dark brown; tibiae, tarsi and abdominal segments I-II red; abdominal segment III red basally and black apically; segments IV and V black. Female. —Same as male, except legs entirely red, with forefemur coppery; F-11.8 times as long as broad; F-II 0.8 times as long as broad, and scape, pedicel and F-I-III red, F-IV to apex dark brown. Holotype male. —CANADA: Saskatchewan, 28 June 1950, reared from the tenthredinid Pikonema alaskensis (Rohwer) (Dalton, OTTAWA). Paratypes: CANADA: British Columbia, Ft. Nelson, 14 June 1948, W. R. M. Mason (1 male); Northwest Territory, Norman Wells, 12 July 1949, W. R. M. Mason (1 male and 1 female). Discussion. —This species is closest to the palearctic species nitidula, based on the lack of a posterior or medial groove on the pronotum, the reddish basal abdominal segments and the smooth mesopleuron. Aside from these characteristics canadensis can be distinguished by the coppery green color of the head and thorax in both sexes, the male F-I nearly 3 times as long as broad, female F-I twice as long as wide; and propodeal dorsal surface finely reticulate. Cleptes townesi Kimsey, New Species Holotype male. —Body length 5.5 mm. Face (Fig. 2) punctures shallow 0.3-0.5 PD apart; least interocular distance 1.1 times head length from midocellus to antennal socket; malar space 0.8 MOD, clypeal truncation 2 MOD wide at apex; ocellocular distance subequal to ocelloccipital distance; F-I length 2.4 times breadth; F-II 1.8 times as long as broad; pronotum (Fig. 6) flattened in profile, with posterior subapical transverse groove, punctures 1-2 PD apart; scutal punctures 3-5 PD apart; mesopleuron smooth with small scrobal pit and punctures 0.5-1.0 PD apart; propodeum sparsely reticulate with large blunt lateral angles; propodeum laterally and metapleuron smooth and impunctate; T-V medially emarginate. Face with blue tints; rest of head, thorax, abdomen, antenna and femora dark brown; body covered with erect blonde setae; wings lightly and evenly brown-tinted. Female. —Unknown. Holotype male. —TAIWAN: Wushe, 1150 m, 15 May 1985, H. Townes (GAINESVILLE). Paratypes: 1 male, same data as type, 10 May 1983; 3 males TAIWAN: Wu-feng, 10 April 1983, C. Townes. Discussion. —The most distinctive feature of townesi is the non-metallic black body. This species most closely resembles crassiceps Tsuneki and thaiensis Tsuneki, based on the posterior pronotal groove and dark coloration. C. townesi can be distinguished from these and other species of Cleptes by the simple mesopleuron, metallic coloration restricted to the face, the pronotum without a medial groove and the ocellocular distance subequal to the ocelloccipital distance. Acknowledgments This study was made possible by Henry Townes at the American Entomological Institute and Lubomir Masner at the Canadian National Collection, and was funded by NSF Research Grant No. BSR-8407392. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 59 Literature Cited Tsuneki, K. 1959. Contributions to the knowledge of the Cleptinae and Pseninae faunae of Japan and Korea. Mem. Fac. Lib. Arts, Fukui Univ. (ser. 2, Nat. Sci.) (9):l-78. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 60-64 Observations on Insects Associated with a Nectar-bearing Chilean Tree, Quillaja saponaria Molina (Rosaceae) Robert L. Bugg Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616. Abstract. —Several species of entomophagous insects were observed feeding on floral nectar of a specimen of soapbark tree, Quillaja saponaria Molina (Rosaceae), a landscape plant introduced into northern California from Chile. Entomophaga observed in relatively large numbers included a green lacewing {Chrysoperla carnea (Stephens)), convergent ladybeetle (Hippodamia convergens Guerin-Meneville), and a brown lacewing (Hemerobius sp. (prob. ovalis Carpenter)), as well as various unidentified parasitic Hymenoptera. Contingency table analyses of weekly vacuum samples indicated that members of each taxon were significantly more abundant during, as opposed to after, flowering. Samples taken at different times of day indicated that the brown lacewing was mainly a nocturnal visitor, whereas the green lacewing was present at similar densities at all hours tested. These findings suggest that the soapbark tree should be included in experimental schemes for enhancing biological control of agricultural pests. The use of nectar-bearing trees and shrubs in windbreaks and hedgerows has been suggested as a means of enhancing biological control (Solomon, 1980; Altieri and Letourneau, 1983). The present study concerns attendance by various entomophagous insects at the flowers of soapbark tree, Quillaja saponaria Molina (Rosaceae), a landscape tree introduced into northern California from Chile. These initial observations serve as a first step in assessing the possible value of this tree in enhancing biological control of agricultural pests. In its native Chile, the soapbark tree is said to be responsible for the production of abundant and exquisite honey (Munoz Pizarro, 1973). In Davis, CA, the plant flowered from early June through early July, and it appeared to be andromonoecious, featuring hermaphroditic flowers early in the blossoming period, and exclusively male flowers thereafter. The flowers exuded a shiny, sticky nectar that was fed upon by a diverse assemblage of insects. The vast majority of flower visitors observed were feeding upon nectar rather than pollen. A sampling program was set up to investigate insect attendance at the tree, with special emphasis on potential biological control agents. Materials and Methods All data were recorded from one specimen of Q. saponaria, approximately 12 m in height and 4 m in basal diameter, growing at the Environmental Horticulture Department grounds. University of California, Davis. Specimens were also present VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 61 Table 1. Counts for weekly vacuum samples from Quillaja saponaria. No. Collected/Subsample/Date Taxon Quadrant 6/4 In Flower 6/11 6/18 Out of Flower 6/25 7/2 West 3 14 18 2 2 Hippodamia South 9 30 33 0 0 convergens East 13 35 27 0 0 West 7 11 7 0 0 Chrysoperla South 6 15 5 1 1 carnea East 14 13 4 0 1 West 0 0 0 0 0 Hemerobius sp. South 1 0 0 0 1 (prob. ovalis) East 2 2 0 1 0 West 8 5 5 2 2 Parasitic Hymenoptera South 7 4 22 11 3 East 5 19 19 3 9 at the Berkeley and Santa Cruz campuses of University of California, but none of these trees, to my knowledge, flowered appreciably during the year of this study. In the immediate vicinity of the experimental site were various trees and shrubs suitable for landscaping in Mediterranean climates; within ca. 2 km were fields of hay alfalfa and winter wheat. The agricultural fields were likely sources of ladybeetles and lace wings observed in the present study. Using the U.C. Vac suction device (Summers et al., 1984), insects were sampled on 4, 11, 18, and 25 June, and 2 July, 1982. The first three dates occurred during flowering, whereas the latter two occurred after blossom fall. Samples were taken during the early afternoon hours, 1300-1530 PDT. The insects were vacuumed from the flowers and foliage during three one-minute intervals, each corresponding to one of the three accessible quadrants of the tree (east, south, and west—the north quadrant was obstructed by an adjoining shrub). During each one-minute episode, the tree was sampled from ground level to a height of about 2 m. Vacuum samples were retained in organdy net bags, placed on ice, taken to the laboratory, and frozen. Samples were later sorted, and the arthropods in the different taxa counted. In addition to the regular weekly samples mentioned above, supplementary samples were taken on 5 June at 1200,7 June at 1800,5 June at 2215,12 June at 1800, and 12 June at 2300 (PDT). Together with samples from one of the regular weekly visits (11 June), these latter data were used to compare the diel patterns of attendance by a green lacewing, Chrysoperla carnea (Stephens) (Neuroptera; Chrysopidae), and a brown lacewing, Hemerobius sp. (prob. ovalis Carpenter) (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae). Visitation by nectarivorous insects was assessed both qualitatively and quantitatively. A species list was compiled based on the vacuum samples and observation or collection of flower visitors by insect net. The regular weekly vacuum data were analyzed using separate chi-square analyses for 1 x 2 contingency tables constructed for each of the three taxa, C. carnea, convergent ladybeetle {Hippodamia convergens Guerin-Meneville; Coleoptera: Coccinellidae), and 62 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST parasitic Hymenoptera (all species pooled). As Hemerobius were seldom encountered in the regular weekly samples, which were all taken during early afternoon hours, that predator was excluded from these analyses. Comparisons were made for numbers obtained during flowering vs. those obtained after blossom fall. Expected values were generated based on the 3 to 2 ratio of sample dates during vs. after flowering, and the assumption that under the null hypothesis the observed numbers of insects should follow the same ratio. A significant deviation in favor of higher attendance during flowering would be taken to indicate that these entomophaga were attracted to flowers, and not to some unrelated feature of the tree. In order to determine whether the green and brown lacewings exhibited significantly different diel patterns of attendance, the relevant data were subjected to contingency table analyses via the BMPD-4F program (Dixon, 1983). These data were arrayed in a three-dimensional contingency table employing species, date, and time of day (early afternoon, late afternoon, and late evening) as the variables, and all possible loglinear models were reviewed (see Fienberg, 1977). In the event that a time X species interaction term were required to explain the data, the green and brown lacewings could be said to differ significantly in their diel patterns of attendance. Results Several species of insects were found foraging for nectar on the soapbark tree. These included convergent ladybeetle and the green and brown lacewings mentioned. Among the parasitic Hymenoptera, unidentified Diapriidae and Chalcidoidea were most frequently observed. The former were subject to vacuum sampling, whereas the latter tended to pass through the mesh of the net bags. Honeybees, Apis mellifera L. (Hymenoptera: Apidae), were commonly collected from soapbark tree flowers. I also observed various aphidophagous hover flies (Diptera: Syrphidae) taking nectar; these included Scaeva pyrastri (L.), Eupeodes volucris Osten Sacken, and Metasyrphus sp. Also, two chloropid flies, probably the aphidophagous Thaumatomyia glabra (Meig.) and T. rubida (Coquillett), were observed at the flowers, as was Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), and European earwig, Forficula auricularia L. (Dermaptera: Forficulidae) (earwigs and ants were encountered principally at night). Minute pirate bug, Orius tristicolor (White) (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae) was also commonly found. Neither syrphids nor anthocorids were subject to reliable collection by the vacuum method: the former were too quick to fly, while the latter were so small that many escaped through the organdy mesh of the net bags. The results for weekly afternoon suction samples are presented in Table 1. The mean counts (± S.E.) obtained during flowering were 20.22 ± 3.8, 9.11 ± 1.39, and 10.44 ± 2.44 for/f. convergens, C. carnea, and parasitic Hymenoptera, respectively (n = 9 for each estimate). The corresponding figures obtained after flowering were 0.67 ± 0.42, 0.50 ± 0.22, and 5.00 ±1.61 (n = 6 for each estimate). Hemerobius were scant in these diurnal samples that they were not included in these assessments. The contingency table analyses (d.f. = 1 for each test) revealed highly significant differences (p < 0.01) for all three taxa assessed {H. convergens, chi-square = 111.03; C. carnea, chi-square = 47.1; and pooled parasitic VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 63 Table 2. Diel attendance patterns for Chrysoperla carnea and Hemerobius sp. (prob. ovalis) on flowering soapbark tree. Total no. per vacuum sample/time/date^ First week in June Second week in June Species EA LA LE EA LA LE Chrysoperla carnea 36 45 20 28 26 44 Hemerobius sp. (prob. ovalis) 6 3 26 2 1 30 ®EA = early afternoon, LA = late afternoon, LE = late evening. Hymenoptera, chi-square = 12.908). These results indicate significantly higher numbers during flowering for all three taxa. The data for lacewing attendance, presented in Table 2, indicate a strong nocturnal tendency for the brown lacewing, whereas the green lace wing was abundant on the plant at all hours assessed. Totals of 64,71, and 64 were observed for green lacewings for early afternoon, late afternoon, and late evening, respectively. The corresponding totals for brown lace wing were 8, 4, and 56. The chi-square statistics of all possible loglinear models were reviewed, and the most parsimonious model acceptable under the conventional criterion of p > 0.05 involved all three main effects plus time x date and time x species interaction terms (Likelihood-Ratio Chi-Square = 3.84; d.f. == 3; p = 0.2790). The need for the time X species interaction term indicates that the green and brown lacewings exhibited significantly different temporal patterns of attendance on the flowering tree. The results do not necessarily indicate that the green lacewing adults were nectar-feeding throughout the day. In fact, the green lacewings were most commonly observed feeding at flowers during the evening hours, so most individuals were probably resting in the tree’s foliage during the afternoon and early evening hours. Perhaps the brown lacewing merely rested diurnally in a different stratum than did the green, and so was seldom collected except late at night, when feeding. These questions warrant further investigation. In summary, the flowering soapbark tree investigated here attracted large numbers of nectar-feeding predators, several of which are known to be important in reducing agricultural pests, and which are known to feed on nectar or honeydew (see Hagen, 1962; New, 1975; Sundby, 1967; Neuenschwander and Hagen, 1980). These results are suggestive, but because of the limited scope of this study, they should be viewed with caution. Given its reputation as a “honey plant,” the soapbark tree might be of some value in urban apiculture, quite apart from any role it might play in pest management. The nutritional value of the nectar should also be explored. Finally, the tree should be included in experimental trials of windbreak, hedgerow, and urban landscape vegetation to determine whether it can enhance biological control by the predators that feed so avidly at its blossoms. Acknowledgments I wish to thank the following people for their assistance: P. Adams, D. A. Andow, M. A. Altieri, S. Bartholow, L. E. Ehler, R. Fissell, P. Foley, K. S. Hagen 64 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (identification of coccinellids, neuropterans, and syrphids), M. Hertlein, A. W. Johnson, J. Johnson (identification of neuropterans), J. Ketcham, W. H. Lange, Jr. (identification of chloropids), D.K. Letourneau, M. Miller, A. Moldenke, D. Simser, H. Sauter, W. Settle, W. Roberts (identification of the tree), C. A. and M. J. Tauber, K. Thorarinsson, L. T. Wilson, S. Whitworth, andF. Zalom. This work was funded in part by a Graduate Research Award and by the University of California Appropriate Technology Program. Literature Cited Altieri, M. A. and D. K. Letourneau. 1983. Vegetational management and biological control in agroecosystems. Crop Prot., 1:405-430. Dixon, W. J. (Chief Editor). 1983. BMPD Statistical Software, 1983Printing With Additions. University of Cahfornia Press. Berkeley, CA. 734 pp. Fienberg, S. E. 1981. The Analysis of Cross-Classified Categorical Data. M.I.T. Press. Cambridge, MA. 198 pp. Hagen, K. S. 1962. Biology and ecology of predaceous Coccinellidae. Ann. Rev. Entomol., 7:289-326. Munoz Pizarro, C. 1973. Chile: Plantas En Extincion. Editorial Universitaria. Santiago, Chile. 247 pp. Neuenschwander, P. and K. S. Hagen. 1980. Role of the predator Hemerobius pacificus in a non-insecticidal treated artichoke field. Environ. Entomol., 9:492-495. New, T. R. 1975. The biology of Chrysopidae and Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera), with reference to their usage as biocontrol agents: a review. Trans. Entomol. Soc. Lond., 127:115-140. Solomon, M. G. 1980. Windbreaks as a source of orchard pests and predators. In: J. M. Thresh (ed.). Pests, Pathogens and Vegetation: The Role of Weeds and Wild Plants in the Ecology of Crop Pests and Diseases. Pitman Advanced Pubhshing Program. Boston, MA. 517 pp. Summers, C. G., R. E. Garrett, and F. G. Zalom. 1984. A new suction device for sampling arthropod populations. J. Econ. Entomol., 77:817-823. Sundby, R. A. 1967. Influence of food on the fecundity of Chrysopa carnea Stephens (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae). Entomophaga, 12:475-479. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 65-74 Cosumnoperla hypocrena, a new genus and species of western Nearctic Isoperlinae (Plecoptera: Perlodidae)* Stanley W. Szczytko and Richard L. Bottorff *Study supported in part by the Univ. of Wisconsin Faculty Research Fund #5413. (SWS) College of Natural Resources, Univ. of Wisconsin, Stevens Point, Wisconsin 54481; (RLB) Dept, of Land, Air and Water Resources, Univ. of California, Davis, California 95616. Abstract.—Cosumnoperla hypocrena, a new genus and species of Isoperlinae is described from specimens of male, female, nymph and ova. The major diagnostic characters of this new genus include: 1. male 10th tergum with a broad, elevated, notched triangular process; 2. small bulbous male supra-anal process; 3. male vesicle absent; 4. male paraprocts reduced, flat and lightly sclerotized; 5. female subgenital plate large with a deep posteromedian notch; 6. ova oblong, collar and eclosion line absent; 7. nymphal mandibles with 6 teeth and lacinia bidentate; 8. adult and nymphal mesosternal Y-ridge attached to posterior ends of furcal pits, transverse ridge connecting anterior ends of furcal pits, and 9. gills absent. Based on these characters this genus is thought to be most closely related to Calliperla Banks. Isoperlinae now includes the endemic Nearctic genera Calliperla, Cascasoperla Szczytko and Stewart, Clioperla Needham and Claassen, and Cosumnoperla, the Holarctic genus Isoperla Banks, and the Palearctic genera Kaszabia Rauser and Mesoperlina Klapalek. Isoperlinae is a small group of 6, mostly monotypic genera including Palearctic-Oriental endemics {Mesoperlina Klapalek and Kaszabia Rauser), Nearctic endemics {Calliperla Banks, Cascadoperla Szczytko and Stewart, and Clioperla Needham and Claassen), and the large Holarctic genus Isoperla Banks. Ricker a Jewett and Bulgaroperla Rauser have recently been placed in Perlodinae (Szczytko and Stewart, 1984; Stark and Szczytko, 1984). In the Nearctic and Palearctic Regions Isoperla contains the greatest diversity of Isoperlinae species with ca. 95% of the Nearctic and 91% of the Palearctic species. The number of Isoperla species in North America is divided into western and eastern faunal segments generally delineated by the eastern edge of the Rocky Mountains and the Great Plains. The eastern faunal segment is the most diverse with ca. 67% of the North American Isoperlinae species. The western genera Calliperla and Cascadoperla have fairly restricted distributions along the coastal range while the eastern Clioperla is widely distributed (Szczytko and Stewart, 1984). Recently while R. L. Bottorff was studying the ecology of stoneflies in the Cosumnes River, El Dorado County California, a series of Isoperlinae were discovered which did not key to any known genus. Detailed study of the adults indicated that these specimens represented a new genus and species. This discovery parallels other recent finds of rare and unique stoneflies in similar habitats (eg. Viehoperla Stark and Stewart, 1982a; Oconoperla Stark and Stewart, 1982b). 66 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Materials and Methods Illustrations of adult and nymphal structures were drawn using a Wild M8 stereo dissecting microscope equipped with lightfield-darkfield base and camera lucida. Nymphal mouthparts were drawn from scanning electron micrographs made using an ISI Super III SEM. Male and female terminalia were treated for study according to the methods described by Szczytko and Stewart (1981). Aedeagal armature was studied using the method of Szczytko and Stewart (1984). Ova dissected from preserved gravid females were prepared for SEM study as described by Szczytko and Stewart (1979). Scanning electron micrographs of ova were made with an ISI Super III SEM. Terminology used to describe antennal and cereal sensory structures follows Kapoor (1985); egg terminology follows Stark and Szczytko (unpub.) Results and Discussion Cosumnoperla, New Genus Type species. — Cosumnoperla hypocrena Szczytko and Bottorff Generic Characters: Adult and nymphal mesosternal Y-ridge arms meet posterior corners of furcal pits; transverse band connects anterior corners of furcal pits (Fig. 7). Gills absent. Male. —Tenth tergum entire with broad, elevated notched triangular process (Fig. 3). Supra-anal process small, bulbous and lightly sclerotized (Fig. 3). Paraprocts reduced and lightly sclerotized (Figs. 3, 5). Vesicle absent. Aedeagus membranous (Fig. 2). Female. —Subgenital plate large with deep posteromedian notch (Fig. 4). Ova. —Outline oblong, cross-section circular. Collar absent (Fig. 20). Nymph. —Lacinia bidentate (Figs. 13, 14). Mandibles with 6 teeth, not deeply incised (Figs. 8, 9, 16, 18). Abdominal terga with 3 longitudinal dark stripes and 2 median and 6 lateral longitudinal rows of dots (Fig. 10). Distribution. —This monotypic genus is known only from the Cosumnes River in the Sierra Nevada Mountains of northern California. Cosumnoperla hypocrena, New Species Male. —Macropterous. Body length ll-13mm; forewing length 10-llmm. General body color light creamy yellow with dark brown markings on the head and thorax. Dorsum of head with wide dark brown patch connecting lateral and anterior ocelli, light, small inverted U-shaped spot extending midlength of interocellar area; lighter brown patches separated medially, extending from lateral ocelli to occiput, few scattered small spots in light area between light brown patches; light brown patches extending from dark brown ocellar patch to bases of antennae, thin U-shaped, light patch above anterior ocellus with dark brown median patch extending to frons (Fig. 1). Pronotum with median light stripe, disks medium brown, rugosities dark brown (Fig. 1). Meso- and metanota medium brown. Antennal flagella medium brown, pedicle light; surface of flagellar segments covered with long and short sensilla trichodea (Fig. 30) and sensilla companiformia (Fig. 24). Cerci light basally, progressively darker apically, cereal segments covered with long sensilla trichodea and with posterior whorl of short and 4 long posteroventral sensilla trichodea (Fig. 22). Maxillary and labial palpi dark brown. Wings medium smoky VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 67 v wv^'^ V/ w w Figures 1-5. Cosumnoperla hypocrena. 1. Adult head and pronotum; line = 0.9mm. 2. Male aedeagus, lateral aspect; line = 0.5mm. 3. Male terminalia, dorsal aspect (A.-tenth tergal process, B.-supra-anal process, C.-paraprocts); line = 0.5mm. 4. Female terminalia, ventral aspect; line = 0.8mm. 5. Male paraprocts, dorsal aspect; line = 0.5mm. 68 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST brown with dark brown veins. Dorsal surface of femora dark brown, most of tibia and tarsi dark brown. Abdomen creamy yellow. Eighth tergum with posteromedian patch of short stout setae (Fig. 3). Ninth tergum with median patch of stout reddish brown spinulae (Fig. 3). Elevated triangular process of 10th tergum heavily sclerotized, darker than rest of tergum, highest at anterior margin with 2 sharply pointed anterior lobes, margins fringed with long fine setae, base depressed (Fig. 3). Supra-anal process with dark stout apical spinulae, basal area with scattered small, fine, light spinulae (Fig. 3). Paraprocts nearly flat, broadly triangular, positioned below supra-anal process (Figs. 3, 5). Aedeagus with large anteromedian and posteroventral lobes, small finger-like lobe above posteroventral lobe, apical section expanded into large balloon-like tip; posterior patch of small stout, golden brown spinulae above small finger-like lobe, patch of longer stout spinulae below large posteroventral lobe, patch of medium spinulae on large anteromedian lobe which grade into short stout spinulae laterally, patch of lateromedian small stout spinulae posterior to large anteromedian lobe (Fig. 2). Female. —Macropterous. Body length ll-15mm; forewing length ll-14mm. Body coloration and external morphology similar to male. Subgenital plate broadly truncate extending to near posterior margin of 9th sternum, base extending to midlength of sternum 8 (Fig. 4). Nymph .—Body length of mature nymph 10-13mm. General body coloration medium brown. Dorsum of head with distinct broad, light M-shaped band anterior to median ocellus; broad median brown patch connecting ocelli extending across head anteriorly to frons with light spots anterior to lateral ocelli and also anterior to light M-shaped band; interocellar area with irregular shaped light spot; irregular reticulate light patches posterior to occiput; frontoclypeus light (Fig. 6); occiput with irregular sinuous row of short spinulae. Dorsum of head and thorax with scattered fine black clothing hairs. Lacinia triangular with 4-5 long axillary setae between apical teeth; shoulder with 7-8 long stout spine-like setae below subapical tooth; row of 5-6 long finer marginal setae below shelf; 5-6 small fine marginal setae scattered to lacinal base; subapical tooth ca. length of apical tooth (Figs. 13,14); teeth with fine striations (Fig. 17). Mandibles with median ventral row of long setae from base of outer tooth extending to near mandibular base; inner mandibular surface concave with row of long stout marginal setae; dorsal surface with median row of medium length setae from base of inner tooth to base of marginal setal row; brush of short stout, thick setae from base of inner teeth to marginal setal row (left mandible with thicker, longer setal brush) (Figs. 8,9,16,18); inner tooth and subapical tooth with 2 rows of small, shallow crenulations (Fig. 14). Antennae light, distal margin of flagellar segments with thin and thick wall sensilla trichodea and coniform sensilla complexes consisting of 4-6 cuticular spines (Figs. 23, 25); conical poreless coeloconic pegs scattered on flagellar surface (Figs. 27, 29); pedicle surface covered with scattered thick-walled and thin-walled sensilla basiconica and distal margin with complete row of long, stout sensilla basiconica (Fig. 23); first flagellar segment with sparse median row of long sensilla basiconica (Fig. 23). Pronotum with light median stripe and lateral margins; disks light brown; rugosities light; margin completely fringed with short stout setae; occasional longer setae at posterior margins. Meso-metanota medium brown with irregular reticulate light areas. Thoracic and abdominal sterna with numerous chloride cells on integumental membranes (Fig. 28). Femora light brown with continuous row of long, fine dorsal setae and scattered VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 69 Figures 6-12. Cosumnoperla hypocrena. 6. Nymph head and pronotum; line = 1.0mm. 7. Nymph mesosternum; line = 0.7mm. 8. Nymph right mandible, ventral aspect; line = 0.3mm. 9. Nymph left mandible, ventral aspect; line = 0.3mm. 10. Nymph abdomen, dorsal aspect; line = 1.4mm. 11. Nymph right, hind femora, dorsal aspect; line = 0.7mm. 12. Nymph right, hind tibia, dorsal aspect; line = 0.7mm. 70 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Stout setae; dorsal 1/3 of outer surface with numerous medium length, stout setae and numerous fine black setae (clothing hairs); thin light stripe void of setae below dorsal 1/3; ventral 2/3 with sparser medium length, stout setae and numerous fine black clothing hairs; no long ventral fringe; inner surface with few scattered medium length, stout setae (Figs. 11). Tibia with sparse dorsal fringe of long setae; ventral margin with fringe of medium length stout setae; outer surface covered with long black clothing hairs (Fig. 12). Abdominal terga with 2 noncontinuous light median, and 2 lateral longitudinal bands between dark median bands, usually enclosed by thin dark irregular anterior and posterior bands (may vary to some degree between individuals) (Fig. 10). Terga with posterior fringe of medium length stout setae and numerous scattered intercalary spinules (Fig. 19). Cerci light, segments with posterior whorl of short and several scattered long sensilla basiconica; longitudinal grooves at posterior margins (Fig. 26). Ovum. —Length 0.8-0.9mm; width 0.4-0.5mm (fresh ova with living embryos are 0.6-0.7mm wide). Color light green. Chorion covered with irregular hexagonal follicle cell impressions (FCFs); FCI walls thick, raised; floor flat, irregularly shaped (quadrangular to hexagonal). Micropylar row subequatorial; orifices small without lips, set in floor of FCI’s, some associated with FCI rosettes. Eclosion line absent (Figs. 20,21). Distribution. —This species is known only from the type locality. Material Examined. —USA. California. El Dorado Co., 5.8 km E. of Somerset, Unnamed trib., 500m upstream from Sweeneys Crossing Bridge on North Fork Cosumnes River, 28-V-1983, R. L. Bottorff (3 females), 4-VI-1983 (2 females), 24-VI-1983 (1 female), ll-V-1984 (6 nymphs, 3 males, 1 female), 27-V-18-VI-1984 (3 males, 2 females), 22-VI-1984 (1 female), 24-VI-1984 (1 female), 29-V-1985 (1 male, lab-reared), 22-VI-1985 (2 females, lab-reared), 24-VI-1985 (1 male, 7 females lab-reared). Types. —Holotype male, allotype female and 1 paratype nymph from the above locality deposited in the U.S. National Museum, one male, one female and one nymph paratypes deposited in the Brigham Young University collection. Six male, 18 female and 4 nymph paratypes deposited in the collections of S. W. Szczytko and R. L. Bottorff. Etymology. —The genus was named in honor of the Cosumnes River and a tribe of Miwok Indians in central California. The species name is derived from the “hypocrenon” (head water tributary stream) of lilies and Botosaneanu’s (1963) river classification scheme, as a habitat descriptor of this species. Biological Notes. —The type locality is shallow spring water flowing over moss covered rocks and is heavily shaded. The stream only flows about 7 months (November-June) each year, then is dry in summer and autumn. Intensive collecting along the main Cosumnes River, its North Fork, and a few smaller tributaries, involving slit traps (Kuusela and Pulkkinen, 1978) and searching methods, as part of a larger ecological study of all Cosumnes River stoneflies, failed to produce any additional specimens of this species. The restricted habitat preference of C. hypocrena has, most likely, precluded previous collection by other workers. Emergence begins the first week in May and extends through late June, or until the stream dries up. Males emerge before females and continue into early June. Females begin emerging in late May. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 71 F-:':'74V:,5?WV$fefn >1. * • *WW/€«!i * •«»♦ %V** ♦ 4^ r ■ • * U«\WvAV i'' * • *♦ ♦ A^VTaViV^ V .V' V i. !i.;f • 'i L.-- ’ '• tV.'ilt* ^ .^i'-''« Il-'-v * t !■''V.v.'aiM •vvv,‘v>»f;s '***•. \** Figures 13-21. Cosumnoperla hypocrena. 13. Nymph right, lacina, ventral aspect; line = 263 microns. 14. Detail of inner left mandibular tooth, ventral aspect; line = 26 microns. 15. Nymph left lacina, ventral aspect; line = 263 microns. 16. Detail of nymph left mandibular teeth, ventral aspect; line = 132 microns. 17. Detail of right, apical lacinial tooth, ventral aspect; line = 4 microns. 18. Detail of nymph right mandibular teeth, ventral aspect; line = 132 microns. 19. Nymph second and third abdominal terga, dorsal aspect; line = 208 microns. 20. Ova; line = 208 microns. 21. Detail of ova chorion and micropyle; line = 25 microns. 72 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST This species has the largest egg of any described Isoperlinae species. Most Isoperla species have eggs which range from 0.21-0.45 mm-length and 0.13-0.36 mm-width (Jop and Szczytko, 1984; Nelson and Kondratieff, 1983; Szczytko and Stewart, 1976, 1978,1979 and 1984). The egg of Clioperla clio (Newman) is 0.42 mm-length and 0.31 mm-width (Szczytko and Stewart, 1981) and the egg of Calliperla luctuosa (Banks) is 0.36 mm-length and 0.28 mm-width (Szczytko and Stewart 1984). The egg is also fairly atypical of most Isoperlinae species in that the collar and eclosion line are absent, although C. luctuosa also has an egg with no collar or eclosion line (Szczytko and Stewart, 1984). Females of this species have the lowest fecundity of any reported Isoperlinae species. Eggs from 9 gravid females with abdomens extended with well developed eggs, were counted and mean fecundity was 39 with a range of 19-58 eggs. Harper (1973) reported mean fecundities of 441 (range-113-788) for C. clio, 95 (range-23-190) for Isoperla transmarina (Newman), 177 (range-17-392) for I. cotta Ricker and 146 (range-18-277) for /. frisoni Prison. These data were generated from lab-reared and field-collected specimens and the determined means are most likely low, due to field oviposition. The low fecundity of C. hypocrena is probably related to the large size of the egg and the physical restriction of space within the female abdomen. Several nymphs were dissected and the gut contents examined for food items. Two nymphs had several culicid larvae, as well as diatoms in the hind gut, indicating that this species is probably omnivorous in late instars. Diagnosis. — Cosumnoperla and Calliperla share the following synapomorphies; mostly membranous male supra-anal process, reduced male paraprocts not recurved to level of 10th tergum and large oblong ova without collar and ecolosion line. Cosumnoperla males can be distinguished from Calliperla by aedeagus lacking tubular, striated apical portion, vesicle absent from 8th sternum, supra-anal process without finger-like apical section, 10th tergal process elevated and triangular and head pattern with interocellar light spot. Females can be separated by the large, truncated, deeply notched subgenital plate and light interocellar spot of the head pattern. Nymphs can be differentiated by the longer subapical lacinal tooth, 4-5 axiallary setae and '^/s long stout spine-like setae on shelf, cereal segments without long dorsal setae, transverse ridge connecting anterior corners of mesosternal furcal pits, dark lateral abdominal bands without light spots and head pattern with light interocellar spot. Ova can be separated by larger size, FCI floors not punctate, micropyles positioned in FCI floors and some associated with FCI rosettes. Conclusions Cosumnoperla is apparently most closely related to Calliperla. This relationship is supported by synapormorphies exhibited in males, females and ova discussed above. Cosumnoperla also shares characters with Mesoperlina such as modified male 10th tergum, vesicle absent, distinct spinule patches on male 9th tergum, presence of supra-anal process and transverse ridge connecting anterior corners of mesosternal furcal pits. The phylogenetic relationships of Cosumnoperla and other Nearctic Isoperhnae genera with Mesoperlina and Kaszabia are suspect at this time due to the paucity of material available for critical study of all life stages. Cosumnoperla shares characters with other Isoperlinae genera such as absence of gills and mesosternal Y-ridge attached to posterior corners of furcal pits, but also VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 73 Figures 22-30. Cosumnoperla hypocrena. 22. Adult cerci; line = 250 microns. 23. Nymph antennae, basal segments; line = 132 microns. 24. Detailed adult antennal segment (A.-sensilla companiformia); line = 8 microns. 25. Detailed adult antennal segment with coniform sensialla complex and cuticular spines; line = 18 microns. 26. Nymph cerci, ventral aspect; line = 125 microns. 27. Nymph antennal segment (A.-conical poreless coeloconic peg, B.-thick-wailed sensilla basiconica); line = 26 microns. 28. Nymph chloride cell; line = 4 microns. 29. Detailed nmph antennal segment with conical, poreless coeloconic peg; line = 4 microns. 30. Adult antennal segment; line = 63 microns. 74 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST shares characters such as male supra-anal and 10th tergal processes, with some Perlodinae. Acknowledgments We thank Katherine A. Clarke-Girolamo for the nymph and adult head pattern and nymph abdomen drawings and T. Remnsen and the Great Lakes Research Facility for use of their SEM and lab. We also thank Drs. B. P. Stark, A. W. Knight, R. W. Baumann and N. N. Kapoor for helpful suggestions and review of the manuscript. Literature Cited Harper, P. P. 1973. Emergence, reproduction and growth of setipalian Plecoptera in southern Ontario. Okios, 24:94-107. lilies, J. and L. Botosaneanu. 1963. Problemes et methodes de la classification et de la zonation ecologique des eaux courantes, considerees surtout du point de vue faunistique. Mitt. Int. Verein. Theor. Angew. Limnol., 12:1-57. Jop, K. and S. W. Szczytko. 1984. Life cycle and production of Isoperla signata (Banks) in a central Wisconsin trout stream. Aquatic Insects, 6:81-100. Kapoor, N. N. 1985. External morphology and distribution of the antennal sensilla of the stonefly, Paragnetina media (Walker) (Plecoptera: Perlidae). Int. J. Insect Morphol. Embryo!., 14:273-280. Kuusela, K., and H. Pulkkinen. 1978. A simple trap for collecting newly emerged stoneflies (Plecoptera). Oikos, 31:323-325. Nelson, C. H. and B. C. Kondratieff. 1983. Isoperla major, a new species of eastern Nearctic Isoperlinae (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 76:270-273. Stark, B. P. and K. W. Stewart. 1982a. The nymph of Viehoperla ada (Plecoptera: Peltoperlidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 53:494-498. -, and K. W. Stewart. 1982b. Oconoperla, a new genus of North American Perlodinae (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 84:746-752. -, and S. W. Szczytko. 1984. Egg morphology and classification of Perlodinae (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Annls. Limno., 20:99-104. Szczytko, S. W., and K. W. Stewart. 1976. Three new species of Nearctic Isoperla (Plecoptera). Great Basin Natur., 36:211-220. -, and -. 1978. Isoperla bilineata: Designation of a neotype and allotype, and further descriptions of egg and nymph. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 71:212-217. -, and -. 1979. The genus Isoperla of western North America: holomorphology and systematics, and a new stonefly genus Cascadoperla. Mem. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 32:1-120. -, and-. 1981. Reevaluation of the genus Clioperla. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 77:563-569. -, and-. 1984. Descriptions of Calliperla Banks, Ricker a Jewett, and two new western Nearcticspecies (Plecoptera: Perlodidae) Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 77:251-263. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 75-91 Diversity, Seasonality, and Annual Variability of Caddisfly (Trichoptera) Adults from Two Streams in the California Coast Range Eric P. McElravy and Vincent H. Resh Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720 Abstract .—Faunal composition and fluctuations in abundance of Trichoptera adults were analyzed from three years of pan trap collections (1979-1981) made during the dry season (April-October) at two streams (Big Sulphur Creek, Sonoma County; Big Canyon Creek, Lake County) located 11 km apart in the California Coast Range. At least 57 species in 15 families were identified among the 2003 individuals collected; 24 species were common to both sites. The length of the flight period of these adults, on average, was significantly longer than that observed at four temperate sites in eastern North America. Most probably, this is related to the warmer temperature regime associated with the Mediterranean climate of the California Coast Range. When years with varying amounts of precipitation were compared, the annual variability of Coast Range Trichoptera (as measured by year-to-year changes in population abundances) was found to be similar to annual variability observed for other temperate caddisfly faunas. When precipitation amounts were similar, year-to-year differences in caddisfly abundance were reduced. Introduction Environments that have stable climatic characteristics have been assumed to exhibit greater faunal and floral diversity (Klopfer, 1959). As a result, tropical areas have been assumed to contain faunas that are less variable temporally than their temperate counterparts (MacArthur, 1972). Wolda (1977, 1978, 1980a, b) and Wolda and Fisk (1981) examined the temporal variability of insect faunas from (mostly terrestrial) habitats worldwide and concluded that tropical insects are often less seasonal than temperate insects, but they also observed that tropical insect populations are not generally more stable on a year-to-year basis (i.e., climatic stability is not reflected in the annual variability of the insect populations). Temperate/tropical comparisons of seasonality and annual variability for aquatic insects are more difficult because most research has been done in areas with continental temperate climates (hot summers, cold winters) and over relatively short terms (^2 years). McElravy et al. (1981,1982) compared the diversity and temporal variability of an adult caddisfly fauna from a climatically stable “non-seasonal” tropical environment in Panama with several faunas from continental temperate climates in North America and Europe. They found that tropical caddisflies exhibited higher diversity and have longer flight periods than adults of most temperate species, but that these caddisflies did not show an increase in the stability of their populations on a year-to-year basis. 76 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Within the temperate-zone areas of the world there are regions with climatic differences that are analogous to those that occur between the temperate and tropical zones. For example, the streams of the California Coast Range are not tropical, but they are located in a region with a Mediterranean-type climate (i.e., hot, dry summers and mild, wet winters). Subfreezing temperatures are uncommon as a result of maritime influences, and insect faunas in these areas are subject to less seasonal temperature variation than is found in most other temperate-zone sites. Temperature, along with photoperiod, is known to be an important factor in determining several life history features of aquatic insects (e.g., Hynes, 1970; Butler, 1984; Sweeney, 1984). Does the diversity and temporal variability of caddisflies from temperate-zone streams in regions with Mediterranean climates differ from those in more typical temperate systems (i.e., hot summers, cold winters)? This paper presents the results of a three-year study of Trichoptera adults from two nearby streams in the California Coast Range, and compares the diversity and temporal variability of this fauna with that of other temperate-zone caddisfly communities. Study Area Big Sulphur Creek, Sonoma County, California, is a third-order stream that flows northwesterly through The Geysers Known Geothermal Resources Area (KGRA). The stream traverses a steep-sided valley characterized by an unstable terrain (Brown and Jackson, 1974; Neilson, 1975). In this region, more than 95% of the annual precipitation occurs during the rainy season (late September-early May). Following cessation of rains in the spring, streamflows gradually recede, reaching a minimum level by early September. Extensive blooms of the green alga Cladophora glomerata (L.) Kutzing can occur within the stream over the summer. Collections of caddisfly adults were made near the confluence of Big Sulphur Creek and a major tributary. Little Geysers Creek (38° 46'N, 122° 45' W, elevation 680m, gradient 47m/km). Big Canyon Creek is located in a separate drainage basin approximately 11 km northeast of Big Sulphur Creek in Lake County, California. As at Big Sulphur Creek, most precipitation and maximum discharge occurs from late September to early May. Samples were collected near the headwaters of Big Canyon Creek (38° 51' N, 122° 41' W, elevation 570m, gradient 61m/km). At this location, the watershed is covered with a mixed hardwood-conifer forest, which provides dense shading for a large portion of the stream. Although Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek are both within The Geysers KGRA and are subject to similar climatic influences, some differences exist between the two stream systems. First, the liquid-dominated, subsurface, geothermal reservoir in the Big Canyon Creek watershed produces alkaline conditions in the overlying streams; in contrast acidic conditions predominate at Big Sulphur Creek where the geothermal reservoir consists of dry steam (McColl et al., 1978). Second, the presence of numerous springs in the upper reaches of the Big Canyon Creek watershed (and near the study site) reduce seasonal variation in discharge by maintaining higher summer streamflows than in Big Sulphur Creek. Third, much of the substrate at Big Canyon Creek consists of large particles that are “cemented” in place. Compared to the loose gravel-boulder substrate at Big Sulphur Creek, the compacted substrate of Big Canyon Creek is less likely to be displaced during the VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 77 spates that occur in both watersheds during the wet season; however, this substrate provides less interstitial habitat. Finally, the riparian vegetation at the Big Canyon Creek study site is largely deciduous and quite dense, forming a canopy that provides shading during most of the day. In contrast, the canopy at Big Sulphur Creek is intermittent and the stream is only partially shaded, particularly during the middle of the day. The increased shading, lack of surface geothermal inputs, and presence of numerous springs produce a temperature regime at Big Canyon Creek that is more constant on a seasonal basis than the temperature regime of Big Sulphur Creek. Further descriptions of these streams are provided by Lamberti (1983), Lamberti and Resh (1983), McColl et al. (1978), and McMillan (1985). Methods Rainfall .—During most of the period covered by this study daily precipitation data for The Geysers, California, were available from National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration records (NOAA, Hourly Precipitation Data, California, 1979-1981). Estimates of rainfall for periods with missing data were calculated by the normal-ratio method (Gilman, 1964) using records from surrounding stations. Collection Methods .—Caddisfly adults were collected using pan traps, which are 28 X 40 cm aluminum pans supported 20-30 cm above the stream surface by a metal frame. The pans are filled with a 50-50 mixture of ethylene glycol and water, and capture and preserve adult insects for periods up to one month (see Resh et al. [1984a, b] for pictures of pan traps and a further description of their use). Although fewer adult insects are collected with pan traps than with traditional attractive traps (such as light traps), we have found that these traps are generally nonselective and that samples obtained provide an accurate, relative estimate of adult insect abundance. Jones and Resh (unpublished data) compared pan trap and Malaise trap captures in a Montana stream; with one exception, pan traps collected all species that had > 1 individual in the Malaise trap collections. At Big Sulphur Creek, four pan traps were placed streamside and continuous collections were made from the end of the rainy season (mid April-early May) until the end of the summer dry season (September) in 1979 and 1981, and until the end of October during 1980. At Big Canyon Creek, four pan traps were used from July until the end of August in 1979, and two to four pan traps were operated from early May until late October in 1980 and until late September in 1981. Pan traps were usually emptied bi-weekly by draining through a 250 p.m sieve. Caddisflies were separated from other insects, collected, transferred to alcohol, and identified. Data Analysis .—Seasonal Range (SR) (Wolda, 1979) is a statistic that measures in weeks the length of the adult flight season of a population, correcting for sample size (SR can be calculated for samples N 5= 6 in a given year, Wolda, 1979). Higher values of SR indicate less seasonality for a species (i.e., the adults have longer flight periods during the year). Seasonal Range was calculated for those species in which six or more individuals were collected in a given year (SR was not calculated for Big Canyon Creek species during 1979 because of the short collecting season). In order to compare the seasonality of the fauna at each site with other temperate sites, the SR values for the populations at a given site are arranged in a frequency distribution and differences between sites are analyzed with tests. Year-to-year differences in Seasonal Range values were examined for species in 78 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST which SR values were available for two or more years. The Annual Variability statistic (AV) of Wolda (1978) provides a measure of the stability of the community in terms of the variability of its constituent populations. This parameter was calculated for the caddisfiies at Big Sulphur Creek for the years 1979-1980, 1980-1981, and 1979-1981, and at Big Canyon Creek for 1980-1981; the AV statistic was not calculated for other years due to low numbers of captures. Species for which ^ 10 individuals were collected in the two years that were being compared were included in the analysis. To make years comparable, data from October 1980 and April 1981 were omitted from Big Sulphur Creek samples, whereas the number of captures at Big Canyon Creek in 1981 was doubled because only two pans were operated (cf. four pans in 1980). The values obtained for both sites were compared with previously reported values of this statistic for temperate and tropical caddisfly communities. Results and Discussion Rainfall .—Precipitation data for the rainy season (September-May) at The Geysers indicates a 25-yr. mean (±SD) of 145 ±38.3 cm yr“k Total precipitation during the 1979-1980 rainy season (155.1 cm) was near this average. However, the 1978- 1979 and 1980-1981 totals were below average (98.4 cm and 90.5 cm, respectively); hence the 1979 and 1981 collections were made during “dry” years. The Fauna.—During the three-year sampling period 1979-1981 at Big Sulphur Creek, 1039 Trichoptera adults were collected. Although females could not be associated with males for 183 (18%) of these adults, the remaining 856 specimens represent 39 species in 14 families (Table 1), At least 10 of the species (26%) appear to be undescribed (D. Denning, pers. comm.). Since some of the unassociated females are probably not represented by males in the 39-species count, the actual number of species collected is most likely higher. At Big Canyon Creek, a total of 964 adult Trichoptera was collected during 1979- 1981, including 317 unassociated females (33%). The remaining 647 individuals represented 42 species in 15 families (Table 2). At least seven of these species (17%) appear to be undescribed (D. Denning, pers. comm.). A total of 24 species was common to both streams, and at least 57 species were collected from these two sites. The Trichoptera diversity of Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek may be compared with other sites by examining the relationship between the number of species and the number of individuals collected (i.e., the species-abundance curve). These two California sites are near the center of the diversity-abundance distributions for temperate-zone sites in North America and Europe examined by McElravy et al. (1981) and, in terms of diversity, they represent typical temperate caddisfly communities. The proportion of undescribed species (17-26%), however, is much higher than usual (cf. Resh et al. [1975] for a Kentucky stream, Morse et al. [1980] for a South Carolina stream). Seasonal Occurrence .—The seasonal occurrence of the caddisfly adults at Big Sulphur Creek that composed ^ 1% of the total number collected from 1979 to 1981 is presented in Fig. 1. Although year-to-year variation is apparent for most of these species, some general patterns can be observed. Most species have adults emerging and active over a fairly long time period in at least one of the years. Only two species, Rhyacophila angelita Banks diVid Amiocentrus aspilus (Ross) have short flight periods VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 79 BIG SULPHUR CREEK APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER I_I_I_I_I_I_I_I Wormaldia undescr. sp. A Tinodes consuetus Hydropsyche philo Hydropsyche occidentalis Hydropsyche oslari Rhyacophila arrgelita Hydroptila arctia Hydroptila sp. nr. rono Amlocentrus aspllus Gumaga nigricula Helicopsyche borealis . Figure 1. Seasonal occurrence of 11 numerically dominant 1% of total 1979-1981) species of Trichoptera collected at Big Sulphur Creek 1979-1981. Values of Seasonal Range (SR) calculated according to Wolda (1979). Dotted lines indicate periods when pan traps were not operated, and for which flight information is not available. in the spring. The patterns of seasonal occurrence of the 13 species of Trichoptera adults that composed ^ 1% of the total collected from 1979-1981 at Big Canyon Creek (Fig. 2) were similar to those observed for the Big Sulphur Creek fauna. Only the Rhyacophilidae (except for Rhyacophila vao Milne) and Amiocentrus aspilus have short flight periods in the spring. The seasonal occurrence of the Trichoptera faunas at the two northern California sites was compared with other temperate-zone sites by examining the frequency distributions of the SR statistic between two sites using tests. When the distribution of SR for the Big Sulphur Creek fauna (Fig. 3a) is compared with the four temperate sites in eastern North America described in McElravy et al. (1982), the fauna at Big Sulphur Creek is significantly less seasonal in all cases (p < 0.05, Table 3); that is, caddisfly adults at Big Sulphur Creek have longer flight periods than the other sites. When a similar comparison is made for the Big Canyon Creek fauna (Fig. 3b), all sites except Mahoning River, Ohio, St. #3, were also significantly less seasonal (p < 0.05, Table 3). These California sites are in an area that is climatically different from the other sites. Most obviously. Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek have higher mean air temperatures than the other sites during late fall to early spring (Table 3). Asa result, these California streams are not subjected to long periods of near-freezing or subfreezing conditions over the winter, which occur at the other sites that are, at least in respect to temperature, located in a much more severe climate. We assume that these higher temperatures permit longer flight periods for the adult caddisflies by 80 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST BIG CANYON CREEK APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER 1_I_I_I-1-1-1-1 t97»| Dolophilodes dorcus issol 1981-I Hydropsyche occidentalis Hydropsyche oslari Rhyacophila pellisa Rhyacophila vao Agapetus taho Hydroplila arctia Hydroptila sp. nr. rono Amlocentrus aspllus MIcrasema undescr. sp. A Lepidostoma cantha Marilia Ilexuosa Helicopsyche borealis . Figure 2. Seasonal occurrence of 13 numerically dominant (> 1% of total 1979-1981) species of Trichoptera collected at Big Canyon Creek 1979-1981. Values of Seasonal Range (SR) calculated according to Wolda (1979). Dotted lines indicate periods when pan traps were not operated, and for which flight information is not available. providing longer periods of favorable weather conditions during early spring and late autumn. Annual Variability. —At Big Sulphur Creek, the number of taxa varied little over the three years of this study (Table 1). However, the total numbers of individuals varied greatly. For example, the relative abundance of Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen), which as larvae are important grazers in this stream (Lamberti and Resh, 1983), and Hydropsyche spp. was fairly constant over 1979-1980, but was reduced in 1981 (Table 1). Gumaga nigricula (McLachlan), another numerically dominant macroinvertebrate in Big Sulphur Creek (Resh et al., 1981), was less abundant during 1980 than in 1979 or 1981. The 1980 decrease in G. nigricula may be related to the higher rainfall totals and increased substrate disturbance the previous winter, which has been shown to adversely affect G. nigricula densities (Resh et al., 1981). Further evidence that substrate disturbance resulting from high winter discharge events can reduce caddisfly densities was obtained when Big Sulphur Creek pan trap collections were made in 1986. The 1985-1986 rainy season included two 50-year floods, both occurring in February, that resulted in considerable rearrangement of stream bed materials, including displacement of large boulders and logs. Only 10 G. nigricula adults were collected during 1986, one-half of the 1980 total and less than one-sixth of the numbers of G. nigricula collected in 1979 or 1981. A similar trend was observed for total numbers of individuals (89 in 1986; cf. 501 in 1979,252 in 1980, VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 81 0 10 20 30 40 50 SEASONAL RANGE Figure 3. Histograms showing distribution of Seasonal Range (SR) as percentages. Values along abcissa from left to right indicate decreasing seasonality. Trichoptera from A. Big Sulphur Creek (N = 24); B. Big Canyon Creek (N = 15). and 286 in 1981) as well as number of taxa (14 in 1986; cf. 23 in 1979,25 in 1980, and 26 in 1981). At Big Canyon Creek, the number of taxa collected was similar during the two years for which sampling was complete (1980 and 1981) (Table 2). However, the total number of individuals collected decreased from 1980 to 1981. Over this period, the relative abundance of the Lepidostomatidae increased, while that of the Brachycentridae declined. Little change in abundance of Rhyacophilidae was observed (Table 2). Year-to-year changes in the seasonality of the Trichoptera fauna at Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek can be examined with between-year plots of SR for those species with N ^ 6 in two or more years. Since SR is corrected for sample size, this procedure allows data, such as presented in Figs. 1 and 2, to be compared. In both 1979-1980 and 1980-1981, the numerically dominant caddisfly species at Big Sulphur Creek did not exhibit similar seasonality patterns over the two years (Fig. 4a,b). This may be related to variation in abiotic and/or biotic factors caused by differences in hydrologic regimes between the two relatively dry years (1979, 1981) 82 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 4. Between-year comparison of seasonal occurrence of Trichoptera adults (measured by SR) at two sites in the central California Coast Range. A. Big Sulphur Creek 1979-1980; B. Big Sulphur Creek 1980-1981; C. Big Sulphur Creek 1979-1981; D. Big Canyon Creek 1980-1981. and a wetter year (1980). When the two dry years are compared (Fig. 4c), less year-to-year variability in the length of the species’ active seasons is evident. Mean wet season stream temperature was probably less important than precipitation in producing this pattern; temperature did not vary between 1979-1980 (October-April mean temperature = 11.4° C) and 1980-1981 (October-April mean temperature = 11.3°) and was lower during 1978-1979 (October-April mean temperature = 9.6°). At Big Canyon Creek (Fig. 4d), a comparison of SR values for 1980-1981 also showed considerable variation for three of the six species examined; these three species had considerably longer active seasons in 1980 than in the relatively dry year of 1981. Year-to-year variability of the entire fauna at a particular site can be assessed using the Annual Variability statistic (AV) (Wolda, 1978), which takes into account changes in total numbers of each species over the years of comparison. When this statistic is calculated for Big Sulphur Creek (Table 4), the pattern of faunal variation is similar to that seen above when the SR values were plotted, i.e., less variation occurs when the two drier years (1979 and 1981) are compared than when a dry and a VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 83 Table 1. Species present, number of individuals collected, and abundance as percent of individuals collected in each year, from Big Sulphur Creek, 1979-1981. No. 1979 Percent of total No. 1980 Percent of total No. 1981 Percent of total Philopotamidae Chimarra undescr. sp. A 2 0.3 0 0.0 2 0.7 Wormaldia undescr. sp. A 44 8.8 12 4.7 21 7.3 Psychomyiidae Tinodes consuetus McL. 24 4.8 10 3.9 10 3.5 Tinodes siskiyou Denning 0 0.0 2 0.8 0 0.0 Polycentropodidae Polycentropus halidus Milne 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Unassociated Polycentropus Females: Polycentropus sp. #1 3 0.6 0 0.0 0 0.0 Polycentropus sp. #2 1 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0 Hydropsychidae Cheumatopsyche mickeli Denning 3 0.6 5 2.0 0 0.0 Homoplectra oaklandensis (Ling) 1 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0 Hydropsyche californica Banks 0 0.0 2 0.8 0 0.0 Hydropsyche philo Ross 51 10.2 25 9.8 14 4.9 Hydropsyche occidentalis Banks 5 1.0 7 2.7 2 0.7 Hydropsyche oslari Banks 4 0.8 2 0.8 7 2.4 Hydropsyche sp. A 1 0.2 0 0.0 1 0.3 Parapsyche almota Ross 1 0.2 0 0.0 3 1.0 Rhyacophilidae Rhyacophila angelita Banks 1 0.2 3 1.2 12 4.2 Rhyacophila vedra Milne 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Rhyacophila vocala Milne 1 0.2 2 0.8 4 1.4 Rhyacophila undescr. sp. A 1 0.2 0 0.0 2 0.7 Rhyacophila undescr. sp. B 0 0.0 1 0.4 1 0.3 Rhyacophila undescr. sp. C 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Unassociated Rhyacophila Females: Rhyacophila sp. #1 1 0.2 2 0.8 4 1.4 Rhyacophila sp. #2 0 0.0 3 1.2 16 5.6 Rhyacophila sp. #3 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Rhyacophila sp. #4 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Glossosomatidae Unassociated Agapetus Female: Agapetus sp. #1 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 84 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. continued No. 1979 Percent of total No. 1980 Percent of total No. 1981 Percent of total Glossosoma califica Denning 1 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0 Glossosoma oregonense Ling 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Unassociated Glossosoma Females: Glossosoma sp. #1 0 0.0 2 0.8 0 0.0 Glossosoma sp. #2 0 0.0 0 0.0 3 1.0 Hydroptilidae Hydroptila arctia Ross 31 6.2 47 18.7 22 7.7 Hydroptila sp. A nr. rono Ross 18 3.6 9 3.5 10 3.5 Unassociated Hydroptila Females: Hydroptila sp. #1 39 7.8 12 4.7 8 2.8 Hydroptila sp. #2 0 0.0 1 0.4 4 1.4 Ithytrichia sp. A 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Neotrichia sp. A 1 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0 Neotrichia undescr. sp. A 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Unassociated Neotrichia Female: Neotrichia sp. #1 11 2.2 2 0.8 0 0.0 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. B 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. C 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Ochrotrichia \md&sci. sp. D 0 0.0 0 0.0 2 0.7 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. E 1 0.2 0 0.0 1 0.3 Unassociated Ochrotrichia Female: Ochrotrichia sp. #1 4 0.8 2 0.8 1 0.3 Oxyethira sp. A 0 0.0 5 2.0 0 0.0 Unassociated Hydroptilidae Females: Hydroptilidae sp. #1 0 0.0 3 1.2 0 0.0 Brachycentridae Amiocentrus aspilus (Ross) 4 0.8 3 1.2 2 0.7 Unassociated Amiocentrus Females: Amiocentrus sp. #1 2 0.3 0 0.0 0 0.0 Amiocentrus sp. #2 5 1.0 3 1.2 14 4.9 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 85 Table 1. continued No. 1979 Percent of total No. 1980 Percent of total No. 1981 Percent of total Lepidostomatidae Lepidostoma strophis Ross 7 1.4 0 0.0 1 0.3 Unassociated Lepidostoma Females: Lepidostoma sp. #1 15 3.0 3 1.2 2 0.7 Lepidostoma sp. #2 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Sericostomatidae Gumaga nigricula (McL.) 78 15.6 20 7.9 62 21.7 Odontoceridae Mariliaflexuosa Ulmer 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Unassociated Marilia Females; Marilia sp. #1 0 0.0 1 0.4 0 0.0 Marilia sp. #2 4 0.8 0 0.0 0 0.0 Unassociated Odontoceridae Female: Odontoceridae sp. #1 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Helicopsychidae Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen) 126 25.1 51 20.2 42 14.7 Calamoceratidae Heteroplectron californicum McL. 0 0.0 1 0.4 2 0.7 Leptoceridae Mystacides alafimbriata Hill-Griffin 0 0.0 2 0.8 1 0.3 Ylodes frontalis (Banks) 6 1.2 2 0.8 0 0.0 Unassociated Ylodes Females: Ylodes sp. #1 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Ylodes sp. #2 4 0.8 1 0.4 1 0.3 Total N Total No. Taxa (Excluding Unassociated Females) No. Unassociated Females 501 23 89 252 25 36 286 26 58 86 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 2. Species present, number of individuals collected, and abundance as percent of individuals collected in each year, from Big Canyon Creek, 1979-1981. No. 1979 Percent of total No, 1980 Percent of total No. 1981 Percent of total Philopotamidae Dolophilodes dorcus (Ross) 24 16.7 0 0.0 % 0.6 Wormaldia cruzensis (Ling) 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Wormaldia\xnd&%cx. sp. A 0 0.0 2 0.4 0 0.0 Psychomyiidae Nyctiophylax sp. A 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Tinodes siskiyou Denning 1 0.7 1 0.2 0 0.0 Unassociated Tinodes Female: Tinodes sp. #1 0 0.0 2 0.4 0 0.0 Polycentropodidae Polycentropus halidus Milne 0 0.0 2 0.4 1 0.3 Unassociated Polycentropus Female: Polycentropus sp. #3 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Hydropsychidae Hydropsyche philo Ross 0 0.0 0 0.0 2 0.6 Hydropsyche occidentalis Banks 11 7.6 3 0.6 1 0.3 Hydropsyche oslari Banks 12 8.3 21 4.4 10 2.9 Parapsyche almota Ross 0 0.0 2 0.4 3 0.9 Rhyacophilidae Rhyacophila narvae Navas 0 0.0 3 0.6 2 0.6 Rhyacophila pellisa Ross 0 0.0 35 7.3 22 6.4 Rhyacophila sierra Denning 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Rhyacophila vao Milne 2 1.4 13 2.7 2 0.6 Rhyacophila vedra Milne 0 0.0 5 1.0 0 0.0 Rhyacophila vocala Milne 0 0.0 1 0.2 1 0.3 Rhyacophila undescr. sp. A 0 0.0 1 0.2 1 0.3 Rhyacophila\xr\dQS>cx. sp. C 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Unassociated Rhyacophila Females: Rhyacophila sp. #2 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Rhyacophila sp. #5 0 0.0 3 0.6 10 2.9 Rhyacophila sp. #6 0 0.0 35 7.3 27 7.9 Rhyacophila sp. #7 0 0.0 4 0.8 6 1.7 Rhyacophila sp. #8 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Rhyacophila sp. #9 0 0.0 6 1.3 0 0.0 Rhyacophila sp. #10 3 2.1 2 0.4 0 0.0 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 87 Table 2. continued No. 1979 Percent of total No. 1980 Percent of total No. 1981 Percent of total Glossosomatidae Agapetus taho Ross 23 16.0 0 0.0 7 2.0 Unassociated Agapetus Female: Agapetus sp. #1 0 0.0 3 0.6 1 0.3 Anagapetus sp. A 1 0.7 2 0.4 0 0.0 Glossosoma ore gone ns e Ling 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Unassociated Glossosoma Female Glossosoma sp. #1 0 0.0 8 1.7 4 1.2 Hydroptilidae Hydroptila arctia Ross 9 6.3 14 2.9 15 4.4 Hydroptila sp. A nr. rono Ross 12 8.3 1 0.2 3 0.9 Unassociated Hydroptila Females: Hydroptila sp. #1 8 5.6 9 1.9 5 1.5 Hydroptila sp. #2 0 0.0 1 0.2 1 0.3 Neotrichia sp. A 5 3.5 1 0.2 0 0.0 Unassociated Neotrichia Female: Neotrichia sp. #1 5 3.5 0 0.0 0 0.0 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. A 1 0.7 0 0.0 0 0.0 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. E 1 0.7 0 0.0 0 0.0 Ochrotrichia undescr. sp. F 0 0.0 0 0.0 2 0.6 Unassociated Ochrotrichia Female: Ochrotrichia sp. #1 1 0.7 3 0.6 1 0.3 Oxyethira sp. A 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Unassociated Hydroptilidae Females: Hydroptilidae sp. #1 1 0.7 0 0.0 1 0.3 Brachycentridae Amiocentrus aspilus (Ross) 0 0.0 9 3.0 13 3.8 Unassociated Amiocentrus Females: Amiocentrus sp. #1 0 0.0 95 20.1 54 15.7 Amiocentrus sp. #2 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Amiocentrus sp. #3 0 0.0 0 0.0 8 2.3 Micrasema undescr. sp. A 0 0.0 123 25.8 38 11.1 88 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 2, continued 1979 1980 1981 No, Percent No. Percent No. Percent of total of total of total Lepidostomatidae Lepidostoma cantha Ross 0 0.0 36 7.5 67 19.5 Lepidostomafischeri Denning 0 0.0 0 0.0 2 0.6 Lepidostoma strophis Ross 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Unassociated Lepidostoma Females: Lepidostoma sp. #1 0 0.0 0 0.0 5 1.5 Lepidostoma sp. #2 0 0.0 0 0.0 1 0.3 Limnephilidae Limnephilidae sp. A 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Sericostomatidae Gumaga nigricula (McL.) 1 0.7 2 0.4 2 0.6 Odontoceridae Marilia flexuosa Ulmer Nerophilus californicus 2 1.4 16 3.4 14 4.1 (Hagen) 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Parthina vierra Denning 1 0.7 0 0.0 0 0.0 Helicopsychidae Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen) 17 11.8 2 0.4 1 0.3 Calamoceratidae Heteroplectron californicum McL. 1 0.7 2 0.4 2 0.6 Leptoceridae Mystacides alafimbriata HiU-Griffin 0 0.0 1 0.2 0 0.0 Oecetis sp. A 2 1.4 1 0.2 0 0.0 Total N 144 477 343 Total No. Taxa (Excluding Unassociated Females) 18 30 27 No. Unassociated Females 18 173 126 wet year are compared. This statistic also allows the Trichoptera fauna at Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek to be compared with other faunas. The 1979-1980 and 1980-1981 values of 0.104 and 0.098, respectively (each comparing a dry with an average year), are within the range of AV values for 14 temperate and tropical sites reported by McElravy et al. (1982) for Trichoptera; a comparison between the two dry years (1979 and 1981 AV = 0.063), however, is lower than any previously reported value. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 89 Table 3. Comparison of Seasonal Range (SR) frequency distributions between Big Sulphur Creek (BSC) and Big Canyon Creek (BCC), and with four sites in North America having a continental temperate climate. Number of species for which SR was calculated is given below each site. Temperature data from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Site Location Elevation (m) Latitude N Mean Temp. (Oct.-April) °C SR with BSC SR with BCC Big Sulphur Creek (N = 24) N. Calif. 680 38° 46' 12.2 p = 0.49 Big Canyon Creek (N = 15) N. Calif. 570 38° 51' 9.3 p = 0.49 Mahoning R. St. #2 (N = 33) N.E. Ohio 347 41° 12' 2.9 p = 0.01 p = 0.02 Mahoning R. St. #3 (N = 30) N.E. Ohio 326 41° 14' 2.9 p = 0.05 p = 0.16 Linesville Creek (N = 50) N.W. Pa. 317 41°40' 1.9 p = 0.01 p = 0.01 Fourmile Creek (N = 59) N.W. Pa. 259 42° 7' 2.2 p<0.01 p = 0.01 Table 4. Annual Variabihty (AV) of caddisfly faunas of Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek as indicated by the mean and variance of the net reproductive rate (sensu Wolda, 1978). Calculations based on species for which the total number in both years ^ 10. Site Years Compared DF Mean Variance (=AV) Big Sulphur Creek 1979-1980 7 -0.35 0.104 Big Sulphur Creek 1980-1981 7 0.09 0.098 Big Sulphur Creek 1979-1981 7 -0.29 0.063 Big Canyon Creek 1980-1981 8 0.36 0.373 The 1980-1981 AV for Big Canyon Creek, 0.373, is higher than that of Big Sulphur Creek for the same year. This value is exceptionally high for Trichoptera. In fact it is exceeded only by an AV of 0.925 that was reported for a Kentucky stream (Haag et al., 1984), in a study that compared pre-impact 1973 and impact 1979 faunas at a single site affected by siltation. Since we have only one set of comparative of data (from a dry to average pair of years) we do not know if AVs are generally higher in Big Canyon Creek than in Big Sulphur Creek. The benthic (immature) stages of the Trichoptera at both Big Sulphur Creek and Big Canyon Creek respond to year-to-year differences in precipitation (Resh et al., 1981; McElravy et al., 90 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST unpublished data). In all probability, changes in numerical abundance of adult Trichoptera also result from the same conditions that affect the benthic stages of these species. Faunal studies, in addition to providing descriptive accounts of insect populations and communities, are often done to make spatial (e.g., temperate/tropid; upstream/downstream) or temporal (e.g., changes in populations and communities following perturbation) comparisons. Wolda (1979) has emphasized that quantifying fluctuations in abundances is important in understanding the ecology of insect populations and communities. Quantitative indices such as Seasonal Range and Annual Variability may be used to summarize faunal information and permit statistical tests of temporal parameters among different data sets. The separation of seasonal or annual variability from variability produced by perturbation is a major concern in aquatic biology. If sampling programs for faunal studies can be designed and data reported in such a way that seasonality and/or annual variability measures can be applied, the value of such studies to researchers interested in partitioning this variability can be greatly enhanced. Acknowledgments We wish to thank John Wood for his assistance in the collection and sorting of samples, Mrs. Carol Hills for use of the Boggs Intermountain Coast Range Reserve property at Big Canyon Creek, and Dr. Donald Denning, Moraga, California, for confirming identifications. The research leading to this report was supported in part by the United States Department of the Interior, under the Matching Grant Program of Public Law 95-467, Project No. B-200-CAL, and the University of California Water Resources Center, Project UCAL-WRC-519. Literature Cited Brown, W. M. Ill, and L. E. Jackson, Jr. 1974. Sediment source and deposition sites and erosional and depositional provinces, Marin and Sonoma counties, California. U.S. Geol. Surv. Publ. No. MF-625,32pp. Butler, M. G. 1984. Life histories of aquatic insects. Pp. 24-55. In: V. H. Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (eds.), The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Publishers, New York, 625 pp. Gilman, C. S. 1964. Rainfall. Pp. 9-1—9-68. In: V. T. Chow (ed.). Handbook of applied hydrology. McGraw-Hill, New York. Haag, K. H., V. H. Resh, and S. E. Neff. 1984. Changes in the adult caddisfly (Trichoptera) community of the Salt River, Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 45:101-108. Hynes, H. B. N. 1970. The ecology of running waters. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 555 pp. Klopfer, P. H. 1959. Environmental determinants of faunal diversity. Amer. Nat., 93:337-342. Lamberti, G. A. 1983. Interactions among benthic insects, algae, and bacteria in a geothermally influenced stream. Ph.D. thesis. University of California, Berkeley, California, 291 pp. Lamberti, G. A., and V. H. Resh. 1983. Geothermal effects on stream benthos: separate influences of thermal and chemical components on periphyton and macroinvertebrates. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 40:1995-2009. MacArthur, R. H. 1972. Geographical ecology. Harper and Row, New York, 269 pp. McColl, J. G., L. M. Gallagher, and C. P. Martz. 1978. Geochemical origin of surface waters in a geothermal area. Pp. 365-382. In: D. C. Adriano and 1. L. Brisbin, Jr. (eds.). Environmental chemistry and cycling processes. U.S. Dept. Energy, Technical Information Center, Washington, D.C. McElravy, E. P., V. H. Resh, H. Wolda, and O. S. Flint, Jr. 1981. Diversity of adult Trichoptera in a “non-seasonal” tropical environment. Proc. 3rd Int. Symp. Trichoptera, Ser. EntomoL, 20:149-156. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 91 McElravy, E. P., H. Woida, and V. H. Resh. 1982. Seasonality and annual variability of caddisfly adults (Trichoptera) in a “non-seasonal” tropical environment. Arch. Hydrobiol., 94:302-317. McMillan, L. E. (ed.). 1985. Geysers-Calistoga KGRA-ARM program 1982-1983 annual report. 2 vols. Morse, J. C., J. W. Chapin, D. D. Herlong, and R. S. Harvey. 1980. Aquatic insects of Upper Three Runs Creek, Savannah River Plant, South Carolina. Part I: Orders other than Diptera. J. Georgia Ent.Soc., 15:73-101. Neilson, D. 1975. Final environmental impact report for geothermal leasehold of Union Oil Co. at The Geysers, Sonoma County, California. Ecoview Environmental Consultants, Napa, CA. Resh, V. H., K. H. Haag, and S. E. Neff. 1975. Community structure and diversity of caddisfly adults from the Salt River, Kentucky. Environ. Entomol., 4:241-253. Resh, V. H.,T. S. Flynn, G. A. Lamberti, E. P. McElravy, K. L. Sorg, and J. R. Wood. 1981. Responses of the sericostomatid caddisfly Gumaga nigricula (McL.) to environmental disruption. Proc. 3rd Int. Symp. Trichoptera, Ser. Entomol., 20:311-318. Resh, V. H., G. A. Lamberti, E. P. McElravy, J. R. Wood, and J. W. Feminella. 1984a. Quantitative methods for evaluating the effects of geothermal energy development on stream benthic communities at The Geysers, California. California Water Resources Center Contr. No. 190, 57 pp. Resh, V. H., G. A. Lamberti, and J. R. Wood. 1984b. Biology of the caddisfly Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen): A comparison of North American populations. Freshwater Invert. Biol., 3:172-180. Sweeney, B. W. 1984. Factors influencing life-history patterns of aquatic insects. Pp. 56-100. In: V. H. Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (eds.). The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Publishers, New York, 625 pp. Woida, H. 1977. Fluctuations in abundance of some Homoptera in a neotropical forest. Geo-Eco-Trop., 3:229-257. Woida, H. 1978. Fluctuations in abundance of tropical insects. Amer. Nat., 112:1017-1045. Woida, H. 1979. Seasonality parameters for insect populations. Res. Popul. Ecol., 20:247-256. Woida, H. 1980a. Seasonality of tropical insects. 1. Leafhoppers (Homoptera) in Las Cumbres, Panama. J. Anim. Ecol., 49:277-290. Woida, H. 1980b. Fluctuationes estacionales de insectos en el tropico: Sphingidae. Mem. VI Congr. Soc. Colombiana Entomol. (1979, Cali, Colombia), pp. 11-58. Woida, H., andF. W. Fisk. 1981. Seasonality of tropical insects. II. Blattaria in Panama. J. Anim. Ecol., 50:827-838. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(1), 1987, pp. 92-97 New Species of the Genus Styringomyia from the South Pacific and Southeast Asia (Dip ter a, Tipulidae) C. Dennis Hynes Department of Biological Sciences, California Polytechnic State University, Sah Luis Obispo, California 93407 This paper reports on new species of Styringomyia from specimens collected in Fiji, New Caledonia, Ryuku Islands, Sarawak (British North Borneo), Solomon Islands, and Vietnam. I wish to thank Dr. Neal Evenhuis for the privilege of studying specimens from the Bernice P. Bishop Museum Collections, in Honolulu, Hawaii. All types are being returned to the Bishop Museum. Thanks are also due to Dr. Van L. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Classics, Tufts University, for reviewing the Latin forms used in the names of the species. The genus Styringomyia is considered an abberant group within the tribe Eriopterini, and its affinities to other groups in the tribe have not been well worked out. Although the larvae have not as yet been described, the cervical sclerite on the adult of all species appears as an L-shaped plate, which places the genus in, or very close to, the genera which comprise the Eriopteraria. Styringomyia bidentata New Species Male. —Length, 5.8 mm; wing, 3.4 mm. Rostrum yellow-brown. Antennae with scape light brown, pedicel and flagellar segments fulvous. Head yellow-gray. Thorax with nota brown, with two narrow, dark brown lines on either side of center. Legs missing. Wings with brown veins, lighter in cell areas; a dark brown stripe along Cu from base to midwing. A yellow tinge is found along costal and subcostal regions. Cell 2nd M 2 weakly petiolate; vein 2A curves gently to the margin of the wing. Abdomen with terga and sterna brown, unpatterned; last segment and hypopygium (Fig. 1) yellow. The apex of ninth tergite terminating with a setiferous lobe that is subtended by small lobes. Ninth sternite truncated at tip, each outer apical angle with a long, slender seta. Basistyle terminating with a small thick tubercle bearing two long, modified setae, the bases of which are contiguous. Outer dististyle flat, broad, bearing abundant retrorse setae with the upper and inner edge glabrous. Inner dististyle with the outer lobe a flattened, quadrate blade, and with the inner surface covered with setae. The inner lobe a U-shaped rod. The posterior arm obtuse with three to four strong setae emerging at tip; the anterior arm longer, ending in two strong teeth, the upper tooth thicker and with one or two setae emerging from posterior surface. Holotype. —(Male) New Caledonia, Mt. Koghi, 27.i. 1963 (C. Yoshimoto and N. Krauss) BPBM Slide 2042. Styringomyia bidens New Species Male. Length 5.3 mm; wing 4.3 mm. Antennae with scape and pedicel brown, remainder broken. Palps light brown, the tip yellow. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown with light yellow stripe down midline, continuing to hypopygium. Halteres VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 93 light brown at bases, yellow at tips. Hind coxae yellow, other coxae brown. Front femur yellow with light brown ring at the three-quarter mark, remainder of legs broken. Wings with yellow tinge, veins light brown, with branches of Rs, r-m, m-cu and 2A darker; a barely perceptible brownish cloud over cord and r-m. Venation standard, with 2nd Cell M 2 sessile; vein 2A strongly curved to margin. Hypopygium (Fig. 2) with basistyle having two modified setae at tip of the distal tubercle. Ninth sternite parallel-sided, the apex with a deep U-shaped notch, the lateral angles produced into slender lobes, not tipped with setae. The ninth tergite is broad at the base, forming a triangle at the setiferous tip, which extends posteriorly to the level of the tubercles of the basistyles. The outer dististyle an elongate blade, the distal end with one short and one elongate seta directed cephalad. Inner dististyle with the outer lobe a small, triangular plate, with about 14-15 sclerotized teeth on the inner surface. The middle lobe with a row of sclerotized teeth at the base, six teeth near the apex, the remainder of the teeth as in Fig. 2. The outer surface of the middle lobe platelike and glabrous; the inner lobe a long heavily sclerotized bar which forks into two thick points, the ventral point thicker than the dorsal. Holotype. —(Male) Ryuku Islands, Iriomote I., Mt. Ushiku, 350 m, 2.xi.l963 (G. A. Samuelson) BPBM Slide 2106. Styringomyia digitostylus New Species Male.—Length 5.6 mm; wing 5.0 mm. Antennae with scape and pedicel yellow on ventral half, brown on dorsal half. Head dark brown, pronotum slightly lighter. Mesonotum with three brown stripes separated by yellow to wing base, remainder of mesonotum and metanotum brown with a yellow stripe at midline. Coxae and trochanters yellow, remainder of legs missing. Wings tinged with yellow, veins light brown with brown clouds over fork of Rs, the basal portion of Cell 1st M 2 , m, and r-m. Venation standard with Cell 2nd M 2 sessile. First abdominal segment brown, remainder of segments yellow brown with a darker brown ring at posterior border of each segment. Hypopygium (Fig. 3) with basistyle having one strong modified seta at tip of tubercle; tubercle and seta subequal in length. Ninth sternite elongate, slender, with two setae at tip. Ninth tergite short and truncate. Outer dististyle an elongate blade, with long setae at tip. Inner dististyle with outer lobe an elongate blade having short, blunt, black teeth bordering distal end. Mesal lobe also an elongate blade with short, blunt, and black spines at distal margin; the inner margin directed dorsad and mesad forming a small membranous tooth, darkened at point. Beneath the distal spines is a bulbous area, from which extends a prominent, curved, and coiled fingerlike projection. Holotype. —(Male) Ryuku Islands, Ireomote I., Mt. Ushiku, 350 m, 7-10.xi. 1963 (G. A. Samuelson) BPBM Slide 2105. Styringomyia rostrostylus New Species Male .—Length 4.7 mm; wing 3.5 mm. Antennae with scape and pedicel dark brown ventrally, light yellow dorsally, flagomeres yellow. Palpi ochreous, darker at tips. Head yellow. Pronotum, mesonotum, metanotum, and first abdominal segment light brown. Remainder of thorax, coxae, and trochanters yellow. Dorsum of abdominal segments yellow, dark brown on latero-posterior margin; sterna yellow. Legs yellow. Front femur with an incomplete dark brown band at midlength, another smaller band at three-quarter length; hind femur with same coloration and markings; 94 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST front tibia with complete dark brown band at midlength, another at distal end; tarsi yellow, darker at tips, last segment dark brown; remainder of legs broken. Wings tinged with yellow, brighter along costal edge. Veins yellow with dark brown markings at anterior arculus, fork of Rs, r-m, m-cu, fork of M 3 ^ base of 2nd Cell M 2 , and distal section of 2A. Venation standard, with 2nd Cell M 2 sessile; 2A curved sharply to margin. Hypopygium with one modified seta extending from the basistyles; the ninth sternite and tergite as indicated in Fig. 4. The outer dististyle an elongate blade, curved slightly mesad at midlength, with one short and one elongate seta at the tip, the latter directed cephalad. Inner dististyle as in the drawing. The basal extension of what appears to be the inner lobe elongate, expanded and rounded at the tip, and a thick spine extending from the ventral edge, appearing much as a beak or rostrum from the head of a bird. Holotype. —(Male) British N. Borneo, Forest Camp, 19 km N. of Kalabaken, 25.x. 1962 (K. J. Kuncheria) BPBM Slide 2104. Styringomyia vietnamensis New Species Male. —Length 5.1 mm; wing 6.5 mm. Antennae with scape, pedicel, and first flagellomere yellow, remainder of flagellomeres missing. Palps yellow. Head yellow, vertex mottled. Prothorax reddish brown with lateral yellow markings on either side and along posterior margin. Mesothorax reddish brown with gray pruinosity over surface; inner area of scutellum marked with yellow; paratergites yellow. Metanotum brown. Abdomen yellow, only slightly patterned with brown dorsally and ventrally. Wings tinged with yellow, lighter in cells. Veins yellow. No markings on wings except a slight darkened at r-m. Venation standard with Cell 2nd M 2 scarcely sessile. Foreleg yellow with no rings; last tarsal segment abruptly dark brown. Remainder of the legs missing. Hypopygium (Fig. 5) slightly darker yellow than the remainder of the body. Basistyle with two modified setae from tubercles, one slightly behind the other. The ninth tergite and oval-shaped hirsute lobe abruptly expanding on the lateral edges. The ninth sternite truncate with a large seta at either corner of the porterior margin. Outer dististyle bladelike, clear, with an elongate seta at the tip directed cephalad. Inner dististyle with the three lobes having a continuous comb of peglike spines on outer edges; the inner surface of the lobes also with peglike spines. At the outer tip of what appears to be the middle lobe is an elongate, slightly sinuate spine. Holotype. —(Male) Vietnam, Fyan, 900-1000 m, ll.vii-9.viii.l961 (N. R. Spencer) BPBM Slide 2109. Paratype. —(Male) same information as given for holotype. Styringomyia ysabellae New Species Male. —Length 5.7 mm; wing 4.5 mm. Antennae with scape and pedicel light yellow dorsally, brown ventrally; flagellomeres missing. Palps fulvous at base becoming pale yellow at tips. Head dark brown. Thorax ochreous; halt ere yellow at base, lighter at tip. Coxae and remainder of legs yellow; femur with incomplete brown bands at midlength, three-quarter length, and very tip; tibia with brown band at one-third length and very tip. Tarsi light yellow, abruptly dark brown on last segment. Middle legs missing. Abdomen yellow with posterior margin of each vergum dark brown. One strong black seta above each inner edge of the antennal scape, directed laterad and cephalad; one on each side of the vertex at about the level VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 95 of the posterior margin of the eye, erect and directed cephalad; two on each antero-lateral edge of the antepronotum, subtended by two to three smaller setae, both sets directed cephalad; one at each postero-lateral corner of the postpronotum, directed cephalad. At the lateral end of the preascutal suture are smaller, but still strong, pencils of two setae each; on either side of the midline behind the transverse suture are two pairs of setae, the larger on the scutellum near the base of the wing, the other on the postscutellum. Venation standard, cell 2nd M 2 sessile and vein 2A strongly curved to the edge of the wing. Dark brown marks at anterior arculus, fork of Rs, r-m, fork of M 3 ^ 4 , junction of m, and all tips of veins reaching lateral and posterior margins of wing. Membrane surrounding r-m also with dark brown cloud. Hypopygium (Fig. 7) yellow. Basistyle with two strong modified setae, the dorsal thicker and curved medially. The ninth tergite elongate, triangular, covered with numerous, very small setae. The ninth sternite truncate, with a small protrusion at midline. Outer dististyle bladelike with two setae at tip, one small, the other elongate and directed cephalad; at midlength a puffed cushion covered with setae; on the outer edge, at the base of the style, is a row of four to six small, dark, peglike setae. The inner dististyle is a flattened plate narrowing distally to a point. The distal third has a row of about 20 peglike spines; at midlength on the inner edge occurs an expanded cushion from which many setae project medially. The inner edge with a dorsal, stout, sharp, triangular tooth and a ventral dark, thick, rectangular, projection with the outer corners forming small teeth. Holotype. —(Male) Solomon Islands, Santa Ysabel SE, Tatamba, 0-50 m, 7.ix.l964 (R. Straatman) BPBM Slide 2117. Paratype. —(Male) Solomon Islands, Santa Ysabel SE, Tatamba, 0-50 m, 8.ix.l964 (R. Straatman). Styringomyia dilinhi New Species Male.—Wing 4.1 mm. Head missing. Thorax and abdomen dark brown with yellow on the paratergite and on the katepisternum, giving the appearance of broken stripes on the pleural area. Coxae and trochanters brown. All legs missing except for femur of foreleg. The femur is light brown with two broad dark brown bands, one midlength, the other at distal end; halteres light brown. Venation standard. Cell 2nd Ml sessile and vein 2A strongly curved to edge of wing. Wing with brownish tinge, veins brown, darker marking at r-m, extending on to surrounding membrane. Hypopygium (Fig. 8 ) brown with one thick, modified seta coming off a tubercle, both subequal in length and directed mesad. The ninth sternite is slender, elongate, with two setae at the tip. The ninth tergite is broad at its base, which then narrows into a short protrusion covered by many fine setae. The outer dististyle is a very slender, curved, blade with two setae at the tip, one very short, the other noticeably elongate, nearly three-fourths the length of the blade and directed cephalad. The inner dististyle arises at the base of the tubercle of the basistyle, extending mesad at a right angle. The inner lobe is a flattened plate with dark teeth at its apex. Two rows of nine to ten peglike setae are beneath the teeth. The outer lobe is also flattened and elongate. The tip is expanded into a triangular plate with four to six short, dark teeth at the most posterior point. At midlength, along the inner edge, arise several strong, elongate setae, directed basad. Holotype. —(Male) Vietnam, Di Linh (Djfring), 1200 m, 22-28.iv.1960 (L. W. Quate) BPBM Slide 2066 (genitalia). 96 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Styringomyia labuanae New Species Male .—Length 4.8 mm; wing 3.4 mm. Antennae with scape yellow, pedicel brown, flagellomeres missing. Palpi and head light brown, darker on either side of midvertex to posterior margin. Pronotum brown on sides, light brown medially. Praescutum dark reddish brown, yellow along lateral margins and including paratergites. Scutellum and metanotum dark reddish brown, yellow spots at base of wing and edges of metanotum. Halteres light brown. Pleura, coxae, and trochanters yellow. Hind legs yellow, darkened at tip of femur; remainder of legs broken. Abdomen yellow, darker at hypopygium. Wings yellow with dark brown markings, which include both veins and surrounding membranes in areas r-m, m-cu, base of cell 1st M 2 , and at bend of 2A, and tips of veins reaching outer margin of wing. Venation standard, with cell 2nd M 2 short petiolate, 2A bent sharply at a right angle to the margin of the wing, a spur at the angle. Hypopygium (Fig. 6) with one modified seta from tubercle of basistyle (spines on holotype broken). The ninth sternite elongate, coming to a blunt point from which two short, thickened setae extend. The ninth tergite a small plate, tip obtuse, and covered with fine setae. Outer dististyle flat, slender (probably with an elongate seta at the tip, although these are broken on the type). Inner dististyle with three lobes; the outer with short setae fining the margins, the middle lobe with 10-11 large teeth on margins, the inner lobe a short triangular plate, with a brush of setae directed laterally on its inner surface. Holotype. —(Male) British N. Borneo, Labuan Island, 28-29.xi.1958 (L. W. Quate) BPBM Slide 2110 (genetalia). Paratype. —(Male) same data as given for holotype. Styringomyia idioformosa New Species Male. —Length 6.0 mm; wing 5.3 mm. Antennae with scape large and fight brown, pedicel and flagellomeres darker; palpi dark brown. Head dark brown with yellowish tinge on vertex. Thorax dark brown; scutum with a fight yellowish brown stripe on either side of the midfine; scutellum slightly fighter, with a yellowish tinge. Abdomen dark brown. Legs dark brown with a yellowish ring about three-quarter length and at base of tibia; remainder of leg fighter. Hind leg with the first tarsal segment abruptly white, remainder of the tarsi brown. Venation standard, with m-cu gently sigmoid, cell 2nd M 2 sessile; 2A curved gently to margin. Wing dark brown with white transverse stripes at base, middle, and extreme tip. Hypopygium (Fig. 9) yellow brown, dististyles darker. Basistyle with three strong modified setae, two at the end of an elongate tubercle, one slightly posterior. The ninth tergite a dark brown, wide, elongate plate from which emerges a small obtuse plate covered with numerous, small, golden setae. The sternite brown, short, obtuse. Phallosome an elongate rod with two black dots just before the blackened tip. Outer dististyle a long, brown blade with one short seta and one long seta extending cephalad; the inner face with a group of short, spinous setae about midlength; the base with six to seven black, peglike setae along the inner edge. Inner dististyle with the outer lobe a flattened, oval plate, glabrous on the outer surface; setae over entire inner surface, more numerous at tip and along edges. Inner lobe a small triangular plate with several setae along the basal margin. Holotype. —(Male) Solomon Islands, Bougainville near Crown Prince Rs., 900 m. 11.vi. 1956 (J. L. Gressitt). VOLUME 63, NUMBER 1 97 Paratype. —(Male) same data as given for the holotype. BPBM Slide 2122 (genitalia). The species Styringomyia idioformosa (idio = strange, formosus = pretty) is very interesting in having banded wings and three modified spines extending from the basistyle, features found in no other species of this genus described to date. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figures 1-9. 1. Styringomyia bidentata n. sp. 2. S. bidens n. sp. 3. 5. digitostylus n. sp. 4. S. rostrostylus n. sp. 5. S. vietnamensis n. sp. 6. S. labuanae n. sp. 7. S. ysabellae n. sp. 8. lS. dilinhi n. sp. 9. 5. idioformosa n. sp. (b = basistyle, t = ninth tergite, s = ninth sternite, od = outer dististyle, id = inner dististyle, il = inner lobe of inner dististyle, ol = outer lobe of inner dististyle, p = phallosome). THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or artic¬ les on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publication, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manu¬ scripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. —^The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500 ft.) elevation.” Typing.—Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8V2 x 11 inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. —The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in paren¬ theses, (3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. —^The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. —Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecu¬ tively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. —No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 x 181 mm; 45/8 x 71/8 inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed to¬ gether should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recom¬ mended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 nun. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. —Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. —All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the foUovring format: Essig, E. 0.1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E.O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed.The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . .“Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted. . . Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. —Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. —Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subse¬ quent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G.F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handhng).* Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Pubhshed July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 post¬ age and handling). * Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Pubhshed July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 post¬ age and handling). * Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologisthy Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Pubhshed August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, postage, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handhng for non-Cahfomia U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special price. Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic Re¬ gion by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Pubhshed January 21,1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 61/2%). Members of the Society will receive a 20 % discount on the price of the memoirs.) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A. Vol. 63 Spring 1987 THE No. 2 Pan-Pacific Entomologist DALY, H. V., C. D. MICHENER, J. S. MOURE, and S. F. SAKAGAMI—The relictual bee genus Manuelia and its relation to other Xylocopinae (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). 102 PARKER, F. D.—Nests of Callanthidium from block traps (Hymenoptera; Megachilidae). 125 EVANS, H. E.—Observations on the prey and nests of Podalonia occidentalis Murray (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 130 KROMBEIN K. V.—Biosystematic studies of Ceylonese wasps, XVIII: The species of Trachepyris Kieffer (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae: Epyrinae). 135 CHEMSAK, J. A.—A new Mexican species of Linsleyella Chemsak (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 145 GIESBERT, E. F.—A new genus and species in the tribe Macrotomini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) from Costa Rica . 147 HOVORE, F. T.—A new genus and species of Cerambycidae from Costa Rica (Coleoptera) ... 151 ALEXANDER, B. and J. G. ROZEN, JR.—Ovaries, ovarioles, and oocytes in parasitic bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) . 155 SNELLING, R. R.—A revision of the bee genus Aztecanthidium (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) 165 PARKER, F. D., J. H. CANE, G. W. FRANKIE, and S. B. VINSON—Host records and nest entry by Dolichostelis, a kleptoparasitic anthidiine bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) ... 172 BOHART, G. E. and T. L. GRISWOLD—A revision of the dufoureine genus Micralictoides Timberlake (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) . 178 THORP, R. W.—A new species of Andrena {Onagrandrena) from Utah’s San Rafael Desert (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae) . 194 Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1986 . 199 Corrigenda . 205 Publications received. 150 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1987 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W.J. Pulawski, Treasurer J.T. Doyen R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of num¬ bers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Apphcation for membership in the Society and changes of address should be ad¬ dressed to the Secretary, Mr. Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, Univer¬ sity of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, $30.00 or more for sponsoring members, or $20.00 for sub¬ scription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Soci¬ ety. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1987 Stanley C. WiUiams, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer Alan 1. Kaplan, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is pubUshed quarterly (January, April, July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, Califor¬ nia, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to THE PAN-PACIFIC EN¬ TOMOLOGIST, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. This issue mailed June 15,1987 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRODUCED BY A-R EDITIONS, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53703, U.S.A. Dedicated to E. Gorton Linsley E. Gorton Linsley E. Gorton Linsley Professor Emeritus University of California, Berkeley I have a twofold purpose in this dedication to E. Gorton Linsley. The first is to acknowledge on behalf of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society his dedication, efforts, and contributions, not only to the Society, but to the field of entomology as well. The second, more personal, is to express my gratitude, gratification, and satisfaction for the years of friendship and collaboration. It has been an honor and a privilege to have been closely associated with Gort for the past 30 years. It is not my intended purpose to build a chronological list of Professor Tinsley’s accomplishments in the field of entomology, since even a neophyte is aware of these to some degree. The more than 400 published scientific papers, books and articles attest to his academic productivity. Although a large portion of Gort’s career was spent on the study of systematics and biologies of the Apoidea and wild bee pollination studies, the systematics of the Cerambycidae are probably his first love. It was due to his efforts that the “Monograph of the Cerambycidae of North America” was initiated. This project, now nearing completion, will surely remain a monument in the forthcoming years. Gort has been an inspiration to those closely associated with him, both as students and as collaborators. His associations with the author, R. F. Smith, John MacSwain, P. D. Hurd, Jr., A. E. Michelbacher and R. L. Usinger are some examples of not only working, but close personal relationships. No tribute to Gort would be complete without mention of Juanita Linsley who has been wife, companion and field assistant for over 50 years. Their relationship is an excellent example of the harmonious blending of professional and personal life. On this, the occasion of Gort’s 77th birthday, the entire community of the field of entomology wishes him well and many happy returns. Also our thanks for setting an example of personal integrity and professionalism of the highest caliber. John A. Chemsak, Editor Pan-Pacific Entomologist PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 102-124 The Relictual Bee Genus Manuelia and Its Relation to Other Xylocopinae (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) Howell V. Daly, Charles D. Michener, J. S. Moure, S. F. Sakagami (HVD) Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; (CDM) Departments of Entomology and of Systematics & Ecology and Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045; (JSM) Sec^ao de Zoologia, Universidade Federal do Parana, 80.000 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil; (SFS) Institute of Low Temperature Science, University of Hokkaido, Sapporo 060, Japan. Abstract. —The bee genus Manuelia Vachal (subfamily Xylocopinae) is redescribed, and its three species, all found in Chile and Argentina, are also characterized. Although Manuelia looks superficially like Ceratina, it is intermediate in its character combination between the tribes Xylocopini and Ceratinini, and has a few synapomorphies of its own. Its nests are more similar to those of Xylocopa than to those of Ceratina. It appears to be a relict genus, nearer than any other to the ancestral group from which Xylocopini and Ceratinini diverged. The three species of Manuelia are redescribed and emphasis is placed on striking morphological characters that make them as different from one another as subgenera in other Xylocopinae. Ceratina herbsti Friese is shown to be a new synonym of Manuelia gayatina. Because of nomenclatural confusion the type species of Manuelia and of the halictid generic name Corynogaster Sichel are designated. A genus of small xylocopine bees, Manuelia, consisting of three species found in Chile and Argentina, is so similar superficially to the widespread genus Ceratina that it has attracted relatively little attention. Our study, however, shows that it is a relict type, almost as close to Xylocopa as to Ceratina. This study was first made by two of us (HVD and JSM) over 20 years ago, then independently repeated with additional material by SFS and CDM; the two manuscripts were amalgamated by CDM since the coverage and conclusions were too similar to justify independent publication. Each manuscript was stronger than the other in some features, and each recorded some significant characters not noted in the other. The illustrations except for the maps were made by SFS. Nomenclatural Problems The taxonomic history of the three species is confused and involves the generic name Manuelia as well as the names Corynura and Corynogaster in the Halictidae. Spinola (1851) described the three species of Manuelia as species of Halictus that possessed certain distinctive characters not shared by other Halictinae. The bees were Halictus gayi (p. 208, no. 10, female, male), H. posticus (p. 208, no. 11, female, male) and H. gayatinus (p. 209, no. 12, female). In the same volume he described the 102 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 103 male of a genuine halictid bee, Corynura gayi (p. 301, no. 1), but placed it in the Thynnidae. His associated female was a wasp, but the male was described first and the name Corynura has been used for the bee; the problem was discussed by Alfken (1926). Following Spinola, Smith (1854:424—425) listed all three species of Manuelia as Halictus. Sichel (1867:146) described as new “Halictus {Augochlora Smith) chrysurus”; it is apparently a synonym of H. gayi. Correctly recognizing the male of Corynura gayi as a bee, he also erected a new genus, Rhopalictus, to include Corynogaster gayi Spinola” (p. 301, no. 1) and others. Spinola did not mention Corynogaster and we must assume that Sichel meant Spinola’s Corynura gayi of the same page and number. This was also the interpretation of Herbst (1917) and is supported by the fact that Sichel recognized the difference between the Halictus gayi and the Corynura gayi of Spinola. Eickwort (1969), in listing Corynogaster, noted ''lapsus for CorynuraT' Rhopalictus is a synonym of Corynura although its type species is C. flavofasciata Spinola, not C. gayi. Until 1896 the use of the specific name gayi for two unrelated bees, one a xylocopine incorrectly placed in Halictus, the other a true halictid, had not resulted in confusion of the two. However, while correctly listing Halictus posticus and H. gayatinus under Halictus, Dalla Torre (1896) placed H. gayi in Corynura and gave the reference as Halictus (Corynura) gayi Spinola, “p. 208 n. 10 & p. 301 n. 1.” Placement of the Corynura gayi and the Halictus gayi of Spinola as the same species by Dalla Torre, without the recognition that they were different species (indeed they are different families), began a long line of confused nomenclature. Dalla Torre further listed Rhopalictus gayi Sichel (“p. 146, n. 1”) as a synonym (the reference should have been to no. 3). As shown above, Rhopalictus is concerned only with Corynura, not with Manuelia. Alfken (1904:141), recognizing that they are long-tongued bees not related to Halictus, placed Halictus gayi, H. posticus, and H. gayatinus in Ceratina. Friese (1910) concurred by redescribing H. gayatinus as Ceratina herbsti. Vachal (1905) erected a new genus, Manuelia, in honor of M. Manuel-J. Rivera, for the three species. Vachal did not mention Alfken’s transfer, but arrived at the same general conclusion, namely, that these species are near Ceratina. Cockerell (1905) listed Halictus posticus and H. gayatinus with the comment that Alfken placed them in Ceratina and Vachal erected a new genus for them. He incorrectly placed H. gayi as a synonym of Rhopalictus gayi, i.e., Corynura gayi Spinola (p. 301, no. 1), but Cockerell objected to Dalla Torre’s association of Corynura with this species. On the other hand, Friese (1916:554) listed Halictus gayi (Spinola p. 208), but his description indicates that he had Corynura gayi (Spinola p. 301) and he could not distinguish his specimens from Halictus rubellus Haliday, a species of Corynura. Sandhouse (1943), apparently following Dalla Torre (1896), designated Halictus (Corynura) gayi Spinola as the type species of each of the following generic names: Corynura, Corynogaster, and Manuelia. She listed the last two as synonyms of the first. The combination "Halictus (Corynura) gayi Spinola,” however, involves two different species (and families) of bees described by Spinola on different pages. To avoid further confusion, we regard Halictus (Corynura) gayi Spinola used by Dalla Torre (1896) and Sandhouse (1943) as a meaningless combination. It is not possible to say whether Sandhouse designated Halictus gayi Spinola or Corynura gayi Spinola as the type species of the three generic names concerned. Therefore she did not designate valid type species for these genera. The type of Corynura was designated 104 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST by Alfken before Sandhouse’s work, but for the other genera we designate type species here, using Sandhouse’s format: Corynura Spinola (= Corynogaster Sichel) Historia fisica y politica de Chile . . . por Claudio Gay, Zool., vol. 6, p. 296, 1851. Two species. Type species.— Corynura gayi Spinola, 1851, Ibid. , p. 301. (By designation of Alfken, 1926, Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr., 1926: 146.) ( Corynogaster Sichel) = Corynura Spinola Novara-Expedition. Zoologischer Theil, vol. 2, Hymenoptera, Fossoria et Mellifera. Suppl. p. 146,1867. Two species. Type species.— Corynura gayi Spinola, 1851, Historia fisica y politica de Chile . . . por Claudio Gay, Zool., vol. 6, p. 301. (Present designation.) Manuelia Vachal Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 25,1905. Three species. Type species.— Halictus gayi Spinola, 1851, Historia fisica y politica de Chile . . . por Claudio Gay, Zool., vol. 6, p. 208. (Present designation.) Sandhouse also lists Halictus gayatinus Spinola as the type species of “Presbia Spinola.” In his discussion of the possible generic relationships of H. gayatinus, Spinola states (p. 209) that this species does not belong to ''Presbia Ilhg.” Like Sandhouse, we have been unable to discover Illiger’s publication of Presbia and we regard this name as a nomen nudum. Therefore H. gayatinus is not the type species of a genus Presbia Spinola, as indicated by Sandhouse. Genus Manuelia Vachal Description. —Many specific characters are indicated in this description in order to show the variability within the genus. Characters not relating to all three species are marked with the abbreviated names of the species that possess them, as follows: ga = M. gayi, po = M. postica, and gt = M. gayatina. Other characters are indicated in Table 1 and in the illustrations. Some important features are italicized. Terga and sterna are abbreviated T and S and numbered as metasomal structures. Features resembling Ceratinini are annotated “(Q”5 those resembling Xylocopini, “(X),” and special features of Manuelia, “(M).” An asterisk indicates that variation exists so that the statement of similarity, while generally true, breaks down in certain cases. Female. —Body slender, 4.9-8.5 mm long (C). Color dull metallic blue (ga, similar to Pithitis unimaculata) or black with apical segments reddish (po) or not (gt); legs, tegula, mandible tending to be brownish, tergal margins not depigmented. No pale maculations (X*). Wings grayish hyaline, veins and stigma dark brown to black. Pilosity sparse, not hiding surface except fringe of lateral lobe of pronotum and (ga) area on each side of pygidial plate; predominantly whitish to pale yellow, ferruginous on T6 (ga,po). Head (Figs. 1-4,16) shghtly wider than long, more elongate than in most Ceratina and Xylocopa but less so than in Braunsapis. Outer and inner orbits convergent below, more so than in most Ceratina and Xylocopa. Antennae shghtly above middle of eyes. Vertex seen frontally gently convex. Preoccipital and paraocular carinae absent. Circumalveolar depression wide, from antennal base down nearly to level of lower margin of supraclypeal area, up an equal distance, and laterally nearly to inner orbit in its median one third. Antennocellar triangle much larger than ocellar triangle. Supraclypeal area above with narrow frontal carina, extending upward as VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 105 Figures 1-15. 1. Face of Manuelia gayi, female. 2-4. Faces of males, M. gayi, postica, and gayatina; shaded areas are yellow. 5. Labrum of female, M. postica. 6-11. Bases of left hind tibia, even numbers, females, odd numbers, males; 6,7. M. gayi', 8 ,9. M. postica; 10,11. M, gayatina. 12-15. Hind tarsi; 12,13. M. gayatina, female, male; 14, 15. M. gayi, female, male. In these and all other illustrations, the scale line = 0.25 mm. 106 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST linear, shallow frontal sulcus nearly attaining anterior ocellus. Clypeusflat, its upper half contrasting with gently convex, raised supraclypeal area. Lower margin of clypeus straight, extending beyond lower end of eye; lower lateral part only obliquely and briefly bent backward at side of labrum; lateroclypeal carina represented by weak ridge. Lateral clypeal margin mildly concave, giving shape of clypeus neither typically inverted T form as in Ceratina nor hourglass form as in allodapines (X*). Tentorial pit at upper third of clypeus (X). Upper margin of clypeus nearly straight (ga, gt) or gently convex (po); summit of clypeus about as wide as paraocular area at same level. Mandibular axis shghtly behind ocular axis. Malar area linear, much shorter than scape width. Gena (Fig. 16) narrower than eye, moderately convex, seen laterally not declivous immediately behind summit of eye. Labrum (Figs. 1,5) in repose at right angle to clypeal surface, about twice as broad as long, semicircular, apex with wide tuft of long, dense simple orange-brown hairs (M but resembling X). Labrum basally with triangular, slightly elevated, hairless smooth “disc” as in some Xylocopa (X*). Mandible tapering from base, not abruptly narrowed as in Ceratina (X). Mandible apically bidentate (Figs. 1, 5, 16), fringed beneath with long, white or yellowish simple hairs. Maxillary palpus 6-segmented, reaching nearly to apex of galea (X), segments approximately equal in length, progressively more slender apically (Fig. 16). Galea six or more times as long as broad (C). Stipes with comb of moderate strength (C). Mentum over five times as long as wide (C). Flabellum with posterior surface smooth, setal row in middle to near apex of flabellum (C). Proboscidial fossa with sclerotic roof (C). Antenna relatively long, much longer than in Ceratina, surpassing middle of mesoscutum (M). Scape relatively short (Figs. 1^), attaining lower margin of anterior ocellus (about as in Ceratina), about 4 times as long as wide (C). Flagellum (Figs. 25-30) 2.5 (ga), 2.7 (gt) or 3.0 (po) times as long as scape (M). First flagellomere as long as or shorter than pedicel (C). Mesosoma generally smooth and polished, partly coriaceous (especially in ga), punctures rather sparse and coarse. Pronotum not carinate. Prosternal apophyseal arms with apices separate (C) (fused in Xylocopa). Mesoscutum anteriorly not c3ima.tQ,notaulus strong, parapsidal sulcus shorter than in Ceratina, Braunsapis, and Xylocopa, less than half length of tegula which is fairly large, only slightly shorter than half scutal length (Fig. 20). Metasternum projecting considerably behind lower condyle of hind coxa (X). Wings apically pubescent, not papillate (C). Stigma broad (Fig. 17), shorter than costal margin of marginal cell (only slightly so in po) (C). Marginal cell broad with apex rounded, apart from wing margin (C). Submarginal cell 2 distinctly and 3 shghtly (or much in gt) shorter than 1 (C). Recurrent veins 1 and 2 respectively near to transverse cubitals 2 and 3. Basal vein slightly apical to cu-v. Jugal lobe (Figs. 18,19) less than one fifth as long as vannal lobe (M). Hamuli 7-10; hamular sinus as deep as wide (C). Fore coxa with apical hairy spine short (C*) (long in gt). Strigilis as in Ceratina and Braunsapis (C). Arolia large; claws bifid. Fore and mid tibial spines acute, hind tibia without spine (C). Fore and midtibial spurs normal (as in Ceratina and Braunsapis) (C). Tibial scopa of sparsely plumose (often trifid) hairs (C), moderately developed (ga, po. Fig. 31) or sparser (gt. Fig. 32). Hind tibial spurs microserrate, apically gently (gt. Fig. 32) or rather strongly bent (ga, po. Fig. 31). Basitibialplate distinct (Figs. 6,8,10), simple (C), with short white hairs basally. Hind basitarsus produced as bluntly pointed process beyond base of second tarsal segment (X) (Figs. 12, 14). Coxae, trochanters, and femora with white plumose or VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 107 Figures 16-24.16. Lateral view of head and mouthparts, Manuelia gayi female. 17. Part of forewing of same. 18,19. Posterior basal margins of hind wings, M. gayi and postica. 20. Pronotum and scutum, M. gayi female. 21,22. T7, male, M. gayi, dorsolateral and ventral views. 23,24. S6, male, inner view, M. gayi and M. gayatina. simple hairs; fore and mid tibiae and tarsi with abundant, white to yellowish, mostly simple hairs; apex of second trochanter and base of second femur each with a mesal patch of dense, short, erect, white, simple hairs. Metasoma widest at middle. Metasomal terga transversely microlineolate and dully polished, punctures rather sparse, coarser on apical terga. T1 basally oblique, basal part not sharply declivous or differentiated. Graduli 2-5 laterally not much extending posteriorly beyond spiracles; apical terga not flattened as in allodapines. Sterna without recognizable glandular areas (X); ventral hairs sparse, not forming scopa. T6 not slanting down apically, with narrow, spine-like, apically upraised, dorsally flattened pygidial plate (X) surrounded with dense plumose hairs (pygidial fimbria) (X) (Fig. 57) which become longer and sparser laterad. Male (differences from female only).—Face with yellow markings (Figs. 2-4). Inner orbits below more convergent in po and gt (Figs. 3,4). Head (and other parts. 108 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figures 25-35.25-26. Pedicel and base of flagellum, Manuelia gayatina, female and male. 27,28. Same, M. postica. 29, 30. Same, M. gayi. 31, 32. Outer side of hind leg of female, M. postica and gayi. 33-35. Profiles of posterior part of thorax and propodeum of females, M. gayi, postica, and gayatina. too) generally less coriaceous and more polished than in female. Labrum uniformly gently convex and punctate. Mandible bidentate (ga) or simple (po, gt). Scape not attaining anterior ocellus. Legs slender, without special modifications, hind tibia and basitarsus with white plumose hairs, in ga densely hairy, suggesting female scopa. Basitibial plate with edge strong but less developed than in female (ga, Fig. 7) or absent (po. Fig. 9, gt Fig. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 109 11), the plate represented by gentle swelling. Hind tibia with two apical spurs (C). Hind basitarsus apically produced as in female in ga and po, not in gt (Figs. 13,15). Metasomal T7 directed downward, apical margin broadly rounded, slightly raised along margin so that disc is depressed (Figs. 21,22); apparent apex of T7 formed by a short, wide, thin, shelf-like, sub apical extension with true apex recessed beneath. S6 apically rounded, without subapical modification as in Ceratina (X); gradulus reduced, shown merely by different coloration in ga (Fig. 23) or present in gt and po (Fig. 24). S7 short, transverse, with elongate lateral arms and no apical process or lobes (Figs. 43, 47, 56) (M). S8 with sclerotized vessel-like main body, robust lateral apodeme and hollow, apical, sparsely hairy process (Figs. 41,42,48,49, 54,55) (M). Gonocoxite robust with wide, dorsal emargination, ventroapically not produced. Volsella absent but “cuspis” (? sense of Marikovskaya, 1975) distinct, small, with fine hairs in ga and po (Figs. 44,50) but not in gt (Fig. 39). Gonostylus unornamented, semisclerotized, not fused with gonocoxite (C*). Penis valve stout, not rod-like, sclerotized, basal bridge strongly sclerotized. Spatha absent (though ventral side of penis weakly sclerotized in po. Fig. 44) or present in gt (Figs. 39, 40). The “cuspis” is similar to that of Euglossini and may be homologous to some of the anthophorine structures so labelled by Marikovskaya (1975). In addition to those structures, which may not be homologous among themselves, there are other structures in the same vicinity such as the ventroapical plate of the gonocoxite in Allodapini (Michener, 1975) and even the squama between the gonocoxite and gonostylus of Bombini. Further investigation of these structures is needed in order to reliably determine the homologies. Biology. —Claude-Joseph (1926) described the nesting biology of M. gayatina and M. gayi. Unfortunately he provided no data by which one might judge the reliability of his statements. For example one does not know how many nests he examined. However, he obviously examined several and perhaps many for each species. As with the morphological characters, the biological ones differ considerably between the two species that have been studied. The nests are branching burrows in dead stems or rotting wood, sometimes utilizing abandoned beetle burrows (Jaffuel and Pirion, 1926). M. gayatina nests in dry stems or twigs; in spring females may clean and reuse old nests or construct new burrows in dead stems of brambles {Rubusl). A female does not enter at a broken end of a stem as do females of Ceratina and Allodapini. Instead, she cuts into the side of a stem, then makes one branch burrow going down, the other up. Occasionally one bee uses the lower branch, another the upper, with common use of the entrance, but usually there is only one bee per nest entrance. In about a month the first generation emerges and is composed of both sexes. Claude-Joseph (1929) noted that both sexes return to the old galleries for the night. The females of this generation may select, in addition to bramble, dry twigs of wicker, willow, peach, or southern hazel. Toward the end of fall, the second generation metamorphoses, but is said to be composed only of females. The septa between cells are gradually destroyed and the adults move about together in the burrow until spring. M. gayi makes branching burrows in rotten logs of poplar and weeping willow, starting in November. Each branch is said to be made by one female; obviously there is a common entrance burrow used by several females. Claude-Joseph indicates that up to eight or ten may use one entrance. The burrows enter across the grain of the wood but then turn parallel to the grain. Gazulla and Ruiz (1928) record this species no PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST also nesting in dry stems of zarzamora (Rubus ulmifolius) ; this is as in M. gayatina. Apparently there is only one generation per year, for Claude-Joseph indicates that the young grow through December and transform to adults near the end of summer and that both sexes hibernate in their cells until spring. Both sexes may return to their burrows to spend the night (Claude-Joseph, 1929). The cells of both species are in series in the burrows, separated by partitions made of particles of wood cemented together, evidently as in Xylocopa or Ceratina. Both upper and lower surfaces of the partitions are illustrated as concave. At least in M. gayi the cells are barrel-shaped, narrowed at each end as in Xylocopa, rather than cylindrical as usual in Ceratina. The females of M. gayatina bring pollen from diverse kinds of flowers to form the elongate firm pollen loaf with a depression in the upper part (or lower part in the upper branch burrow in a vertical stem). The egg is laid in this depression. The food masses are rather similar in shape to those of Ceratina, but the egg is evidently on the upper (i.e., toward the nest entrance) rather than the lower part of food. In M. gayi, however, the food mass is described and illustrated as a ball occupying the lower end of the cell, with the egg laid on top of it. This is as in many other bees but is unique for the Xylocopinae. The observation needs to be verified. M. gayatina overwinters as groups of adult females (only), crowded together in the burrows in which cell partitions have been destroyed. This is as in Ceratina and Xylocopa’, such groups have been called prereproductive assemblages by Michener (1985 and in press). In M. gayi, however, each adult bee overwinters in its cell with the cell partitions left intact. Overwintering in cells is otherwise unknown in the Xylocopinae and may be an ancestral feature of M. gayi, for such behavior is well known in various other bees. In both species, after hibernation, old burrows are reused while other females excavate new nests. Claude-Joseph believed that in M. gayatina, with only females surviving the winter, the first brood is produced parthenogenetically. It is much more -likely that the overwintering females mate in the preceding summer or autumn. In view of the longevity now known for other Xylocopinae (Michener, 1985 and in press), it is probable that females of M. gayatina live much longer than Claude-Joseph supposed. Collecting records indicate long seasons of flight. Specimens of all three species have been taken every month from August to March. The rather numerous floral records indicate broad polylecty. There are records of all species from various introduced as well as native flowers. Families reported include the following: Compositae, Cruciferae, Euphorbiaceae, Hydrophyllaceae, Labiatae, Malvaceae, Rosaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Verbenaceae. Geographical Distribution. —The three species are broadly sympatric in central Chile and the lake district of Argentina. Thus Manuelia is characteristic of the Araucanian faunal region (Ringuelet, 1961) which is faunistically so different from the rest of the neotropics that it might be considered a separate faunal realm if it were larger. Among bees such genera as Diphaglossa, Cadeguala, Corynura, and Neofidelia are restricted to it. Such large genera as Alioscirtetica (Eucerinae) and Chilicola (Xeromelissinae) are most abundant in the Araucanian region although extending into other temperate or xeric parts of the neotropics. The Araucanian is also the region inhabited by most of the archaic South American types that show faunal or floral connections with Australia, e.g., Paracolletini among bees and among trees, Nothofagus and Araucaria. The region also has some faunal VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 111 resemblances to Africa, exemplified among bees by the Fideliidae which are found only in Africa and central Chile. All three species range from rather xeric Coquimbo Province south to moist cool temperate Osorno or Llanquihue Provinces (Figs. 36-38), and from sea level to over Figures 36-38. Locality records for Manuelia gayatina, postica, and gayi, based on specimens seen by us or by Haroldo Toro of Valparaiso. On the map for M. gayi the circle represents unknown localities in Chubut Province, Argentina. 112 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 1000 m altitude. While they may attain higher altitudes in the north than in the south, the meager altitude data probably do not show this, for M. gayi has been taken at 1400-1600 m altitude at its southernmost known locality in Llanquihue Province. Both M. gayi and postica have been taken at 1700-2200 m in Santiago Province. Unfortunately most collectors have not recorded altitudes. There are two locality records that indicate that Manuelia also ranges across Argentina. Specimens of all three species in the Snow Entomological Museum are labelled Fundo Malcho, Parral, Cordoba, Argentina. They were taken on various dates in 1956. In the same collection are specimens of M. gayi and gayatina labelled San Isidro, Buenos Aires Province, Argentina (M. Senkute), also collected on different dates. Could these labels be wrong? Elizabeth Chiappa T. of the Universidad Catolica de Valparaiso writes that there is a Parral, Fundo Malcho, in Chile (Valparaiso area), a finding that suggests bad labelling. Alternatively, might they represent introductions, which could easily occur with nests in wood? There are no old reports of Manuelia from eastern or central Argentina, so far as we are aware, e.g., in the works of Holmberg (1903), Friese (1908), and Jorgensen (1912a, b). Recent collections by bee collectors (A. Roig A., R. B. Roberts, and J. F. Neff) at San Isidro and elsewhere in eastern and central Argentina do not include Manuelia. We have therefore chosen to regard the records for eastern and central Argentina as probable errors or possible introductions that did not persist, and have omitted these localities from our maps. Future collectors, however, should watch for Manuelia in these areas. The Species of Manuelia The three species of Manuelia seem about as different from one another as subgenera in other xylocopine bees. Indeed two of us at one time prepared a manuscript providing a subgeneric name for each species. Such multiplication of genus-group names seems unnecessary, but the distinctiveness of the species should be remembered. Table 1 summarizes the more striking characters including those of the male terminalia which are illustrated, but not included in the specific descriptions. The characters of the three species are further summarized in the key below. We have not worked out a meaningful cladistic pattern for them because polarity of the specific variables is difficult to determine. For example, for bees in general, a horizontal metanotum and propodeal base like those of most wasps is plesiomorphic relative to the apomorphic slanting or vertical orientations of these surfaces or parts of them, as in M. postica. These apomorphies are part of the development of a relatively spherical thorax associated with the rapid flight of many bees. But slender bodies are characteristic of various small bees that nest in narrow burrows in wood or twigs, and such a body form results in reversion to a horizontal metanotum and propodeal base. Examples are Chelostoma, Heriades, and Hoplitis in the Megachilidae; Hylaeus and its relatives (especially Heterapoides) in the Colletidae; and Ceratinini and Allodapini in the Anthophoridae. Hence the horizontal base of the propodeum of M. gayatina, the smallest and most slender species of Manuelia, could be primitive features retained from primitive bees or derived features adaptive to life in narrow burrows. Similar problems exist in the interpretation of several other variables. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 113 Table 1. Major characters of Manuelia species. Asterisks (*) mark variables common to males and females. Variable gayi postica gayatina Female * Coloration dark metallic blue black with reddish black apical segments Lateral margin of straight -strongly concave - labral disc * Lateral angle of protuberant above not above level of protuberant above pronotum middle of collar *Rear thoracic beginning at rear edge beginning in middle of beginning before declivity of scutellum; metanotum; middle of metanotum propodeum straight in propodeum nearly but interrupted by profile straight in profile horizontal propodeal base Basitibial plate marginal carina high, marginal carina high. marginal carina strong erect apically oblique apically but low Male Mandibular apex bidentate .simple - Vertex posterior ocelli in front -posterior ocelli on summit . of summit Flagellomere 3 -much longer than broad, like 4 - much broader than long, hke 2 Apex of hind - produced - not produced basitarsus Basitibial plate present absent, hairs sparse absent, hairs dense Sternum 6 gradulus evanescent -gradulus complete - Sternum 7 apical margin truncate apical margin gently apical margin gently rounded pointed medially Sternum 8 — basally rounded; apical process basally wide, — basally truncate; apical tapering apicad, with sparse hairs process slender. densely haired Gonobase wide narrow wide Gonocoxite .long, ventrally with “cuspis” but without - short, ventrally preapical process without “cuspis” but with small preapical process Gonostylus with sparse but with sparse but with sparse and minute moderately long hairs; moderately long hairs; hairs; base simple base simple base bifurcated Penis valves robust -rather slender - Penis not sclerotized -partly semichitinous - Spatha -absent-- present 114 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Key to the Species of Manuelia 1. Entirely black with sparse white pubescence; body length about 5 mm; profile of propodeum curved, with anterior portion horizontal and posterior portion subvertical; metanotum horizontal; anterior coxa with a long median apical spine; true apex of T7 of male without hairs; gonostyli long, equal in length to gonocoxite. gayatina — Blue or black, at least in female with some caudal integument or hairs orange-brown; body length about 8 mm; profile of propodeum slightly curved or straight, steeply sloping; metanotum sub vertical; anterior coxa with small median apical spine; true apex of T7 of male with hairs; gonostyli short, about half length of gonocoxite.2 2. Black with at least two caudal terga and sterna orange-brown; profile of propodeum slightly curved; curvature of metanotum forming summit of posterior thoracic declivity; labrum of female with basal triangle confluent with subapical margin by a narrow median area; mandible of male without teeth; male without basitibial plate. postica — Metallic blue, last exposed tergum of female with orange-brown hairs; profile of propodeum straight; posterior margin of scutellum at summit of posterior thoracic declivity, the metanotum dechvous; labrum of female with basal triangle elevated apically and separated from subapical margin by a complete transverse punctured area; mandible of male bidentate; male with small bastibial plate. gayi Manuelia gayatina (Spinola) (Figs. 4,10-13,2^26, 32, 35, 36, 39-43) Halictus gayatinus SpmoXdi, 1851:209; Cockerell, 1905:355. Ceratina gayatina: Alfken, 1904:141. Manuelia gayatina: Vachal, 1905:26; Claude-Joseph, 1926:216; Jaffuel and Pirion, 1926:370; Moldenke and Neff, 1974:9,29. Ceratina herbsti Friese, 1910:703 (new synonym). A female “typus” of Ceratina herbsti Friese in the American Museum of Natural History appears to be a cotype; it is^from Concepcion, the type locality, collected by Herbst in 1903. Although the synonymy of herbsti seems not to have been published, it was recognized long ago for there is a note by Cockerell indicating the synonymy on a specimen in the California Academy of Sciences. Female. —Average and range of forewing lengths (5 specimens): 4.79 mm; 4.50-5.15 mm. Head. Integument shiny dark brown to black; antenna, labrum, mandible black. Circumalveolar depression rather shallow. Subapical margin and basal triangle of labrum shiny and impunctate, confluent by a narrow median area and separated laterad by a transverse punctured area bearing long, yellowish, simple hairs; lateral margin of basal triangle concave. Hypostomal carina low. Thorax. Pronotum with lateral angle protuberant above. Thoracic capsule elongate; posterior declivity beginning at scutellar-metanotal suture, scutal-scutellar tangent not touching metanotum; metanotum and anterior dorsal portion of propodeum sloping in same plane, posterior portion of propodeum with steeper slope and clearly not in the same plane as the anterior portion. Integument shiny dark brown to black; anterior dorsal portion of propodeum impunctate and roughened, lateral and posterior portions punctured and with appressed, short, white, plumose hairs; lateral VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 115 Figures 39-43. Manuelia gayatina, male. 39, 40. Genitalia, ventral, dorsal, and lateral. 41, 42. S8, dor¬ sal, ventral, and lateral. 43. S7. portions of pronotum and metepisternum with similar vestiture; remainder of thorax punctured throughout, dorsum with erect, white, simple hairs, longer laterally; mesepisternum with sparser, longer, simple to plumose hairs. Tegula brown; number of hamuli (5 specimens): 7. Legs dark brown, paler distally; hairs yellowish distally; scopa sparse. Basitibial plate broad, width about one-half distance from base of tibia to apex of plate, apical edge evenly rounded, strong but low; hind tibial spurs only gently curved apically. Metasoma. Elongate ovoid; shiny dark brown to black; T1 and 2 sparsely punctured, remaining terga more densely punctured, with short, ascending to erect, white, simple hairs. T6 with black spine (pygidial plate) flanked by dense, yellowish white, plumose hairs which become longer and sparser laterad. Sl-5 with ascending, white, simple or plumose hairs which are longest subapically on each sternum; S6 with appressed to ascending, yellowish, simple to plumose hairs which are dense at apex. Male .—Forewing length (two specimens): 4.0 mm, 4.4 mm. Head. Coloration as in female but the following pale yellow: labrum, paraocular area up to base of antenna, entire clypeus and lower half of supraclypeal area. Mandible simple. Posterior ocelli on summit of vertex. Third flagellomere much broader than long. 116 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Thorax. As in female. Bastibial plate not perceptible. Hind basitarsus not produced at apex. Metasoma. Dark brown to black, shiny above, paler and duller beneath; sparsely punctured, especially anteriorly; dorsum and venter with short ascending to erect, white, simple hairs which become longer and frequently plumose laterad. T7 with true apex without hairs. Terminalia as illustrated. This is the least common of the three species in most collections but the large number of specimens in the collection of Prof. Haroldo Toro in Valparaiso indicates that it is abundant. Probably its small size results in less frequent capture as compared to the larger species. The distribution is shown in Figure 36; the northernmost locality is Vicuna, Coquimbo Prov., the southernmost in Chile is Valdivia, Valdivia Prov. The only locality in western Argentina is El Bolson, Rio Negro Prov. Altitudes range from sea level to 1100 m at Cabreria, Cordillera Nahuelbuta, Malleco Prov. Manuelia postica (Spinola) (Figs. 3, 5, 8, 9,18,19, 27, 34, 37, 44-49) Halictusposticus Spinola, 1851:208; Cockerell, 1905:355. Ceratinapostica: Alfken, 1904:141. Manuelia postica: Vachal, 1905:26; Jaffuel and Pirion, 1926:370; Gazulla and Ruiz, 1928:301. Female. —Average and range of forewing lengths (64 specimens): 6.92 mm, 6.10-7.60 mm. Head. Integument shiny black; antenna, labrum, and mandible black. Circumalveolar depression rather shallow. Subapical margin and basal triangle of labrum shiny and impunctate, confluent by a narrow median area and separated laterally by a transverse punctured area bearing long, yellowish, simple hairs; lateral margin of basal triangle concave. Thorax. Pronotum with lateral angle not elevated above level of middle of pronotal collar. Thoracic capsule ovoid; propodeum slightly convex and steeply sloping; metanotum at summit of posterior thoracic dechvity, touched by a scuto-scutellar tangent. Integument colored like head; punctures close around margin of scutum, on scutellum and on metanotum, less dense on mesepisternum, sparse on dorsum, absent in triangle at summit of propodeum; surface shiny except propodeum which is finely roughened; surface with short, erect, white, plumose hairs on dorsum, hairs longer laterally and longest ventrally; propodeum and pronotum laterally with additional sparse, long, erect, white, plumose hairs. Tegula black; average and range of hamuli (64 specimens): 8.2,7-10. Tarsi dark brown, remainder of legs shiny black with yellowish white hairs; scopa moderately developed. Basitibial plate elongate, width about one-third of distance from base of tibia to apex of plate; apex acute, marginal carina high and oblique apically; hind tibial spurs strongly curved at apices. Metasoma. Elongate ovoid; Tl-3 shiny black, punctured throughout, and with sparse, short, erect, white, simple hairs; coloration of subsequent exposed terga shows variation apparently uncorrelated with geography in the 69 specimens before us: 24 have basal three-quarters of T4 with color and vestiture like preceding terga while the apical quarter and subsequent exposed terga are translucent orange-brown; 43 have this color restricted to fifth and sixth terga; and in the remaining two bees, T5 and 6 are dark and only faintly orange-brown. Hairs on these terga colored like their corresponding terga and longer and denser caudad. T6 with black spine (pygidial VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 117 Figures 44-49. Manueliapostica, male. 44. Genitalia, ventral, and dorsal. 45. Inner view of gonostylus and adj acent structures (sketch). 46. Genitalia, lateral view. 47. S7,48,49. S8, lateral, dorsal, and ventral. plate) flanked by abundant, ascending, orange brown, simple or plumose hairs which become longer and sparser laterally. Sterna with vestiture like corresponding terga; S6 with apical portion clothed with dense plumose hairs. Male .—Average and range of forewing lengths (17 specimens): 6.85 mm, 5.85-7.05 mm. Head. Coloration as in female but the following areas pale yellow: base of mandible, labrum, paraocular area up to half-way between summit of clypeus and lower margin of antennal socket, and a variable area of clypeus. Sometimes dark color of upper head extends down along lateral portions of epistomal suture to below anterior tentorial pits and mesad from this suture to almost one-third of clypeal width; others show reduction of the dark extensions and expansion of yellow above clypeus. Mandible simple, dark brown apically. Posterior ocelli on summit of vertex. Third flagellomere longer than broad. Thorax. Largely as in female. Mesepisternum below scrobal suture with circular patch of appressed, short, white, plumose hairs; 118 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST average number and range of hamuli (17 specimens): 7.9, 7-9. Bastibial plate not perceptible. Hind basitarsus with apex produced. Metasoma. Shaped as in female; Tl-3 and Sl-3 shiny black with short, ascending, white, simple hairs; coloration of subsequent exposed terga and sterna varies in 18 males before us: 1 has T4-7 and S4-6 translucent orange-brown; 6 have the basal portions of T4 and S4 black, the apical margins and subsequent segments orange-brown; 8 have T5-7 and S5, 6 orange-brown; 1 has the apical portions of T5 and S5 and subsequent terga and sterna so colored; and two have the apical segments dark with orange-brown colors only faintly expressed. Hairs white on black areas, orange on orange brown areas. T7 with true apex bearing short, orange-brown, plumose hairs. Terminalia as illustrated. The distribution of this species is shown in Figure 37. In Chile the northernmost locality is Cuesta Cavilolen, Illapel, Coquimbo Prov., and the southernmost is Osorno, Osorno Prov. An Argentine record, Isla Victoria, Neoquen Prov., is slightly farther south than any Chilean locality known to us. Altitudes of collections range from near sea level to 125 m in Cautin Prov., 1500 m in Linares Prov. and 1700-2200 m in Santiago Prov. Manuelia gayi (Spinola) (Figs. 1, 2, 6, 7,1^18, 20-23,29-31, 33, 38, 50-57) Halictus gayi Spinola, 1851:208. Corynura gayi: Dalla Torre, 1896:93 (part). Ceratina gayi: Alfken, 1904:141. Manuelia gayi: Vachal, 1905:26; Jaffuel and Pirion, 1926:370; Claude-Joseph, 1926:220, 1929:417; Gazulla and Ruiz, 1928:301; Moldenke and Neff, 1974:29; Michener and Brooks, 1984:56, 59. Female: Average and range of forewing lengths (66 specimens): 6.17 mm, 5.50-6.55 mm. Head. Integument shiny metallic blue; scape colored like head, flagellum ruddy brown beneath, brown above; labrum and mandibles black. Circumalveolar depression relatively deep. Subapical margin and elevated basal triangle of labrum shiny and impunctate; lateral margin of basal triangle of labrum straight. Median part of hypostomal carina expanded, almost lamella-like, sloping inward over proboscidial fossa. Thorax. Pronotum with lateral angle protuberant above. Thoracic capsule roughly spherical; metanotum and propodeum steeply sloping. Integument colored as head; punctures close around margins of scutum, on scutellum and on metanotum, becoming less dense on mesepisternum, sparse on dorsum of scutum and absent in triangle at summit of propodeum; surface shiny except for propodeum which is finely roughened; pubescence short, erect, white, plumose on dorsum, hairs longer laterally and longest ventrally; propodeum with long, erect, white, plumose hairs which become short and appressed laterally. Tegula brown with bluish reflections; average and range of hamuli (66 specimens): 8.6, 7-10. Tarsi dark brown, remainder of legs brown with bluish reflections; scopa moderately developed. Basitibial plate broad, its width about half distance from base of tibia to apex of plate, apical edge bluntly pointed, marginal carina high, erect apically; hind tibial spurs strongly curved at apices. Metasoma. Ovoid; Tl-4 colored like head and thorax and bearing on their dorsa short, erect, white, simple hairs which become longer laterally; base of T5 with coloration and vestiture like preceding terga, but apical margin translucent and orange-brown; T6 dark brown with the black spine (pygidial plate) flanked by orange-brown, mossy plumose hairs VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 119 Figures 50-57. Manuelia gayi. 50, 51. Male genitalia, ventral, dorsal, and lateral. 52. Sketch of dorsal apical view of male gonocoxite, gonostylus, and penis valve. 53. Sketch of dorsal apical view of male genitalia. 54. S8, male, lateral view. 55. Same, dorsal and ventral views. 56. S7, male. 57. Apex of T6, female, dorsal view with lateral view at left. which grade laterally into longer, white, plumose hairs. Sl-5 with less bluish reflections than terga, each clothed subapically with ascending, white, simple hairs; S6 like preceding in color, but with abundant, medio-apical, orange-brown, mossy plumose hairs. Male .—Average and range of forewing lengths (6 specimens): 5.76 mm, 5.40-6.55 mm. Head. Coloration as in female but labrum, most of clypeus, and lower paraocular areas up to level of summit of clypeus light yellow; dark color of head extends down along the epistomal suture to anterior tentorial pit. Mandible bidentate. Posterior ocelli in front of summit of vertex. Flagellomere 3 longer than broad. Thorax. Largely as in female. Average and range of hamuli (7 specimens): 8.4,7-10. Third leg with distinct basitibial plate in position and form similar to that of 120 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST female. Metasoma. Slightly more elongate than in female; Tl-6 with color and vestiture as in Tl-4 of female; T7 with median impunctate area and lateral long, white, simple hairs; true apex of T7 bearing short, white, plumose hairs. Sl-6 as in female. Terminalia as illustrated. The distribution of this common species is shown in Figure 38. In Chile the northernmost locality in Vicuna, Coquimbo Prov.; the southernmost is Colegual, Llanquihue Prov. In Argentina the southernmost located collection site is El Bolson, Rio Negro Prov., but specimens are labelled El Hoyo and El Turbio, Chubut Prov. (New York, Lawrence); the probable vicinity is indicated by a circle in Figure 38. Altitudes of most collections are not given on the labels but range from near sea level to 1400-1600 m (Llanquihue Prov.), 1100 m (Talca Prov.) and 1700-2200 m (Santiago Prov.); in the lake district of Argentina, altitudes are indicated as 650 to 850 m. Relationships of Manuelia to Other Xylocopinae The anthophorid subfamily Xylocopinae as delimited by Michener (1944, p. 269), Hurd and Moure (1963) and others includes both the large, robust bees of the tribe Xylocopini and the smaller and usually slender forms of the tribes Ceratinini and Allodapini. The last, recently segregated from Ceratinini (Michener, in press), has many derived characters and is not particularly relevant to Manuelia. The resemblances of Manuelia to Xylocopini (Xylocopa, Lestis, Proxylocopa) and to Ceratinini (Ceratina, Pithitis, Megaceratina) have been indicated in the generic description above, using for brevity the letters X (Xylocopini), C (Ceratinini), and M (for special features of Manuelia). In that description 22 characters are marked C; 12, X; and 6, M. Thus Manuelia is most similar to Ceratinini, but also has numerous features like Xylocopini in spite of its ceratinine appearance. A cladistic approach to relationships among tribes of Xylocopinae is presented by Sakagami and Michener (in press). In some other features, not listed because they are variable and therefore not generic characters of Manuelia, this genus is nonetheless intermediate between Xylocopini and most Ceratinini. For example, the dechvity of the posterior part of the thorax extends downward vertically from the posterior edge of the scutellum in some Xylocopini while in most Ceratinini and in Manuelia gayatina (Fig. 35) the base of the propodeum is more or less horizontal. The situation for the other species of Manuelia is shown in Figures 33 and 34. The nest characteristics of Manuelia are similar to those of Xylocopini. The branching burrows and barrel-shaped cells are unlike those of any other small Xylocopinae, but resemble those of Xylocopini. Since most bees, and more specihcally most Anthophoridae, nest in the ground, the Xylocopinae probably arose from ground-nesting forms. Malyshev (1913:55-56) and Hurd (1958:368) attached much importance to the ground-nesting habits and certain anatomical conditions (basitibial and pygidial plates) of Proxylocopa that also occur in ground-nesting anthophorines but not in other Xylocopinae. Because Proxylocopa is a member of the tribe Xylocopini, Malyshev regarded that tribe as more closely related to the ground-nesting ancestor than is the Ceratinini. This view is supported by the clustered cells and constructed cell walls of Proxylocopa, described and illustrated by Gutbier (1915), and by the brood-cell linings secreted by VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 121 Dufour’s gland also found in Proxylocopa but not known in other Xylocopinae (Kronenberg and Hefetz, 1984). The nesting habits of Proxylocopa were assumed by Malyshev and Hurd to be primary, although there are examples in both tribes of flexible behavior which could have led to a return to the ground as a nesting site. In the large carpenter bees, Hurd (1978) cites reports of nests in bricks and other soft substrates, Lucas (1868) noted a nest in a copper tube, and Hardouin (1943) found that an individual of a species presumably unaccustomed to bamboo accepted a bamboo tube offered experimentally. Of the small carpenter bees, allodapines are reported by Brauns (1926) to nest in the ground in the absence of suitable plants or in vacant beetle galleries in wood. While constructed cell walls and linings derived from Dufour’s gland are usual in soil-nesting anthophorids, and might seem unlikely to reappear in Proxylocopa if it reverted to the soil, the partitions between cells in Xylocopa are in reality constructed cell walls that do not extend to the sides of the cell in a wood substrate. Reversion to soil could result in extension of partition-construction to produce cell walls. Less likely, probably, would be reversion to production of the hydrocarbon-rich hydrophobic cell lining. Thus while the nests of Proxylocopa offer a basis for considering the genus as similar to the ancestral Xylocopinae, there is the possibility that nesting in the ground is an adaptation to desertic environments lacking plants for nesting. Independently, Hurd (in personal communication to Daly) entertained the same explanation. Furthermore, Maa (1954) considered the species of Proxylocopa to be closely related on the basis of morphology; such similarity does not suggest the antiquity to be expected of ancestors of the other Xylocopinae. Proxylocopa is noteworthy for its close resemblance to other genera of the tribe Xylocopini. Although Manuelia shares its nesting pattern with the Xylocopini, Ceratina and Pithitis are quite different in their nesting activities and social organization (Michener, in press), giving little indication of ground-nesting ancestry. In the majority of anatomical features the Ceratinini rather than the Xylocopini show the most plesiomorphic features, as judged by Michener’s (1944:228-229) list: short first flagellar segment, horizontal metanotum, propodeum with horizontal basal area, large pterostigma, long notaulus, relatively long second abscissa of vein M + Cu in the rear wing, long jugal lobe, and hairy wings. The Xylocopini show more specialized conditions of the same variables. Some ceratinine characters of the wings and thorax may relate to the general body size and shape, associated with nesting in small burrows. Nevertheless, other characters, presumably not related to size and slenderness, also indicate the more primitive anatomy of the small carpenter bees. For example, male Ceratinini have two hind tibial spurs and, in Manuelia and Ceratina (Euceratina), have gonostyli, while the large carpenter bees have only one tibial spur and no gonostyli. The basitibial plate is near the base of the tibia in females of ground-nesting bees; Ceratinini have the plate usually in this position when it is present, while only Proxylocopa, among the Xylocopini, has it in this location. Wille (1958) found the dorsal circulatory vessel to be straight in the Ceratinini, a condition considered by him to be primitive among the bees. Xylocopa possesses a specialized condition with the thoracic portion arching between the longitudinal muscles and the petiolar portion coiled. In view of the primitive features occurring in members of both tribes (Ceratinini 122 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST and Xylocopini), we cannot agree that the Xylocopini is closer to the stem of the subfamily than Ceratinini. Moreover, we do not think that Proxylocopa is particularly close to the ancestral Xylocopini; undoubted specialized features of Proxylocopa include the reduced notauli. The ancestor for all modern members of the subfamily Xylocopinae should combine the nesting pattern of the Xylocopini with the primitive anatomical features of both Ceratinini and the Xylocopini. It seems reasonable to suppose, as did Malyshev, that the ancestor nested in relatively thick pieces of dead plant tissue (soft or rotten wood). The ancestor of the large carpenter bees continued nesting in the thicker pieces of wood. Once the outer layer has been broken, this medium places little restriction on the dimensions or pattern of the nest. There was probably a trend of increasing body size and more powerful jaws, together with the changes in the thorax and wings which impart the specialized facies to the modern tribe Xylocopini. The nesting habits, however, remained largely unaltered. The smaller forms of the ancestral stock could nest in small beetle burrows and slender stems and consequently there was the trend to smaller body size and slender form which led to the modern Ceratinini. We believe that Manuelia is a surviving remnant of the early small carpenter bees. Moreover, it is the most primitive of the subfamily Xylocopinae and nearer than any other form to the phyletic dichotomy which separated the tribes Ceratinini and Xylocopini. The restriction of the species to Central Chile and Argentina, the faet that the genus is made up of three species fully as different as subgenera elsewhere among bees, together with the anatomical and biological relations enumerated above, support the conclusion that Manuelia is a relict genus. In view of its presumed antiquity, Manuelia exhibits an interesting use of introduced plants both for provisions and as nesting substrates. This is not surprising, however, since most Xylocopinae are polylectic feeders and seem to select nesting sites according to their physical characteristics without regard to the kind of plant concerned. Acknowledgements We welcome this opportunity to acknowledge our respect and admiration for Dr. E. Gorton Linsley. We have shared a long association with him as colleagues and friends. Dr. Linsley often encouraged fruitful collaboration. We trust our contribution, the product of international cooperation, is in keeping with his example. Specimens of Manuelia were examined in various collections by Daly and Moure, and were lent to Daly and Michener from certain collections. The following is a list of the collections to which we are indebted either for the opportunity for study or for the loan of material: American Museum of Natural History, New York, U.S.A.; Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadephia, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.; British Museum (Natural History), London, U.K.; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A.; Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genova, Italy; Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France; Museo National, Santiago, Chile; National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., U.S. A. We are grateful to the late Dr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr., who arranged the loan of specimens of Proxylocopa from Dr. E. S. Ross of the California Academy of Sciences. Mr. Rudolfo Wagenknecht generously made his collecting notes available to us. Information on the nativity of VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 123 the various host plants was provided by the late Dr. L. H. Shinners of Southern Methodist University. We especially appreciate the hard work of Elizabeth Chiappa T. of the Universidad Catolica de Valparaiso who provided an extensive list of material in the collection of Professor Haroldo Toro and that of the same University. To both Ms. Chiappa and Prof. Toro we are indebted for the opportunity to consider the extensive material in Valparaiso as well as for a map of localities and other helpful information. Joetta Weaver provided help with editorial work and typing. HVD’s research was supported in part by research grants from the National Science Foundation (GB-7933, GB-34089). CDM’s part in this study was possible thanks to National Science Foundation (U.S.A.) grant DEB82-12223. JSM wishes to thank the Campanha Nacional de Aperfeigoamento de Pessoal de Nivel Superior, Rio de Janeiro, for a travel grant making possible his visit to North America and Europe; the Rockefeller Foundation, New York, for a grant permitting his stay in the United States, and the National Science Foundation (U.S.A.) for a grant to the University of Kansas which permitted his study in European museums. SFS’s part in this paper was supported by a grant-in-aid for Special Project Research on Biological Aspects of Optimal Strategy and Social Structure from the Japan Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. Literature Cited Alfken, J. D. 1904. Notas Himenopterolojicas. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat., 8:141. Alfken, J. D. 1926. Die mir bekannten chilenischen Arten der Bienengattung Corynura M. Spinola. Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1926:145-163. Brauns, H. 1926. A contribution to the knowledge of the genus Allodape, St. Farq. & Serv.; Order Hymenoptera, Section Apidae (Anthophila). Ann. S. African Mus., 23:417-434. Claude-Joseph, F. 1926. Recherches biologiques sur les Hymenopteres du Chili (Melliferes). Ann. Sci. Nat., ZooL, (10)9:113-268. (Translated into Spanish but without some illustrations by J. Herrara and M. Etcheverry, 1960, Investigaciones biologicas sobre himenopteros de Chile (Meliferos). Publ. Centro Estudios Entom., Univ. de Chile, Santiago, no. 1:1-64.) Claude-Joseph, F. 1929. Le repos nocturne chez quelques Hymenopteres du Chili. Zool. Anz., 82:414-421. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1905. Notes on some bees in the British Museum. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., 31:309-364. Dalla Torre, C. G. de. 1896. Catalogus Hymenopterorum, 10:i-vii+1-643, Leipzig. Eickwort, G. C. 1969. A comparative morphological study and generic revision of the augochlorine bees (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 48:325-524. Friese, H. 1908. Die Apidae (Blumenwespen) von Argentina nach den Reisenergebnissen der Herren A. C. Jensen-Haarup und P. Jorgensen in den Jahren 1904-1907. Flora og Fauna, 10:1-94. Friese, H. 1910. Neue Biennenarten aus Siid-Amerika. Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr., 1910:693-711. Friese, H. 1916. Die Halictus-Arten von Chile (Hym.). Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr., 1916:547-564. Gazulla, P. and F. F. Ruiz Perez. 1928. Los insectos de la Hacienda de “Las Mercedes.” Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat., 32:288-305. Gutbier, A. 1915. Essai sur la classification et sur le developpement des nids des guepes et des abeilles. Horae Soc. Entom. Rossicae, 41(7): 1-57, pis. 1 and 2 [in Russian]. Hardouin, R. 1943. Ethologie variable de la Xylocope. Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 48:156. Herbst, P. 1917. Nachtrag zur Synonymie Chilenischer Apidae (Hymenoptera). Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr., 1917:293-294. Holmberg, E. L. 1903. Delectus hymenopterologicus argentinus. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires, (3)2:377-512. Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1958. Observations on the nesting habits of some New World carpenter bees with remarks on their importance in the problem of species formation (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., 51:365-375. 124 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1978. An annotated catalog of the carpenter bees (genus Xylocopa Latreille) of the western hemisphere, pp. 1-106. Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, D.C. Hurd, P. D., Jr. and J. S. Moure. 1963. A classification of the large carpenter bees (Xylocopini). Univ. CaliforniaPubl. Entom., 29;i-vi-l-1-365. Jaffuel, P. P. F. and A. Pirion. 1926. Himenopteros del Valle de Marga-Marga. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat., 30:362-383. Jorgensen, P. 1912a. Aculeatos de la Provincia de Mendoza. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires, (3)22:267-338. Jorgensen, P. 1912b. Revision der Apiden der Provinz Mendoza, Repubhca Argentina. Zool. Jahrb. (Syst), 32:89-162 and 33:643-644. Kronenberg, S. and A. Hefetz. 1984. Comparative analysis of Dufour’s gland secretions of two carpenter bees (Xylocopinae: Anthophoridae) with different nesting habits. Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 79B:421-425. Lucas, M. H. 1868. Vie evolutive de la.Xylocopa violacea. Ann. Soc. Entom. France, 37:727-736. Maa, T. 1954. The 3rd Danish Expedition to Central Asia. Zoological results 14. The xylocopine bees (Insecta) of Afghanistan. Vidensk. Meddel. Dansk Naturhist. For. Kpbenhavn, 116:189-231. Malyshev, S. J. 1913. Life and instincts of some Ceratina-h&es (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Russkoe Entom. Obshchestvo (Horae Soc. Entom. Ross.)., 40(8): 1-58 [in Russian; English summary]. Marikovskaya, T. P. 1975. On the systematics of the subfamily Anthophorinae. Ser. Biol., Akad. Nauk Kazak SSR (Alma-Alta), 3:16-24 [in Russian]. Michener, C. D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a classification of the bees. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 82:151-326. Michener, C. D. 1975. A taxonomic study of African allodapine bees. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 155:67-240. Michener, C. D. 1985. From solitary to eusocial: need there be a series of intervening species, pp. 293-305, in B. Hdlldobler and M. Lindauer, eds.. Experimental behavioral ecology and sociobiology, Fortschritte der Zool., vol. 31. Michener, C. D. in press. Caste in xylocopine bees, in W. Engels, Caste and Reproduction in Social Insect Evolution, Springer Verlag. Michener, C. D. and R. W. Brooks. 1984. Comparative study of the glossae of bees. Contr. Amer. Entom. Inst., 22(1): 1-73. Moldenke, A. R. and J. L. Neff. 1974. Studies on pollination ecology and species diversity of natural Chilean plant communities. Origin and structure of ecosystems, technical report 74—18, IBP, pp. 1-134. Ringuelet, R. A. 1961. Rasgos fundamentales de la zoogeografia de la Argentina. Physis [Buenos Aires], 22:161-170. Sakagami, S. F. and C. D. Michener. In press. Relationships of the tribes of xylocopinae to the Apidae (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Sandhouse, G. A. 1943. The type species of the genera and subgenera of bees. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 92:519-619. Sichel, J. 1867. Hymenoptera mellifera, pp. 143-155 in H. de Saussure, Hymenoptera, Familien der Vespiden, Sphegiden, Pompihden, Crabroniden und Heterogynen, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara. . ., Zool. Theil, vol. 2. Smith, F. 1854. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, part 2:199-465, London. Spinola, M. 1851. Himenopteros, pp. 153-569, in C. Gay, Historia fisica y politica de Chile, Zoologia, vol. 6, Paris. Vachal, J. 1905. Manuelia, un noveau genre d’Hymenopteres melliferes. Bull. Soc. Entom. France, pp. 25-26. Wille, A. 1958. A comparative study of the dorsal vessel of bees. Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer., 51:538-546. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 125-129 Nests of Callanthidium from Block Traps (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) Frank D. Parker USD A, Agricultural Research Service, Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310. Abstract. —The nesting habits of Callanthidium formosum (Cresson) are described for the first time. Nests were obtained from block traps set at 2000-3000 m in northern Utah. Information on nest construction, cocoon formation, sex ratio, adult weights, and mortality is presented. Additional information is presented on the adult weights, cell lengths, and nest associates of Callanthidium illustre (Cresson). Species of Callanthidium are among the largest members of the tribe Anthidiini, and our two species are marked with bright yellow integumental bands that contrast with their brownish-black body color. Many adults have been collected from a variety of flowers (Hurd et al., 1979), but nests are less commonly found and only those of C. illustre (Cresson) have been reported (Johnson, 1904; Hicks, 1929; Parker and Bohart, 1966). Recent biological studies using block traps (Parker, 1985a) have added information on nests of C. illustre and C. formosum (Cresson), and in this paper the nesting habits of C. formosum are described for the first time. Additional data are presented on sex ratios and adult weights of both species. Methods One-meter stakes were driven partially into the soil and the block traps attached near the top of the stake with the holes facing southeast. The trap blocks (see Parker 1985a for details of trap design) were set out in May and recovered in November of the same year. The blocks were then taken apart and the layers split with a knife to expose the nest contents. Each nest was measured, described, and photographed; samples of pollen were removed to identify floral resources. A radiograph (Stephen and Undurraga 1976) was made of intact nests that had been removed from the block traps. Individual cell contents were placed and stored in 000 gelatin capsules, labeled and held at 3° C to break overwintering diapause. During March of the next year, the capsules were placed in a 27° C incubator, and when the adults emerged they were weighed alive, killed, mounted and identified. C. formosum Nesting Sites. —All nests were recovered from block traps set at higher elevations (2000-3000 m) in Logan Canyon, Farmington Canyon and along the southwestern shore of Bear Lake in northern Utah. The predominant shrubs and trees at these locations included junipers, mahogany, scrub maple, boxelder, sagebrush and ceanothus; perennial and annual forbs were abundant and diverse. Nest Construction. —Twelve nests containing 36 cells were recovered from 10 mm diameter borings and a 2-cell nest from an 8 mm boring. The number of cells/nest 125 126 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ranged from 1 to 4 and averaged 3.2 (SD 1.2). The average length of male cells was 15.4 mm (SD 1.0 mm, n = 7) and this figure for female cells averaged 13.6 mm (SD 1.0 mm, n = 7). These differences between sexes and average lengths of cells were significantly different (P < 0.004). The plant source of the cotton-like fibrillose material used to line the cells was undetermined. Cells were constructed from fibers that were formed into pouch-like chambers that held the provisions. These chambers were 7-8 mm wide and 11-13 mm long. The cells were separated initially by 4-5 mm thick partitions of fibers, but the partitions were compacted during cocoon formation to 1-2 mm. Above the last cell the nest was plugged with fibrillose material that averaged 34.0 mm (SD 14.3 mm long, n = 4). Most nests were capped with an entrance plug of small white pebbles stuck together with masticated leaf pulp (Fig. 1). Plugs averaged 6.0 mm (SD 1.4 mm thick, n = 4), were disc-shaped and were placed at the entrance to the nest. Provisions. —The cup-shaped mixture of pollen and nectar (Fig. 1) was tacky when probed. The composition was about 60% mint and 40% legume pollens. The host egg was laid across the top of the provision. Cocoon. —The mature larva initiated formation of the cocoon by flattening the fecal material and remaining provisions against the cell walls (except at the upper rim) and then lining the walls with a shellac-like layer of silk; this layer had a cone-shaped and hollow nipple at the top. Inside this layer, the second layer was barrel-shaped (see radiograph) and was formed from strands of whitish silk deposited in a cross-hatched pattern; this internal layer was brown. Beneath the nipple, the second layer was formed into a mat-like pad from coarse, brownish silk strands. A third layer of coarse, whitish silk strands that resembled cellophane covered the entire inner surface of the cocoon, including the underside of the nipple. Average length of cocoons from which males emerged was 12.3 mm (SD 0.8 mm) long, and 8.1 mm (SD 0.3 mm) wide and those from which females emerged averaged 11.3 mm (SD 0.5 mm) long and 7.1 mm (SD 0.2 mm) wide. These size differences were significantly different (P < 0.001). Overwintering. —All cells contained prepupae in diapause when examined in November and all surviving overwintering prepupae pupated and emerged when incubated in March. Adult Weights and Sex Ratio. —Average weight of males was 142.9 mg (SD 10.4 mg, range 130.3-160.5 mg, n = 7) and females averaged less, 113.8 mg (SD 18.5 mg, range 91.3-139.3 mg, n = 7). The observed and expected sex ratios (see Torchio and Tepedino 1980 for methods of calculation) were identical: 1.26 females: 1 male. There was a significant relationship between cell length and individual weight among females (r = 0.78, n = 7, P<0.04) but not in males (r = 0.51, n = 7, P<0.24). Placement of the sexes within cell series differed from most wood-nesting bees because males were in the bottom cells and females were above. Some nests, however, had all male or all female cells (Fig. 1). Mortality. —Mortality of immature stages from unknown causes averaged 14.3% of the total cells. No nest associates were found nor were any of the nests superseded by other aculeates. C. illustre Nesting in this species has been described by several authors. Johnson (1904) reported C. illustre nesting in clay banks in Denver, Colorado. Hicks (1929) reported VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 127 Fig. 1. Radiograph of nests of Callanthidium formosum and C. illustre illustrating placement of cells, form of the cocoon and nest entrance plugs. XL = dead larva, XE^dead egg. TO = Trichodes ornatus predation, ASC-Ascosphaera parasitism, NP = nest entrance plug. that this bee nested in old, dead yucca flower stalks near Pasadena, California; he described their nests, adult activity and possible nest associates. Parker and Bohart (1966) reported nests in holes in wood (block traps). Grigarick and Stange (1968) summarized the biology and included photographs of the nest and cocoon. Four additional nests were obtained recently from trap blocks placed near Santa Clara in southern Utah. All nests were made in 10 mm diameter holes. The 4 nests, containing 13 cells, averaged 3.2 cells/nest (range of 2-4 cells). Cells were separated by 3.3 mm (SD 1.6 mm) of fibrillose plant parts. One nest was finished and had a vestibule of fibrillose material 20 mm long; it was capped with a 5 mm thick plug of masticated plant parts and pebbles. Cell size and adult weights varied considerably. Average length of cells of males was 17.2 mm (SD 1.6 mm, n = 5) and average length of female cells was 19.0 mm (SD 2.6 mm. n = 4); these averages, however, were not significantly different (P < 0.24). Although male bees were heavier (average weight of males was 205. 1 mg, SD 25.4 128 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST mg, n = 5; females 185.2 mg, SD 34.1 mg, n = 4), weights were not significantly different (P < 0.35). There was a significant correlation between cell length and adult weight in both sexes (r=.91, P< 0.003 for males; r=.96, P < 0.04 for females). Average length of cocoons from which males emerged was 14.2 mm (SD 0.8 mm) and average width was 8.7 mm (SD 0.4 mm); average length of cocoons from females was 13.8 mm (SD 0.5 mm) and average width was 8.3 mm (SD 0.3 mm). One nest had males below and a single female above, one contained males, and another contained only females. One cell contained a bee larva infected with the fungus, Ascosphaera sp., and two other cells were destroyed by a larva of the clerid beetle, Trichodes ornatus Say. Discussion The placement of sexes within Callanthidium nests differed from the usual pattern in xylophilous nesting bees in that females were at the bottom and males were at the top (Krombein, 1979). Males of Anthidiine genera such as Callanthidium, Anthidium and Dianthidium are larger and weigh more than females (Alcock, 1977; Alcock et al., 1977; Frohlich and Parker, 1985). Thus, placement of the male sex first in cell series appears to be a response to the nontypical mating system exhibited by many anthidiine bees (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983). Hicks (1929) reported that C. illustre females used resin and an undetermined substance for the final cap on nests. None of the nest entrance plugs of either species reported here contained resin. The material was masticated plant parts mixed with pebbles, dirt, or other organic debris. This is the first report of Ascosphaera attacking Callanthidium. Recent trap-nesting studies have yielded many new host records (unpublished data) for this important disease (chalkbrood), and it appears that the disease may be spreading from commercially managed populations of the alfalfa leaf cutting bee. Megachile rotundata (Fab.) (Parker, 1985b), to populations of native bees (Parker and Frohlich, 1983; Youssef et al., 1985). Acknowledgments Thanks are due my technician, D. F. Veirs, for construction and field placement of trap materials, and part-time assistants, R. T. Griswold and V. A. Rhea, for recording data and rearing the specimens. Helpful manuscript suggestions were made by V. J. Tepedino of this Laboratory and D. Mayer (Washington State University). I wish to dedicate this paper to E. Gorton Linsley in recognition of his contributions to the study of bees. Contribution from Utah Agricultural Station, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-4810, Journal Paper No. 3296 and USD A-Agricultural Research Service-Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310. Literature Cited Alcock, J. 1977. Patrolling and mating by males of Callanthidium illustre. Southwest. Nat. 22:554-557. Alcock, J., G. C. Eickwort, and K. R. Eickwort. 1977. The reproductive behavior of Anthidium maculosum (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) and the evolutionary significance of multiple copulations by females. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 2:385-396. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 129 Frohlich, D. R. and F. D. Parker. 1985. Observations on the nest-building and reproductive behavior of a resin-gathering bee: Dianthidium ulkei. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 78:804-810. Grigarick, A. A. and L. A. Stange. 1968. The pollen-collecting bees of the Anthidiini of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Survey 9:1-113. Hicks, C. H. 1929. On the nesting habits of Callanthidium illustre (Cresson). Canadian Entomol. 61:1-8. Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea, pp. 1741-2209. In\ P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith and B. D. Burks [eds.], Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Johnson, S. A. 1904. Notes and news, entomological gleanings from all quarters of the globe. Entomol. News 15:284. Krombein, K. V. 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees; Life histories, nests and associates. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Parker, F. D. 1985a. Nesting habits of Osmia grinnelli Cockerell. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 61:155-159. Parker, F. D. 1985b. Effective fungicide treatment for controlling chalkbrood disease (Ascomycetes: Ascosphaeraceae) of the alfalfa leafcutting bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) in the field. J. Econ. Entomol. 78:35-40. Parker, F. D. and R. M. Bohart. 1966. Host-parasite associations in some twig-nesting Hymenoptera from western North America. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 42:91-98. Parker, F. D. and D. R. Frohlich. 1983. Hybrid sunflower pollination by a manageable composite specialist: The sunflower leafcutter bee. Environ. Entomol. 12:576-581. Stephen, W. P. and J. M. Undurraga. 1976. X-radiography, an analytical tool in population studies of the leafcutter bee. Megachilepacifica. J. Apic. Res. 15:81-87. Thornhill, R. and J. Alcock. 1983. The evolution of insect mating systems. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. Torchio, P. F. and V. J. Tepedino. 1980. Sex ratio, body size and seasonality in a solitary bee, Osmia lignariapropingua Cresson. Evolution 39:993-1003. Youssef, N. N., W. R. McManus and P. F. Torchio. 1985. Cross-infectivity potentials of Ascosphaera spp. (Ascomyeetes: Ascosphaera) on the bee, Osmia lignaria propingua Cresson. J. Econ. Entomol. 78:227-231. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 130-134 Observations on the Prey and Nests of Podalonia occidentalis Murray (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) Howard E. Evans Department of Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523. Abstract.—Podalonia occidentalis Murray is evidently a specialist on last instar larvae of tent caterpillars (Malacosoma spp.) (Lasiocampidae), as evidenced by records from New Mexico, Nevada, California, Alberta, and numerous records reported here from north central Colorado. Nests are shallow and typical of other Podalonia species, but much variation in details of nesting behavior was noted. Four species of miltogrammine flies were reared from nests, the four together causing a 75% destruction of the wasps’ eggs at this locality. It is a pleasure to dedicate this paper to that avid and versatile entomologist E. Gorton Linsley, whose 1956 paper on Cerceris californica (with J. W. MacSwain) is a small classic of its kind. Sphecology is the worse for his fascination with wasps’ “fuzzy relatives,” the bees, and with longhorned beetles and diverse other insects. I spent only a few days with “Gort” in the field, but they were enough to charge my batteries for some time to come. The present report concerns sphecid wasps of the genus Podalonia. Most species of this genus prey on cutworms (Noctuidae), which they exhume from the ground and use to provision a shallow nest dug nearby (reviews in Murray, 1940; Bohart and Menke, 1976; see also O’Brien and Kurczewski, 1982; Steiner, 1983). There are, however, at least two species of this genus that capture hairy caterpillars that live well above ground. The best known of these is P. valida (Cresson), which is a specialist on “woolly bears” of the genus Estigmene (Arctiidae) (Steiner, 1974, 1975). I have many records from north central Colorado that indicate exclusive use of saltmarsh caterpillars, E. acrea (Drury), in this area. A second species, P. occidentalis Murray, has been the subject of a brief report by Murray (1940). Near Santa Fe, New Mexico, these wasps were found “working with much effectiveness on the tent caterpillar” in the month of June. Williams (1928) reported Podalonia violaceipennis (Lepeletier) preying upon tent caterpillars at 1980 m in the Sierras of California. He found 11 nests in close proximity and believed that all were made by one female. The species of Podalonia have often been confused in the past, and it seems quite possible that Williams was dealing with occidentalis rather than violaceipennis. There are three previously unpublished records of P. occidentalis preying upon Malacosoma. R. M. Bohart (personal communication) has collected females carrying tent caterpillars at Sagehen Creek, Nevada, where there was a large population of the wasps in 1974, following an outbreak of tent caterpillars in previous years. M. F. O’Brien has sent me two additional records of P. occidentalis based on museum specimens (personal communication). A female in the Canadian National Collections, from Fincher, Alberta, was collected by R. W. Salt on 9 July 1941 with a 130 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 131 Malacosoma larva; and four females in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, from Crowley Lake, Mono Co., California, were collected by L. Bezark on 8 June 1976 “carrying tent caterpillars.” The observations reported here were made between 16 and 23 June 1985 and between 12 and 30 June 1986, at three sites 2-5 km apart, all about 23 km west of Livermore, Larimer Co., Colorado, at an elevation of about 2300 m. In this area western tent caterpillars, Malacosoma californicum (Packard) (Lasiocampidae) are extremely common, especially on bitterbrush, Purshia tridentata (Pursh). The active period of P. occidentalis appears to correspond closely with the time when tent caterpillars reach the final instar and leave their tents to feed individually. I did not observe prey capture in the field but several times saw females carrying prey from areas where caterpillars were feeding on Purshia bushes. Without exception prey carriage and nest construction occurred during the morning hours, between 0840 and 1115 Mountain Daylight Time. Both males and females were frequent visitors to the flowers of miner’s candle, Cryptantha virgata (Porter), which blooms in abundance during the active period of the wasps. The three study sites were all along trails or little-used dirt roads, either in tracks or in bare places along the roadside. In every case there were infested Purshia bushes not far away. It was common to see males patrolling these sites, flying back and forth in a weaving pattern 5-15 cm above the ground. Occasionally a male descended upon a female that was active at a nest, but contact was broken off immediately. I saw only one copulation. In this case a female walked along a road with a male astride her, holding her in the neck region with his mandibles. He extruded his genitalia briefly before flying off after about 20 seconds. I did not see the initial union of the pair, which may have occurred many seconds or minutes earlier. R. M. Bohart (personal communication) observed about 40 males forming a struggling ball around a female along a dusty road at Sagehen Creek, Nevada. This occurred during a period of unusual abundance of Podalonia occidentalis. I observed stinging of the prey twice. On 12 June, at 0950, a female was seen carrying a caterpillar along a road. She dropped the prey and disappeared for three minutes; when she returned she stung the prey seven times (even though it appeared already well paralyzed). She mounted the prey obliquely over its back and stung it along the midventral line, beginning at the thorax and moving back slightly each time, covering most of the length of the abdomen. Essentially this same behavior was observed in a terrarium, where a female Podalonia had been placed with tent caterpillars. Females carry their prey forward over the ground, holding it venter up, the wasp grasping the caterpillar with her mandibles on the first or second abdominal segment and straddling it. Since the caterpillars are much longer than the wasp, they extend a considerable distance in front of and behind the wasp. In four instances the wasp was seen to proceed to a plot of more or less bare, friable soil and then deposit her prey while she searched for a place to dig. In one instance a female, with much apparent effort, pulled her prey into a weed 2 cm off the ground. She then walked about and scraped the soil here and there, returning to her prey in 18 minutes and again in 29 minutes, each time moving it slightly. Finally, 33 minutes after entering the site, she started a nest 2.5 m away from the prey. Nest construction required only 10 minutes, and the female then returned to the prey and carried it directly to the edge of the hole. She then entered and pulled the prey in head first. She emerged within a few 132 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST seconds and began filling the burrow by scraping in soil from the edge of the hole. Filling was complete in 3.5 minutes, and the female then rested in the shade of a plant and cleaned herself for 3 minutes before flying off. Similar behavior was observed on three other occasions, although in each case the prey was left on the ground in the shadow of plants or within a grass clump. In two instances, a wasp was seen to leave a caterpillar under a plant and not return for several hours. In one case the caterpillar was eventually carried off by several ants {Formica sp.). In contrast, there were three other occasions when it was clear that the wasp prepared her nest first, leaving it open and provisioning it much later. In each case a female was seen completing a nest in the morning, but the nest was not provisioned and closed until the morning of the following day. Two of these instances occurred late in the active season (21-22 June) when most tent caterpillars had spun their cocoons. In one case the caterpillar was undersized and bore several eggs of Tachinidae; evidently it had been unable to attain full size and pupate. Thus it appears that when females are unable to obtain prey during a morning hunting period, they proceed to dig a nest, leaving it open and filling it later. I found two nests that were never filled. Nests are shallow and are dug with rapid thrusts of the fore legs, small pebbles being pulled out with the mandibles. The burrow is about 1 cm in diameter and is oblique, terminating in a horizontal cell about 2.5 cm in length at a depth of from 2 to 6 cm (mean 3.9 cm, n = 14). Since the cell is shorter than the prey, the latter is coiled in a broadly C-shaped posture, lying on its side. The egg measures 2.5 mm in length and is laid vertically on the uppermost side of the abdomen, its anterior end attached firmly to the prey, the posterior and extending ventrally free from the prey. Of 11 eggs recorded, seven were attached at an intersegmental membrane, three between A2 and A3, two between A3 and A4, and two between A4 and A5. Four others were attached toward the middle of the segment, three on A3 and one on A4. Following oviposition, the female fills the burrow rapidly from soil at the periphery of the entrance. In five of nine closures observed, much of the soil was taken from a shallow quarry close beside the entrance; in three of these cases there were two such quarries. The quarries varied from 0.5 to 2.0 cm in depth and from 2 to 4 cm in distance from the entrance. Presumably these quarries are homologous to the accessory burrows that have been described in a variety of digger wasps (Evans, 1966). A portion of the mound at the nest entrance is usually left intact, and nests (especially those with quarries) can sometimes be spotted in the absence of the wasp. Closures are not always completed level with the soil surface; in one case the top 1.5 cm of the burrow was left unfilled. The egg hatches in about two days and full larval development requires eight to 10 days. However, of 12 nests in which the egg was recovered, nine contained maggots that quickly destroyed the egg and later the prey. Four different species of Miltogramminae (Sarcophagidae) were involved, maggots numbering two to 12 per nest. In order of abundance the flies were: Hilarella hilarella (Zetterstedt), 14 flies from 4 nests Sphenometopa sp. nr. nebulosa (Coquillett), 10 flies from 3 nests Taxigramma heteroneura (Meigen), 2 flies from 1 nest Senotainia trilineata (Wulp), 2 flies from 1 nest VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 133 Flies emerged from 22 to 32 days following the date of larviposition. Oddly, I rarely saw these flies in the field; only on one occasion did I see a satellite fly perched on a stone 15 cm from a female that was digging a nest. Others have noted that Hilarella is an especially prevalent parasite of species of Podalonia (Murray, 1940; O’Brien, 1983). Podalonia occidentalis appears to be a specialist on Malacosoma, and the wasps disappear from the field when the tent caterpillars have pupated. On one occasion I placed a female in a terrarium with several Malacosoma larvae; she stung one of them (as described above) but failed to lay an egg or bury the prey. On a second occasion I placed a Podalonia female in a terrarium with two Malacosoma, two unidentified “woolly bears” (Arctiidae), and two cutworms (Noctuidae). She stung one of the Malacosoma but failed to attack the others. These experiments are far from conclusive, but so far as they go they do tend to support evidence from the field, where 17 prey records were obtained, all involving M. californicum. Discussion Despite the host specificity of Podalonia occidentalis, many aspects of its behavior seem unusually variable. Both prey and nests were sometimes abandoned; nests were sometimes incompletely filled; some nests were filled with quarries (either one or two) and others lacked quarries; egg position varied considerably. The most striking variation was in the prey-nest or nest-prey dichotomy. This behavioral difference is often considered a fundamental one, most Podalonia (and many other more generalized wasps) taking prey before they make a nest (for reviews see Evans and West-Eberhard, 1970; Iwata, 1976). However, such variation has been reported in at least two other species of Podalonia (Myartseva, 1963 [cited in Bohart and Menke, 1976]; Tsuneki, 1968). P. valida females regularly dig the nest before obtaining prey (Steiner, 1975; personal observations). P. valida is unusual in that females make a series of nests in a restricted territory that is defended against intrusion by other females. There was evidence that P. occidentalis females return again and again to the same general area to nest, but nests were not closely clumped and there was no evidence of territorial behavior. Podalonia appears to be a genus in transition with respect to whether the prey is taken before nest building (as it is in the genus Prionyx, a member of the same subfamily) or whether the nest is dug first (as it is in the closely related genus Ammophila). The incidence of parasitism by miltogrammine flies (75%) is possibly the highest ever recorded for a digger wasp. Since P. occidentalis nests earlier in the season than most digger wasps, its inability to avoid the attacks of miltogrammines may permit these flies to build up populations that are able to exploit species that nest later in the summer (species of Ammophila, Philanthus, and other genera, in fact occurred in these same study sites). The great abundance of tent caterpillars might seem to compensate for the high incidence of parasitism, but in fact I have no evidence that females ever provision more than one nest a day, and they are restricted to the brief period when tent caterpillars are in the final instar. The impact of P. occidentalis on the natural control of these pests appeared negligible in the study area. Acknowledgments I thank Mary Alice Evans for assistance with the field work, Richard M. Bohart 134 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (University of California, Davis) for confirming my identification of the wasps, and N. E. Woodley (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USD A) for identifying the Sphenometopa. Literature Cited Bohart, R. M., and A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world. A generic revision. Berkeley and Los Angeles: Univ. Calif. Press, 695 pp. Evans, H. E. 1966. The accessory burrows of digger wasps. Science, 152:465-471. -, and M. J. West-Eberhard. 1970. The wasps. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press, 265 pp. Iwata, K. 1976. Evolution of instinct. Comparative ethology of Hymenoptera. New Delhi: Amerind Publ. Co. 535 pp. Murray, W. D. 1940. Podalonia of North and Central America. Entomol. Amer., 20:1-82. O’Brien, M. F. 1983. Observations on the nesting behavior of Podalonia argentifrons. Southwest. Entomol., 8:194-197. -, and F. E. Kurczewski. 1982. Ethology and overwintering of Podalonia luctuosa (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Great Lakes Entomol., 15:261-275. Steiner, A. L. 1974. Unusual caterpillar-prey records and hunting behavior for a Podalonia digger wasp: Podalonia valida (Cresson). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 50:73-77. -. 1975. Description of the territorial behavior of Podalonia valida (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) females in southeast Arizona, with remarks on digger wasp territorial behavior. Quaest. Entomol., 11:113-127. -. 1983. Predatory behavior of digger wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) VI. Cutworm hunting and stinging by the ammophiline wasp Podalonia luctuosa (Smith). Melanderia, 41:1-16. Tsuneki, K. 1968. The biology oiAmmophila in East Asia. Etizenia, 33:1-64. Williams, F. X. 1928. The sphecid wasp, Podalonia violaceipennis (Lep.). Proc. Haw. Entomol. Soc., 7:163. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 135-144 Biosystematic Studies of Ceylonese Wasps, XVIII: The Species of Trachepyris Kieffer (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae: Epyrinae)^ Karl V. Krombein Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC, 20560 Abstract.—Pristobethylus Kieffer, 1905, and Acanthepyris Kieffer, 1910, are new synonyms of Trachepyris Kieffer, 1905. Epyris serricollis Westwood, Pristobethylus indicus Muesebeck, P. crenaticollis Kieffer, P. semiserratus Kieffer and Acanthepyris ceresensis Turner are new combinations in Trachepyris, and T. haemorrhoidalis Kieffer is confirmed as a member of the genus. Trachepyris indicus and T. haemorrhoidalis occur in Sri Lanka where they parasitize larvae of Tenebrionidae. A major problem with Kieffer’s large works on bethylid classification (e.g., 1904-1906, 1914) is that he relied greatly on differences and did not give equal significance to similarities. Evans was obliged to synonymize some 20 of Kieffer’s genus-level names in his studies of New World Bethylidae. The same pattern is beginning to emerge in the Old World bethylid fauna. During my revisionary study of the Ceylonese Bethylidae, I became aware that Pristobethylus Kieffer, 1905, and Acanthepyris Kieffer, 1910, were synonymous. Later, while sorting the extensive bethylid collection made in Egypt by Priesner, I realized that Trachepyris Kieffer, 1905 {in Kieffer and Marshall, 1904-1906), was the senior synonym of these three names. These relationships were apparently sensed in part by two earlier workers on Bethylidae. Turner (1928) must have subconsciously recognized the close relationship of Acanthepyris and Pristobethylus, for he described two species in the former genus, one of which was later transferred, correctly in the Kiefferian sense, to Pristobethylus by Benoit (1957). Earlier, Benoit (1952) suggested that Acanthepyris and Trachepyris were probably synonymous but did not make the synonymy and did not mention this surmise in the 1957 paper. Trachepyris Kieffer Trachepyris Kieffer. 1905 (Jan): 107 (type-species, Trachepyris spinosipes Kieffer, original designation and monotypic). Pristobethylus Kieffer in Kieffer and Marshall, 1905 (Nov): 248 (type-species, Epyris serricollis Westwood, original designation and monotypic). NEW SYNONYMY. Epyris subg. Acanthepyris Kieffer, 1910: 103 (type-species, Epyris (Acanthepyris) hildebrandti Kieffer, monotypic). NEW SYNONYMY. Acanthepyris Kieffer, 1914: 401 (raised to generic rank). The preceding number in this series is “XVII: A revision of Sri Lankan and South Indian Bembix Latreille (Hymenoptera: Sphecoidea: Nyssonidae)” with J. van der Vecht, Smithson. Contrib. Zool., 451:1-30,36 figs., 1987. 135 136 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Trachepyris females are unusual among the Bethylidae in the structure of the mandible and antennal scape, and in the presence of a rake of stout bristles on the fore tarsus. The mandible (Figs. 11-13) in dorsal view is somewhat flattened, rounded at the apex, and has along the inner margin a strong inwardly directed tooth, beneath which are modified sensilla chaetica (Figs. 14-18). The upper surface of the scape (Figs. 5-7) is rather flattened and smooth, margined below by a row of close short setae and above by a row of more scattered setae. The fore tarsal rake (Figs. 1-3) consists of stout setae along the outer margin, three on the basitarsus and one each at the apices of the second and third segments. The sensilla chaetica adjacent to the large tooth on the inner mandibular margin are greatly enlarged and bizarrely modified. Their shape and position suggest that they may have a fossorial function. The stout setae of the fore tarsal rake obviously function in excavation of soil. Possession of a tarsal rake is rare in the bethylids, for so few genera have fossorial habits. Disepyris Kieffer has such a rake (Fig. 4) but it is composed of much longer, more slender bristles than the short stout setae of Trachepyris. Kieffer separated Pristobethylus from most Bethylidae because the pronotum of the type-species is margined anteriorly and laterally by a scalloped carina. Essentially, this carina is the only noteworthy difference between females of Pristobethylus MidAcanthepyris. The significance can be gauged by the fact that the lateral carina is complete in serricollis, crenaticollis (Kieffer) and ceresensis (Turner) but present on only the anterior half in semiserratus (Kieffer) and indicus (Muesebeck). The posterolateral angles of the head have a short scalloped carina in serricollis, ceresensis and indicus; this was not noted in the descriptions of crenaticollis and semiserratus. The fore-going species of Pristobethylus are all new combinations in Trachepyris. The radial vein is short in Trachepyris spinosipes and the costal vein bears a row of extraordinarily long setae. These venational characters are subject to variation in species assigned originally to Acanthepyris and Pristobethylus and do not warrant separation of Trachepyris from the other two genera. Treatment of these three assemblages of species as the spinosipes, serricollis and hildebrandti species-groups is consistent with the treatment of similar groups in Holepyris and other genera of Epyrinae. The hildebrandti group is the most generalized and the spinosipes group the most specialized. The spinosipes group is known from Algeria and Egypt. The other two groups are primarily Ethiopian but each has one species in the Indian subcontinent. Diagnosis. —Small wasps, 2.5-6.2 mm long; body black, apex of abdomen and appendages sometimes red or brown. Head of female flattened, posterior margin straight to emarginate; female mandible (Figs. 11-18) somewhat flattened above, curved, apex bluntly rounded, inner margin with large sub apical tooth and modified sensilla chaetica beneath and a smaller median tooth or two, male mandible relatively slender, with large apical tooth and three to four small teeth above it; clypeus narrow, with rounded median lobe and less prominent lateral lobes, ecarinate medially; antenna 13-segmented, arising from beneath frontal lobes, scrobes not carinate, female scape (Figs. 5-7) above somewhat flattened, mostly smooth, margined below by short stout setae and above by longer setae, male antenna relatively long, first and second flagellar segments subequal in length; malar space absent; female eye not prominent, not hairy, not extending close to vertex. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 137 male eye more prominent. Pronotum longer than scutum, anterior and lateral margins of disk carinate or not, posterior submarginal groove lacking, collar depressed; scutum with distinct notauli and parapsidal furrows; scutellum with pair of separated pits at base; mesopleuron with small pit below hind wing and curved sulcus near lower margin; propodeal disk margined by a carina laterally and posteriorly and with several discal carinae; posterior propodeal surface with median carina on at least upper half; female fore femur somewhat to moderately broadened; female fore tarsus (Figs. 1-3) with rake of stout bristles, three on basal segment and one each at apices of second and third, male with weak tarsal rake; female mid tibia spinose on outer surface; tarsal claw with inner tooth (Figs. 8-10); female forewing (Figs. 25-27) with enlarged stigma, radial vein of variable length, basal vein meeting subcosta only slightly basad of stigma, transverse median vein sometimes with short stub. Abdomen somewhat depressed apically; male subgenital plate (Figs. 22-24) with apical margin rounded or lobate, base with a median stalk; aedeagus relatively broad, shorter than digitus, cuspis biramous, paramere relatively narrow, with or without long apical setae (Figs. 19-21). Behavior. —Little was known previously as to the host preferences of species of Trachepyris. When Kieffer described haemorrhoidalis, he noted that the unique type was captured while dragging a “chenille,” 8 mm long, on the sand of a dry stream bed. Considering our prey records discussed below, it is probable that this “caterpillar” was actually the larva of a tenebrionid beetle. P. B. Karunaratne captured a female haemorrhoidalis at Palatupana Tank, 22 June 1978, dragging by its head end a slender paralyzed tenebrionid larva, 13.5 mm long, belonging to an unknown genus of Tenebrionidae. We obtained three host records for indicus at Ma Villu near Kondachchi; all were slender larvae of a genus and species of Tentyriinae (Tenebrionidae). T. Wijesinhe collected two females on 19 September 1979, each with a slender paralyzed larva, 11.5 and 15.2 mm long respectively. L. Jayawickrama collected a female on 18 September 1980 walking with a paralyzed larva, 6 mm long. She held the head end of the larva in her mouth and the posterior section of the host body was over her back. I watched indicus females in January 1979 hunting on the beach at Palatupana between the dunes and the high tide mark. The wasps crawled swiftly over the sand, occasionally taking short flights just above the surface. They examined the basal rosette of leaves of small prostrate plants. Their larval hosts were presumably on the roots of such plants. The stout spatulate setae of the fore tarsal rake would enable the wasp to dig readily through the friable soil to reach a host larva. However, I did not observe digging behavior by any of the wasps. The transport of host larvae noted above indicates that the host is probably interred in a burrow separate from the site where it was captured. Behavioral data are unavailable for other species of Trachepyris. Inasmuch as females of all species have similarly shaped mandibles and fore tarsal rake, I presume that they too have tenebrionid larvae as hosts for which they search in sand or other friable soil. Collection data within Sri Lanka indicate that haemorrhoidalis is more widely distributed than indicus, occurring in both the Dry Zone and Wet Zone at altitudes of 10 to 700 m with an average annual rainfall not over 2400 mm. The latter species is restricted to sandy areas in the Dry Zone from sea level to 100 m with an average annual rainfall not exceeding 1100 mm. 138 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Key to Trachepyris of the Indian Subcontinent Pronotal disk not carinate anteriorly and laterally, surface with moderate sized punctures separated by 2-3X diameter of puncture; costa with short setae only (Fig. 25); head not carinate posterolaterally; female fore femur broader, 2.2X as long as wide; male legs except coxae light red; apex of paramere with several long setae, cuspis clavate at apex (Fig. 19) . . haemorrhoidalis Kieffer Pronotal disk with scalloped carina anteriorly and on basal half of lateral margin, surface with only a few scattered moderate sized punctures; costa with longer setae interspersed among shorter (Fig. 26); head posterolaterally usually with short scalloped carina; female fore femur more slender, 2.4X as long as wide; male legs dark brown, tarsi lighter; apex of paramere with only short setae, cuspis slender (Fig. 20). . indicus (Muesebeck) Trachepyris haemorrhoidalis Kieffer Figures 1, 5, 8,11,14,19, 22, 25 Trachepyris haemorrhoidalis Kieffer, 1911: 230-231 ($; Karachi, Pakistan, E. Comber; holotype in British Museum (Natural History)). Acanthepyris haemorrhoidalis YdQitQT, 1914: 404.—Kurian, 1954: 275. Female. —Length 4.7-5.8 mm. Black, mandible, scape, flagellum beneath, tegula, fore and mid femora and all tibiae occasionally, tarsi, and last two or three abdominal segments red; wings slightly infumated, stigma medium brown, veins lighter. Head with length 0.86X width, not carinate posterolaterally, posterior margin slightly incurved; large tooth on inner margin of mandible subapical in position (Fig. 11); four modifled sensilla chaetica beneath subapical tooth (Fig. 14); front delicately alutaceous, scarcely impressed anteriorly in middle, moderately punctate, those anteriorly separated by half a puncture diameter, becoming sparser posteriorly and separated by twice or more a puncture diameter, least interocular distance 0.7X head width and 1.5-1.6X eye length; ocelli small, front angle 90°, posterior ocelli separated by half a diameter from posterior margin of head, ocellocular distance 1.4-1.5X width of ocellar triangle. Thoracic dorsum delicately alutaceous, propodeal disk glossy; pronotal disk without marginal carinae, punctures of moderate size, separated by half a puncture’s width along anterior margin, dispersed by two or more puncture widths elsewhere; scutum with a few small punctures in middle; median length of propodeal disk 0.6X width, enclosed median area twice as wide at base as at apex, quinquecarinate, median and lateral carinae stronger, reaching discal apex, intermediate carinae weaker and sometimes not reaching apex, surface between carinae with transverse carinules; median carina on upper three-fourths of posterior surface; fore femur relatively broad, 2.2X as long as wide; costa with short setae only (Fig. 25); transverse median vein with stub. Male. —Length 4.4—4.8 mm. Coloration as in female except abdomen black and legs except coxae light red. Head with length 0.9X width, posterior margin slightly incurved, not carinate posterolaterally; front glossy, moderately punctate, closely so anteriorly, punctures separated by once or twice diameter of puncture posteriorly, least interocular distance 0.55X head width and subequal to eye length; ocellocular distance I.IX width of ocellar triangle. Thorax shining; pronotal disk without VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 139 Figures 1-10. Trachepyris and Disepyris females. 1-4. Fore tarsus: 1, T. haemorrhoidalis Kieffer (X45); 2, T. indicus (Muesebeck) (X84); 3, T. spinosipes Kieffer (X67); 4, D. rufipes Kieffer (X73). 5-7. Scape; 5, T. haemorrhoidalis (X134); 6, T. indicus (XlOl); 7, T. spinosipes (X134). 8-10. Claws: 8, T. haemorrhoidalis (X224); 9, T. indicus (X280); 10, T. spinosipes (X280). 140 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST anterior and lateral carinae; median length of propodeal disk 0.6X width, enclosed median area quinquecarinate, lateral carinae converging strongly toward apex, none of carinae reaching apex; costa and subcosta with short setae only; transverse median vein with stub. Genitalia and subgenital plate (Figs. 19, 22); apex of paramere with several long setae; cuspis clavate at apex. Specimens examined .—SRI LANKA. NORTHERN PROVINCE. Mannar District: 0.5 mi NE Kokmotte Bungalow, Wilpattu Natl. Pk., 21-25 May 1976, 6 ; Ma Villu, Kondachchi, 16-19 Sep 1980, d. NORTH CENTRAL PROVINCE. Anuradhapura District: Padaviya, Irrigation Bungalow or Antiquities Site, 180 ft, 2-8 Nov 1970, 6 ; 18, 21 May 1976,1 in Malaise trap, IS ; 20-23 July 1978, Malaise trap, 9. CENTRAL PROVINCE. Kandy District: Udawattakele Sanctuary, Kandy, 2100 ft, 16-31 Aug and 1-17 Sep 1976, 29. WESTERN PROVINCE. Colombo District: Colombo Museum Gardens, 50 ft, 23, 28 Mar and 13-15 Apr 1977, 9,26. SABARAGAMUWA PROVINCE. Ratnapura District: Panamure, 500 ft, 15-21 Oct 1970,2 9. UVA PROVINCE. Badulla District: Ulhitiya Oya, 15 mi NNE Mahiyangana, Malaise trap, 5-6 Sep 1980, 36. Monaragala District: Angunakolapelessa, Malaise trap, 8-9 Oct 1980, 6. SOUTHERN PROVINCE. Hambantota District: Palatupana Tank, 10-20 m, 27-29 Sep 1977 and 22 June 1978, 29. Trachepyris indicus (Muesebeck), New Combination Figures 2, 6, 9,12,15,17, 20, 23, 26 Pristobethylus indicus Muesebeck, 1934: 233-225, Fig. 1 (9; Chowghat, Malabar, India, K. P. A. Menon; holotype inU. S. National Museum).—Kurian, 1954:273. Female .—Length 4.0-6.2 mm. Black, mandible, scape, flagellum beneath, tegula, occasionally fore and mid femora and all tibiae, tarsi, and last one to three abdominal segments red, basal segments of legs usually brown; wings slightly infumated, stigma dark brown, veins much lighter. Head with median length 0.78-0.92X width, posterolaterally usually with short scalloped carina, posterior margin strongly emarginate; large tooth on inner margin of mandible apical in position (Fig. 12), with a broad cutting edge dorsally (Fig. 17); two modified sensilla chaetica beneath apical tooth, third modified sensillum chaeticum displaced to base of apical tooth (Fig. 17) by rounded boss along inner margin (Fig. 15); front delicately alutaceous, with short median groove anteriorly, moderately punctate, punctures anteriorly separated by half a puncture diameter, becoming much sparser on rest of lower half of front and virtually absent on upper half; least interocular distance 0.7X head width and 1.5-1.8X eye length; ocelli small, front angle about 135°, posterior ocelli separated by half a diameter from posterior margin of head, ocellocular distance 1.0-1.IX width of ocellar triangle. Thoracic dorsum delicately alutaceous, propodeum glossy; pronotal disk with scalloped carina anteriorly, extending half distance to apex laterally, with widely dispersed punctures of moderate size; scutum with only a few small punctures posteriorly in middle; median length of propodeal disk 0.6-0.7X width, enclosed median area quinquecarinate, only median carina reaching discal apex, sides converging strongly toward apex, area between carinae with irregular transverse carinules; median carina on upper half of posterior surface; fore femur 2.4X as long as wide; costa with longer setae interspersed among shorter (Fig. 26); transverse median vein with short stub. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 141 Figures 11-18. Trachepyris female mandibles. 11-13. Apical half, dorsal: 11, haemorrhoidalis Kieffer (X236); 12, indicus (Muesebeck) (X201); 13, spinosipes Kieffer (X372). 14-16. Apical half, ventral: 14, haemorrhoidalis (X236); 15, indicus (X248); 16, spinosipes (X395). 17. Apical half, oblique, indicus (X378). 18. Modified sensilla chaetica, ventral, spinosipes (X944). (t = tooth, s = modified sensilla chaetica; b = mandibular boss.) 142 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Male. —Length 2.5-4.5 mm. Coloration similar to female except abdomen entirely black, legs and antennae rarely light red. Head with median length 0.8X width, posterolaterally rounded or slightly irregular from a few punctures, posterior margin not so deeply emarginate as in female; front glossy, with scattered small punctures, somewhat more sparsely so on posterior half; least interocular distance 0.64-0.68X head width and 1.3-1.5X eye length; ocellocular distance 1.1-1.2X width of ocellar triangle. Thorax shining; pronotal disk with scalloped carina anteriorly and laterally halfway to apex, weaker than in female; median length of propodeal disk 0.7-0.8X width, enclosed median area tri- or quinquecarinate, only median carina reaching apex, lateral carinae converging strongly toward apex, area with irregular transverse carinules; costa with longer setae interspersed among shorter; transverse median vein without stub. Genitalia and subgenital plate (Figs. 20, 23); apex of paramere with short setae; cuspis slender. Specimens examined. —SRI LANKA. NORTHERN PROVINCE. Mannar District: Ma Villu, Kondachchi, 19 Sep 1979, 2$ , 2c?; 16-19 Sep 1980, $ , (?; 11-12 Apr 1981, c?. UVA PROVINCE. Badulla District: Ulhitiya Oya, 15 mi NNE Mahiyangana, on or in leaf litter on sand, 5-6 Sep 1980, 6. Monaragala District: Mau Aru, 10 mi E of Uda Walawe, 100 m, 24-26 Sep 1977, $ . SOUTHERN PROVINCE. Hambantota, 10 ft, 28 Oct 1970, 29 . Palatupana, near Wildlife and Nature Protection Society Bungalow, 0-50 ft, 8-10 Mar 1972, 29,2c?; 20-22 June 1978, Malaise trap, 9 ; 18-21 Jan 1979, 5 9. INDIA. KERALA, Chowghat, Malabar, 29 May 1931, caught on sand, 9 (holotype). MADRAS. Karikal, Tanjore, 17 Aug 1951, 29. Trachepyris spinosipes KiefFer Figures 3, 7,10,13,16,18, 21, 24, 27 Trachepyris spinosipes Kieffer, 1905: 107.—Kieffer in Kieffer and Marshall, 1906: 413 (9; Algeria: Ismailia, Ain Sefra; type series in Paris Museum).—Kieffer, 1914: 406. I have examined a series of 18 females and a single male from 10 localities in Egypt. A description is withheld for a revisionary study of Egyptian Bethylidae. Acknowledgments I am pleased to dedicate this paper to E. Gorton Linsley, an occasional wayfarer in entomological areas other than biosystematics of bees and long-horned beetles. Gort is a dedicated naturalist, always interested in elucidating the complex, sometimes arcane relationships between his solitary bees and their nest associates. His detailed pioneer work with J. W. MacSwain (1957) on the interactions of Stylops pacifica Bohart with its ground-nesting host bee Andrena complexa Viereck afforded valuable insights a few years later in my observations on the trap-nested solitary eumenid, Euodynerus foraminatus apopkensis (Robertson), and its stylopid parasite, Pseudoxenos hookeri (Pierce). I am grateful to P.B. Karunaratne, T. Wijesinhe and L. Jayawickrama, technicians with the Smithsonian’s Ceylon Insect Project, for their assistance in the field and for the host records they obtained. I thank T. J. Spilman and J. R. Dogger, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U. S. Department of Agriculture, for identifying the tenebrionid larvae. M. C. Day, VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 143 Figures 19-27. Trachepyris species. 19-21. Male genitalia, ventral at left, dorsal at right: 19, haemor- rhoidalis Kieffer; 20, indicus (Muesebeck); 21, spinosipes Kieffer. 22-24. Male subgenital plate, ventral; 22, haemorrhoidalis’, 23, indicus', 24, spinosipes. 25—'ll. Female right forewing: 25, haemorrhoidalis', 26, indicus; 27, spinosipes. 144 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST British Museum (Natural History), and C. O’Toole, Oxford University, furnished helpful information on the types of haemorrhoidalis and serricollis respectively. I am indebted to my friend and mentor for many years, Carl F. W. Muesebeck, for his thorough review of the manuscript. The line drawings are by George L. Venable, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution (SI). Beth Norden (SI) made the painstaking preparations of specimens for the scanning electron microscope and assisted in the photography; Susan G. Braden (SI) made the micrographs. Literature Cited Benoit, P. L. G. 1952. Bethylidae (Hym.) Nord Africains nouveaux ou pen connus du Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Doriana 1, No. 27:1-7. - 1957. Hymenoptera-Bethylidae. Parc Natl. Albert, Mission G. F. de Witte, 1933-1935, Fasc. 88:1-57. Kieffer, J. J. 1905. Description de nouveaux Proctotrypides exotiques. Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, 29:95-142. -, 1910. Serphidae, Cynipidae, Chalcididae, Evaniidae und Stephanidae aus Aequatorialafrika. Wiss. Ergeb. Deut. Zent.-Afrika-Exped. 1907-1908, 3, Lief. 2:1-29. -, 1911. Nouveaux Bethylides et Dryinides exotiques du British Museum de Londres. Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, 35:200-233. -, 1914. Bethylidae. Das Tierreich, 41:1-595,205 figs. -andT. A. Marshall. 1904-1906. Proctotrypidae in E. Andre. Species des Hymenopteres d’Europe & d’Algerie, 9:1-552,21 pis. Kurian, C. 1954. Catalogue of Oriental Bethyloidea. Agra Univ. Jour. Res., 3:253-288. Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain. 1957. Observations on the habits of Stylops pacifica Bohart. Univ. Calif. Pubs. Entomol. 11:395-430. Muesebeck, C. F. W. 1934. Seven new species of Indian Bethylidae (Hymenoptera). Rec. Indian Mus., 36:223-232. Turner, R. E. 1928. New Hymenoptera of the family Bethylidae. Ann. &Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 1:129-152. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 145-146 A New Mexican Species of Linsleyella Chemsak (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) John A. Chemsak University of California, Berkeley The purpuricenine genus Linsleyella Chemsak (1984) previously contained three species, virens (Bates), ricei Chemsak, and michelbacheri Chemsak. The new species described below is one of the many with longitudinal eburneous vittae, which indicates that this characteristic spans a number of genera. It is a pleasure to dedicate this paper to E. Gorton Linsley, friend and colleague. Christine Jordan prepared the illustration. Linsleyella virgulata, New Species (Figure 1) Male .—Form small to moderate sized; integument dark metallic blue-green, appendages metallic; pubescence pale, long, erect. Head small, front irregularly punctate, with numerous long, erect, dark hairs; vertex coarsely, confluently punctate, long, erect hairs moderately dense; antennae longer than body, basal segments shining, moderately coarsely, confluently punctate, erect and subdepressed setae numerous, segments from sixth opaque, densely clothed with very short, appressed pubescence, third segment longer than first, fourth shorter than third, slightly longer than first, eleventh segment acute at apex. Pronotum broader than long, sides usually subangulate behind middle; disk convex, moderately coarsely, subconfluently punctate, often with a longitudinal, median, glabrous callus; pubescence long, erect; prosternum rather finely, transversely punctate, moderately densely clothed with long, pale, erect pubescence; mesosternum subopaque at sides; metasternum deeply, separately punctate at middle, sides subopaque, densely clothed with pale, depressed pubescence, long, suberect hairs numerous. Elytra more than 2^/2 times as long as broad, sides slightly tapering toward middle; each elytron with an eburneous longitudinal vitta near suture, extending from basal margin to near apical margin and another, narrower pair at sides behind humeri but not extending to apex; punctures between vittae coarse, subconfluent, epipleura subopaque; pubescence long, erect; apices sinuate truncate, inner angles dentate. Legs slender; femora confluently punctate, pubescence long, erect, hind pair extending almost to elytral apices; tibiae moderately clothed with subdepressed hairs. Abdomen finely, densely punctate at sides, middle almost glabrous; last sternite subtruncate at apex, shallowly emarginate at middle. Length, 8-12 mm. Female .—Form more robust. Antennae shorter than body, segments from sixth enlarged. Legs with femora shorter. Abdomen with last sternite broadly subtruncate, shallowly emarginate at middle. Length, 8-13 mm. Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from 4 miles SW Morelos Canada, Puebla, Mexico, 20 September 1977 (J. Chemsak, A. & M. Michelbacher). Paratypes include: 26 males, 17 females, same data; 14 males, 21 145 146 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. Lins ley ella virgulata Chemsak, $ . females, 7 km SE Morelos Canada, 4 October 1975 (J. Chemsak, J. Powell, T. Eichlin, T. Friedlander); 2 males, 7 km SE Morelos Canada, 4-10 July 1974 on Selloa glutinosa flowers. (J. Chemsak, J. Powell, E. G. Linsley); 2 males, 1 female, Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico, 17 October 1941 (DeLong, Good, Caldwell & Plummer). The eburneous vittae of the elytra make this species distinctive from other known Linsleyella. The coloration is fairly uniform within the type series although a little variation is evident in the thickness of the yellowish vittae. In males the discal pair tend to be broader anteriorly and in females the bands are somewhat narrow. Adults were mostly collected on flowers of Selloa glutinosa at the type locality. Literature Cited Chemsak, John A. 1984. Description of a new purpuricenine genus Linsleyella (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 60:114—118. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 147-150 A New Genus and Species in the Tribe Macrotomini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) from Costa Rica Edmund F. Giesbert 9780 Drake Lane, Beverly Hills, California 90210. Abstract. —A single new Cerambycid genus and species from Costa Rica is described and figured: Parastrongylaspis linsleyi (Macrotomini). The genus and species described below, and proposed in conjunction with ongoing studies of the cerambycid fauna of Monteverde, Costa Rica, and its environs by F. T. Hovore, is so far unique to that locality. Parastrongylaspis, New Genus Form stout, convex. Head with front short, concave; vertex with median line carinate; mandibles stout, arcuate; genae usually apically produced, parallel; palpi nearly equal, apical segment of maxillary pair slightly larger, truncate at apex; eyes large, moderately coarsely facetted; antennal tubercles prominent, divergent; antennae 11 segmented, moderately robust and slightly longer than body in male, less robust and shorter than body in female, serrate, scape short, compressed, outer segments finely longitudinally striolate, flattened, third segment about twice as long as scape, longer than fourth to tenth segments, eleventh segment of males longest, appendiculate. Pronotum wider than long, convex, lateral suture not expanded nor crenulate, hind angles spinose, disk uneven; prosternum narrow, intercoxal process slender, strongly arcuate, with apex rounded, coxal cavities open behind, strongly angulate externally; mesosternal process moderately slender, coxal cavities open to epimera; metasternum with episternum broad, sides subparallel. Scutellum cordate, moderately large, convex, asperate. Elytra nearly 2^/2 times as long as width across humeri, sides subparallel, apices widely rounded, with sutural angle dentate. Legs moderately stout; trochanters of male deeply excavated ventrally, with excavation densely pubescent; femora linear, tibiae feebly arcuate, distally expanded and apically spined; tarsi with third segment moderately expanded, cleft to base, metatarsi with first segment longer than following two together. Abdomen normally segmented. Type species.—Parastrongylaspis linsleyi New Species This genus resembles Strongylaspis Thomson, and presumably bears a close relationship to that neotropical genus. It may be easily separated by the flattened, serrate antennae and modified trochanters of the male, and by the lack of lateral crenulations of the pronotum. The species of Strongylaspis which occur north of South America have received little attention from modern systematists, with the exception of S. corticaria Erichson, which is quite abundant in collections, and has been redescribed by Linsley (1962) and de Zayas (1975). 147 148 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Parastrongylaspis linsleyi Giesbert, New Species (Fig. 1) Male .—Form moderately large, robust. Integument dark yellow brown, head, pronotum, and appendages reddish brown. Head moderately closely granulate and granulate-punctate, with fine, long, suberect golden pubescence on front and vertex; median line feebly cariniform, slightly darkened; antennal tubercles moderately prominent; antennae moderately robust, usually exceeding elytral apices by one or two segments, scape somewhat flattened, moderately coarsely punctate, sparsely pubescent, segments 3 to 11 serrate, somewhat flattened, finely longitudinally striolate and glabrous, third segment nearly twice as long as scape, about 1^/4 times as long as fourth, segments 4 to 10 subequal, eleventh segment slightly longer than third, appendiculate. Pronotum wider than long, convex, sides straight, tapering anteriorly, with a small stout spine at each posterior angle; disk with an indistinct obhque cicatrix on each side before middle; surface granulate, moderately densely clothed with long, fine, erect, golden hairs not obscuring surface. Scutellum convex, widely rounded behind, bearing distinct, transverse, cicatrix-like asperites, and fringed with fine golden hairs. Elytra parallel sided, strongly convex anteriorly, less so toward apices, which are widely, separately rounded with sutural angle dentate; surface moderately densely granulate, granules becoming less distinct toward apices, with indistinct fine, short, subdepressed pubescence. Underside granulate, with sternum densely clothed with fine, erect golden pubescence; abdomen with pubescence less dense, terminal sternite widely emarginate at apex. Legs with trochanters scaphiform, ventrally modified into a deep, cup-like excavation filled with long pale hairs; femora sublinear, somewhat compressed, moderately sparsely punctate and pubescent, distally asperate beneath; tibiae asperate, finely pubescent, feebly curved, flattened, and widened distally, with outer apical angle acuminate. Length 17-28 mm. Female .—^Form similar to male. Head with antennal tubercles somewhat less prominent; antennae moderately slender, subserrate, reaching at most to apical 1/3 of elytra, segments from fifth striate. Abdomen with apex of terminal sternite feebly bilobed, deeply emarginate in middle. Legs with ventral surface of trochanters shallowly excavated, and bearing dense, fine, erect hairs. Length 21-28 mm. Types.—Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences), and 19 paratypes, from Monteverde, Puntarenas prov., COSTA RICA, with the following data: 1 male, 1 female, 3-5 June 1974 (E. Giesbert); 1 male, 1-3 June 1978 (E. Giesbert); 6 males, 4 females, 26 May-4 June 1984 (E. Riley, D. Rider, D. LeDoux); 1 male, 22-24 May 1985 (F. Hovore); 1 male, 5 May 1980 (W. A. Haber); 1 male, 5 April 1981 (Haber); 1 male, 1 female, 24-28May 1985 (Haber); 1 female, 17-20May 1985 (J. Chemsak); 3 males, 9-12 June 1986 (Hovore, Giesbert). Remarks .—The combination of the peculiar modification of the male trochanters, with the distinctly pubescent pronotum and serrate antennae, most noticeably in the male, is unique among the known Central American macrotomine fauna. I would like to thank F. T. Hovore and J. E. Wappes for providing specimen data from their fine personal collections, and J. A. Chemsak for data from the collection at the Essig Museum of Entomology, Berkeley, California, as well as his review of the manuscript. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 149 Figure 1. Strongylaspis linsleyi Giesbert, male 150 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST It is a pleasure to dedicate this handsome species to my friend E. Gorton Linsley in recognition of his lifetime of devotion to the study and to the students of entomology. Literature Cited Linsley, E. G. 1962. The Cerambyddae of North America. Part 11. Taxonomy and Classification of the Parandrinae, Prioninae, Spondylinae, and Aseminae. University of Cahfornia Publications in Entomology 19:1-102. Zayas, F. de. 1975. Revision de la famiha Cerambyddae (Coleoptera: Phytophagoidea). Habana. 433 pp. Publications Received The Sucking Lice of North America. An Illustrated Manual for Identification. By Ke Chung Kim, Harry D. Pratt, and Chester J. Stojanovich. The Pennsylvania State University Press, University Park and London, xii + 241 pp., figs. 1-203, pis. 1-76. Available from The Pennsylvania State University Press, 215 Wagner Building, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802. Price $39.50 clothbound. ISBN 0-271-00395-2. Publication date given as 23 December 1986. Copy received by PCES at CAS on 31 December 1986. This volume, dedicated to the late Professor Gordon F. Ferris recognizes 76 species of Sucking Lice as occurring in North America, from a total of currently approximately 500 described world species. The authors estimate the world Anopluran fauna at about 1,000 species. Chapters on Collecting and Preparation Techniques, Morphology and Diagnostic Characters, Biology and Immature States, Public Health and Veterinary Importance precede the Synopses of North American Anoplura, while chapters on Parasite-Host List, Host-Parasite List, References, and Index complete the volume. In addition to illustrations occupying a full page plate for each species, each couplet to the keys to the families, genera and species of the North American Anoplura is finely and helpfully illustrated (a total of 190 figures). This would certainly meet with the approval of Ferris. The majority of the illustrations were prepared by Mr. Stojanovich, who in 1951 collaborated with Professor Ferris in the pubhcation of “The Sucking Lice.” This latter publication is still available from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society for the nominal price of $10.00. —Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 151-154 A New Genus and Species of Cerambycidae from Costa Rica [Coleoptera] Frank T. Hovore Placerita Canyon Nature Center, 19152 W. Placerita Canyon Road, Newhall, CA 91321 Preparation of a faunal inventory of the Cerambycidae of the Monteverde Cloud Forest and surrounding environs revealed a number of undescribed taxa. The following new genus and species are presented at this time to make the name available for the Monteverde study, and to pay tribute to E. Gorton Linsley, a friend and source of professional guidance and inspiration to me for many years. Gortonia , New Genus Form elongate, cylindrical. Head with front vertical, subquadrate, with a narrow, moderately deep, transverse impression parallel to the clypeal margin; genae broad, slightly produced laterally; palpi very short, terminal segments elongate, subcylindrical, bluntly rounded at apices; mandibles stout, broad at base, apices acute, narrowly emarginate internally; eyes finely faceted, moderately deeply emarginate, upper lobes small, widely separated on vertex, lower lobes large, rounded; antennal tubercles slightly elevated, obtuse, divergent, directed posteriorly; antennae 11 segmented, slender, scape stout, subconical, shorter than third segment, segments 3 to 8 subequal in length in male, slightly decreasing in length in female, intermediate segments feebly expanded and dentate externally at apices. Pronotum with sides evenly rounded or with a very feeble indication of a median lateral tubercle, basal margins narrowly expanded laterally over elytral humeri; discal surface smooth, broadly convex, feebly depressed medially; prosternum broad, evenly convex, prosternal process narrow, arcuately declivous behind in male, more evenly rounded and slightly expanded apically in female, coxal cavities feebly angulated externally, open behind by about the width of the apex of the prosternal process; mesosternal process about twice as broad as that of procoxae, feebly convex, evenly arcuate between coxae, occasionally tuberculate anteriorly in females; metepisternum narrow, sides tapering posteriorly. Elytra elongate, narrow, only slightly tapering apically, surface metallic, shining; apices evenly, separately rounded to suture. Scutellum subchordate, apex acute. Legs with profemora moderately stout, gradually expanded apically, mesofemora nearly twice as long as profemora, less strongly expanded apically, feebly carinate on inner and outer surfaces at apical one-half, metafemora very elongate, sinuate, extending to or beyond elytral apices in both sexes; tibiae slender, straight, metatibiae longest, with two apical spurs; posterior tarsi slender, elongate, first segment longer than following two together, third segment cleft almost to base. Abdomen normally segmented, female with setal brush. 151 152 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Tribal placement: Purpuricenini, near Eriphus Serville. Type species: Gortonia linsleyi, New Species The elongate, cylindrical form, long posterior legs, long, slender antennae, smooth, unarmed pro thorax, and metallic elytra distinguish Gortonia from all other purpuricenine genera. Superficially, Gortonia resembles an elongated Batyle Thomson, but structurally appears to be more closely related to Purpuricenopsis Zajciw, Axestoleus Bates, Zenochloris Bates, and Eriphus Serville. From Purpuricenopsis it differs by the feebly dentate antennal segments, evenly rounded and unarmed elytral apices (emarginate-dentate in Purpuricenopsis), unarmed femoral apices, and longer posterior tarsi. (Comparisons with Purpuricenopsis are based upon Zajciw’s (1969) generic key and redescription of the genus.) The genus Eriphus may contain polyphyletic elements, with both metallic and non-metallic species, exhibiting a variety of pronotal shapes. From Eriphus sensu stricto, Gortonia differs immediately by the unarmed prothorax, densely pubescent, metallic elytra, with the apices separately rounded, long, slender antennae, and shorter, more quadrate front. Zenochloris Bates, which appears to differ from Eriphus primarily by the metallic coloration of its species, may be distinguished from Gortonia by the other characters enumerated above for the separation of Eriphus. Axestoleus differs by the non-metallic coloration, stouter body form, truncate elytral apices, shorter antennae, shorter legs, and callouses on the pronotal disk. Eriphusprolixus Bates resembles G. linsleyi in general body form, and may belong in Gortonia; however, I have seen only a color transparency of the type specimen, and generic assessment must await examination of the underside and appendages. Gortonia linsleyi, New Species (Figure 1) Male. —Form moderate-sized, dorsal surface of body very feebly depressed; integument black, prothorax and basal three-fourths of anterior femora reddish-orange, pronotal disk usually with dark infuscation medially and at sides on the apical one-half, median marking often in shape of narrow, inverted triangle, elytra metallic greenish-gray; body pubescence mostly pale, black on elytral apices and portions of antennae, meso- and metatibiae. Head coarsely, sparsely, transversely punctate on neck and vertex, genae with a few large punctures, front densely, finely, irregularly punctate, densely clothed with short, fine, posteriorly-appressed pubescence, longitudinal midline moderately-deeply impressed between antennal tubercles; eyes with upper lobes separated on vertex by about the diameter of antennal scape, lower lobes large, about one-third taller than genae; genal apex slightly produced laterally, rounded, with narrow emargination medially at mandibular insertion; antennae surpassing elytral apices by about four segments, scape robust, densely, finely punctate, finely setose, second segment moniliform, about as long as wide, segments 3 to 5 distinctly, thinly fringed internally with black, suberect hairs, distal segments with a few scattered erect hairs internally, all segments sparsely clothed with short, very fine, appressed pubescence, segments 3 to 7 feebly expanded and dentate externally at apices, segments 3 to 8 subequal in length, segment 9 slightly shorter, segment 10 shortest, segment 11 subequal in length to segment 9, sinuate, curved outward, Pronotum slightly wider than long, base and apex constricted, base with a narrow, transverse sulcus, apex about VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 153 Figure 1. Gortonia linsleyi Hovore, male. one-third narrower than base, median lateral tubercle evident only as a small, impunctate, tumid area, discal surface nearly glabrous, microscopically alutaceous-punctate, with scattered larger, seta-bearing punctures, sides with fine punctures and large, irregularly-shaped or elongate punctures intermixed, thinly clothed with fine, short, erect pubescence, a few longer hairs present on basal two-thirds; prosternum coarsely, sparsely, irregularly punctate, finely, moderately-densely pubescent; meso- and metasternum densely, minutely punctate. 154 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST densely clothed with fine, suberect pubescence. Elytra more than three times longer than humeral width, surface densely, moderately to coarsely punctate, punctures becoming shallower, less defined, confluent apically, densely clothed with pale, recumbent pubescence which does not obscure the surface, hairs at apex of elytra longer, coarser, black; apices separately rounded. Legs with profemora densely, minutely punctate-pubescent, meso- and metafemora moderately to coarsely punctate and pubescent. Abdomen densely, minutely punctate, densely clothed with long erect pubescence, apical margins of sternites narrowly glabrous and impunctate; second and fifth sternites subequal in length; apex of fifth sternite and fifth tergite each broadly rounded or feebly truncate, fringed with long pale hairs. Length: 9-14 mm. Female .—Coloration similar to that of male, form slightly more robust; elytra very slightly shorter; pronotal infuscation lacking; antennae surpassing elytral apices by about two and one-half segments, segments beginning with third decreasing slightly in length, tenth shortest, apical segment straight; pronotal disk more lightly punctate than in male, sides nearly glabrous, punctate areas only feebly indicated by surface irregularities; abdomen with fifth sternite nearly twice as long as second, apex of fifth sternite and fifth tergite each broadly rotundate-truncate, feebly emarginate medially, fringed with long pale hairs. Length: 12-15 mm. Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) and 19 paratypes (14 males, 5 females) from COSTA RICA, Puntarenas Province, 6 km S Santa Elena, 9-12 June 1986, on blossoms of Croton sp. (F. T. Hovore). Additional paratypes (9 males, 3 females), all topotypical: 5 males, 3 females, 5-7 June 1980 (E. F. Giesbert, J. E. Wappes); 1 male, 6-7 June 1983 (E. F. Giesbert); 2 males, 1 female, 18 May 1984 (F. T. Hovore, R. L. Penrose); 2 males, 9 June 1986 (E. F. Giesbert). A single male specimen, not designated as paratypical, is at hand from PANAMA, Panama Province, Bayano district, 3-5 km W Ipeti, 19 May 1985, on blossoming tree. Aside from its smaller size (9 mm), this specimen does not differ significantly from topotypical material. Variation in the type series is minimal. Some individuals have a pronounced bluish tint to the elytra, and most males possess the dark median pronotal macula. In a few individuals this macula is reduced to a vague apical patch, while in others it extends posteriorly to the base of the disk. The normally reddish profemora are heavily infuscated with black in a few males, and appendage length appears to be somewhat allometric; larger individuals possess relatively longer antennae and legs. It is my great pleasure to dedicate this new genus and species to E. Gorton Linsley, Professor Emeritus, University of California, Berkeley. Acknowledgments I am grateful to R, L. Penrose (California Department of Food and Agriculture) and J. A. Chemsak (University of California, Berkeley) for reviewing the manuscript; and to E. F. Giesbert for specimen data and color slides of cerambycid type specimens. Literature Cited Zajciw, D. 1969. Sinopse dos generos brasileiros da tribo purpuricenini Fair m., 1864, Rev. Brasil. Biol., 29(1): 109-120. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 155-164 Ovaries, Ovarioles, and Oocytes in Parasitic Bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) Byron Alexander and Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853 and Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History, Central Park W. at 79th Street, New York, New York 10024. Abstract .—Ovarian features of parasitic bees including the number of ovarioles per ovary, the number and size of mature oocytes, and the morphology of mature oocytes are explored. Included are data from 44 species representing approximately 8 separately derived cleptoparasitic lineages within the Apoidea. The number of ovarioles of parasitic Halictidae and Megachilidae is 3 per ovary, as is characteristic of non-parasitic Colletidae, Andrenidae, Halictidae, Melittidae, and Megachilidae. In the anthophorid/apid lineage, which has 4 ovarioles per ovary as a plesiomorphic condition, the Nomadinae tend to have increased numbers of ovarioles, with 5 ovarioles per ovary seeming to be the most common condition. In two other parasitic lineages of the Anthophoridae (Melectini and Ctenioschelini), only Ericrocis lata with 5 ovarioles has an increase from the plesiomorphic state. In the Apidae, Psithyrus consistently exhibits an above normal number of ovarioles. Cleptoparasitic bees in all families tend to have a larger number of mature oocytes in their ovaries at a given time than do solitary bees, and these oocytes tend to be smaller than are those of solitary bees. Mature oocytes of the Nomadinae show considerable variation in structure from one another and from the oocytes of non-nomadine bees, as illustrated by Nomada, Ammobates and Triepeolus. Introduction Rozen (1986a) published a survey of the number of ovarioles in various taxa of bees, and realized, as had Iwata (1955, 1960, 1964, 1965) and Iwata and Sakagami (1966) before, that the number of ovarioles and other ovarian characteristics of bees have phylogenetic, taxonomic and adaptive significance. Cleptoparasitic bees especially seem replete with variable ovarian features. The works of these authors suggested that interesting patterns of variation exist from one parasitic lineage to another and that at least some of the variation may be explained in terms of the mode of life of the bees. To explore these matters more broadly, we collected, preserved in fixative and examined as many additional parasitic taxa as possible. Using both recently collected specimens and information from the literature, this paper reports on the number of ovarioles of different cleptoparasitic lineages, on the number and size of their mature oocytes and on other aspects of the morphology of the oocytes of the Nomadinae. With great pleasure we dedicate this article to Dr. E. Gorton Linsley, one of the great systematists of cleptoparasitic bees (as well as many other groups of insects). The second author remembers with fondness being required to undertake the life 155 156 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST history study of one species of bee as part of his dissertation research by his major professor, Gort Linsley. This simple requirement led the second author to 35 years of digging holes both shallow and deep in most of the continents of the world in search of biological data about, and immature stages of, solitary and parasitic bees. Gort Linsley more than anyone else taught him that the data base for systematics was far greater than the specimen on a pin. The work of the first author was aided by the Undergraduate/Graduate Research Program of the American Museum of Natural History, supported by the Greenwall Foundation. We thank Dr. George C. Eickwort, Cornell University, for reviewing this manu¬ script. Materials and Methods Original observations reported in this paper are based upon dissections of specimens that either were fixed and preserved in Kahle’s solution prior to dissection (Epeolus zonatus from the Cornell collection and all of the AMNH specimens except Triepeolus sp. R) or were dissected as freshly killed specimens and subsequently fixed in Kahle’s solution (all other Cornell material). The internal organs of specimens that have been preserved prior to dissection are somewhat brittle and more difficult to dissect without damaging structures one wishes to observe. New material reported in this paper deals with 25 species in 16 genera and 3 families of cleptoparasitic bees. Because we compare our observations with the large data set previously gathered by Iwata (1955,1960,1965) and Iwata and Sakagami (1966), we use their definitions of stages of oocyte development and their measurement of body size. We repeat the definitions of their terms used in this paper: (1) EGG LENGTH (E) is the length (to the nearest 0.1 mm) of “the largest oocyte in the ovaries”; (2) MESOSOMAL WIDTH (M) is the “distance between the outer extremities of the tegulae” (mean value if more than one specimen was available); (3) EGG INDEX is the ratio E/M; and (4) MATURE OOCYTES are all oocytes in Iwata’s (1955) categories A or B, defined as follows: Category A: “mature oocytes, the nutritive cells of which have quite disappeared. In certain species the mature oocytes diminish their sizes a little to take their proper shapes.” Category B: “nearly mature oocytes, the nutritive cells of which begin to collapse. Generally they attain the maximum size proper to each species, but have not yet taken their proper shapes.” We count all oocytes tallied by Iwata as category A or B as mature oocytes because we were not confident that we could reliably distinguish between the two categories in our specimens. (Iwata worked primarily with fresh rather than preserved material, and his definitions of four discrete categories of developing oocytes were formulated in the framework of a survey of the oocytes of all Hymenoptera, rather than bees alone. The distinctions may be more apparent and significant in other Hymenoptera than they are in bees.) The statistical tests used in this paper to analyze the number of mature oocytes in parasitic bees are Mann-Whitney U Tests (where sample sizes are adequate, P-values are based upon a standardized normal distribution of the U statistic). A VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 157 non-parametric statistical test is used because distributions are decidedly non-normal. Data for solitary species are all from Iwata (1955,1960,1965) or Iwata and Sakagami (1966). Data for parasitic species are from Iwata (13 species) and the present study (18 species). Results Number of ovarioles. —In most families of bees (Colletidae, Andrenidae, Halictidae, Melittidae, andMegachilidae; unknown for the Stenotritidae, Oxaeidae, and Ctenoplectridae), there are 3 ovarioles per ovary (indicated by the notation 3:3 in Table 1), regardless of whether the bees are solitary, parasitic, subsocial, or social (Iwata and Sakagami, 1966; Rozen, 1986a). The present study corroborates this pattern for cleptoparasitic species in the Halictidae and Megachilidae (no cleptoparasitic bees in the other families for which data are available) (Table 1). In the Anthophoridae and Apidae, the presumed plesiomorphic condition is 4 ovarioles per ovary (i.e., 4:4 in Table 1). A notable exception is the subfamily Nomadinae, all of whose members are cleptoparasitic. Ovariole number appears to be more variable within the Nomadinae than in most other bees. It differs not only from species to species, but among individuals within a species, and sometimes even between ovaries within an individual (Table 1). Despite this variability, the number of ovarioles is almost always higher than the common anthophorid/apid condition of 4:4, and within the Nomadine 5:5 seems to be the most common condition. We have examined four species of cleptoparasitic anthophorids that are not in the subfamily Nomadinae. Three species have the common anthophorid condition of 4 ovarioles per ovary, but Ericrocis lata has 5 ovarioles per ovary (Table 1). Within the Apidae, an inerease in ovariole number has been reported in five species of the socially parasitic genus Psithyrus (Cumber, 1949). The exact number of ovarioles is extremely variable, ranging from 6 to 18 per ovary (Table 1). By contrast, Bombus, the presumed sister group of Psithyrus, possesses the plesiomorphic number 4. (Queens in the related advanced eusocial genus Apis are remarkable among bees for their large number of ovarioles. Snodgrass (1956) estimated that Apis mellifera queens have 160 to 180 ovarioles per ovary.) The fact that both Psithyrus and Ericrocis lata have more than 4 ovarioles (the plesiomorphic anthophorid/apid number) suggests that selection pressure for increased number of ovarioles has independently played a role in three separate groups in the anthophorid/apid line. We suspect, as did Iwata (1955,1964) and Iwata and Sakagami (1966), that increased number of ovarioles functions to increase the total number of eggs that an individual can deposit. It also permits a greater number of mature oocytes to be ready for deposition within a short time period as pointed out below. Number of mature oocytes. —Cleptoparasitic bees in all families tend to have a larger number of mature oocytes in their ovaries at a given time than do solitary bees. The difference is statistically significant, whether one tallies the total number of mature oocytes or the number of mature oocytes per ovariole (Table 2). The pattern also holds up if one divides the cleptoparasitic species into two subgroups on the basis of whether they have the same number of ovarioles as their non-parasitic relatives or an increased number of ovarioles. In comparing these two subgroups, we find that those species with an increased number of ovarioles have a significantly higher total 158 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Number of ovarioles and size and number of mature oocytes in various taxa of cleptoparasitic bees. Defini¬ tions of terms and notations are given in the text. Taxon Egg Index Total Number Mature Oocytes Mature Oocytes per Ovariole Number of Ovarioles Number of Specimens Examined Reference Halictidae Sphecodes esakii 0.36 9 1.50 3:3=* 2 Iwata, 1955 Sphecodes japonica — 4 0.67 3:3“ 2 Iwata, 1955 Sphecodes sp. A 0.57 6 1.00 3:3 1 present study Sphecodes sp. B 0.76 — — 3:3 1 present study Megachilidae Dioxys pacificus 0.74 2 0.33 3:3 2 present study Stelis sp. 0.61 2.67 0.44 3:3 3 present study Euaspis basalis 0.53 3.5 0.58 3:3“'= 3 Iwata, 1955,1960 Coelioxys (Rhinocoelioxys) sp. 0.41 — — prob.3:3 1 present study Coelioxys yanonis — 2 0.33 3:3“ 1 Iwata, 1955 Coelioxys fenestratus 0.54 18 3.00 3:3“ 1 Iwata, 1955 Coelioxys brevis 0.40 5 0.83 3:3“ 1 Iwata, 1955 Coelioxys sp. (138) — 9 1.50 3:3“ 1 Iwata, 1955 Coelioxys decipiens — 4 0.67 prob. 3:3^* 1 Iwata, 1965 Anthophoridae Anthophorinae Thyreus japonicus 0.85 3.5 0.438 4:4 2 Iwata, 1955 Zacosmia maculata desertorum 0.74 6 0.75 4:4 1 present study Mesoplia proh. rufipes 0.74 4 0.50 4:4 1 present study Ericrocis lata 0.77 2 0.20 5:5 1 present study Anthophoridae Nomadinae Neolarra (Neolarra) californica 0.33 13.75 1.325 5:5 3 present study 5:6 1 present study Neolarra (Neolarra) sp. — — — 5:5 (or 5:4) 1 present study Neolarra (Phileremulus) vigi- Ians — 11 1.10 5:5 1 present study Holcopasites calliopsidis — — — 5:6 1 present study Ammobates carinatus 0.47 6 0.50 6:6 1 present study Oreopasites sp. A 0.49 7 0.74 5:4 1 present study 5:5 (or 6:4) 1 present study Oreopasites vanduzeei — — approx. 11 total 1 Rozen, 1986a prob. 5:5 1 Rozen, 1986a Kelita chilensis 0.30 7 0.70 prob. 5:5 1 Rozen,1986a 5:5 1 present study Epeolus zonatus 0.53 8.5 0.85 5:5 2 present study Epeolus scutellaris 0.76 6.33 0.45 7:7 4 present study Epeolus sp. 0.56 4 0.40 5:5 1 present study Epeolus japonicus 1.00 6.5 0.54 6:6 2 Iwata, 1955 Triepeolus pectoralis 0.62 5 0.50 5:5 1 present study continued VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 159 Table 1. continued Taxon Egg Index Total Number Mature Oocytes Mature Oocytes per Ovariole Number of Ovarioles Number of Specimens Examined Reference Triepeolus sp. R 0.49 2 0.20 5:5 1 present study Centrias articulata 0.28 — — 5:5 3 present study Nomada banksi 0.30 15.5 1.55 5:5 3 present study Nomada vicina 0.39 8 0.80 5:5 1 present study Nomada illinoiensis — — — 5:4 1 present study 5:5 1 present study Nomada (“Gnathias”) sp. — — — 5:5 1 present study Nomada pyrifera 0.50 14.5 1.45 5:5 2 Iwata, 1955 Nomada sp. nr. glabella 0.38 8.67 0.90 5:5 2 Iwata, 1955 5:4 1 Iwata, 1955 Nomada japonica 0.39 21.125 2.15 5:5 6 Iwata, 1955 4:4 1 Iwata, 1955 6:5 1 Iwata, 1955 Apidae Psithyrus barbutellus — — — 10:10 1 Cumber, 1949 10:12 1 Cumber, 1949 6:7 1 Cumber, 1949 8:9 1 Cumber, 1949 Psithyrus bohemicus — — — 14:13 1 Cumber, 1949 Psithyrus campestris — — — 7:8 1 Cumber, 1949 6:7 1 Cumber, 1949 Psithryus rupestris — — — 18:15 1 Cumber, 1949 15:13 2 Cumber, 1949 16:14 1 Cumber, 1949 12:14 1 Cumber, 1949 Psithyrus vestalis — — — 10:10 1 Cumber, 1949 ^Species included in Iwata’s Table IV (A), comprising “Anthophila with three pairs of ovarioles.” '’Iwata’s Fig. 50 shows a single ovary which clearly has only 3 ovarioles. ^wata (1960) explicitly lists number of ovarioles (for a single specimen) as 3:3. number of mature oocytes, but they do not produce more oocytes per ovariole (Table 2). Hence different lineages of parasitic bees have independently undergone an increase in the number of mature oocytes in their ovaries at a given time. This may reflect that parasitic bees produce more eggs in their life span than do solitary bees and that as a result a larger number of eggs are ready for deposit in a short interval. However, it is also likely that there is selective advantage for parasitic bees to be able to oviposit in rapid succession. Unlike a female solitary bee that must construct and provision a cell before each oviposition, a female cleptoparasite may find, and therefore must be ready to lay eggs in, more than one host cell in a short time period. Size of mature oocytes .—Iwata and Sakagami (1966) reported that the mature 160 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 2. Comparison of numbers of mature oocytes in parasitic vs. solitary bees. Total Mature Number of Oocytes Mature Oocytes per Ovariole Sample Size 1) Solitary Bees / 2.17 . 1 1 Us = 320 Us = 725 Us = 678.5 Z = 3.913 lz = 5.16 1 Z = 4.41 P<0.001 < P < 0.001 P<0.01 2) Cleptoparasitic Bees 1 7.18 i ' 0.86J 31 a) With Unchanged 1 Number of Ovarioles k 5.62 V 0.90V i 14 Us = 170 Us = 124 1 lz = 2.02 1 1 Z = 0.198 1 I P < 0.05 I ( P = 0.84 b) With Increased Number of Ovarioles 8.46 ' 0.84>/ 1 17 oocytes of cleptoparasitic bees tend to be smaller than those of solitary species. Our observations corroborate this pattern, as shown in Figure 1 (which combines data from the present study and Iwata and Sakagami’s study). It also appears that the distribution of egg sizes is relatively symmetrical in solitary species but decidedly assymmetrical and weighted toward smaller egg sizes in cleptoparasitic bees. The egg index proposed by Iwata and Sakagami is a measure of oocyte size relative to overall body size. They suggested such a measure because they expected that oocyte size would vary with body size in a regular manner. Indeed, when maximum oocyte length is plotted against mesosomal width, both parasitic and non-parasitic species show a positive linear relationship between the two variables (Fig. 2. r^ = .758 for parasites; r^= .748 for solitary species). Within the lower ranges of body sizes, parasitic species of a given size seem consistently to have smaller oocytes than solitary species of the same size. Such a trend is not apparent among larger bees in our sample. Morphology of oocytes of the Nomadinae. —As has been noted by others (Iwata, 1960; Rozen, 1986a), mature oocytes of Nomadinae show remarkable variation in structure from one another and from the oocytes of non-nomadine bees. Figures 3-5 illustrate the oocyte features of some of the bees that we examined. The nipple-like structure on the anterior end of the oocyte of Nomada vicina (Fig. 3) was found also on two other Nomada seen by us but not on a fourth species; Iwata (1960) depicted nipples in two of the three species he studied. We presume that the corrugations that predominate on one side of the oocytes of Ammobates (Fig. 4) and Oreopasites (Rozen, 1986a, Fig. 1) permit the eggs to bend U-shaped as they are inserted into the cell walls of the hosts, as seems characteristic of the Ammobatini (Rozen, 1986b) with the exception of Pseudodichroa (Rozen and Michener, 1968). The completely annular corrugations of Triepeoluspectoralis oocytes (Fig. 5) and of the eggs of some other species in the same genus (Bohart, 1966) may allow for the expansion of the egg as it absorbs water in the cell wall of the host. We believe that oocytes of other VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 161 Figure 1. Frequency distributions for oocyte size (expressed as the EGG INDEX, or ratio of length of mature oocyte to mesosoma width) in cleptoparasitic bees (solid line) and solitary bees (dashed line). Nomadinae will also be distinctive in shape and that shape will be correlated with the mode of oviposition of the taxon. Material Studied Sphecodes sp. A, 2 mi E of Apache, Cochise Co., Arizona, 9 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Sphecodes sp. B, 3 mi SW of Rodeo, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, 5 May 1965 (J. G. Rozen). Dioxys pacificus Cockerell, 2 mi E of Apache, Cochise Co., Arizona, 9 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Stelis sp. A, Cienega Ranch, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, 13 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Coelioxys (Rhinocoelioxys) sp., near Chetumal, Quintana Roo, MEXICO, 12 October 1986 (G. C. Eickwort). Zacosmia maculata desertorum Cockerell, 2 mi E of Apache, Cochise Co., Arizona, 9 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Ericrocis lata (Cresson), 1 mi E of Douglas, Cochise Co., Arizona, 21 August 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Mesoplia prob. rufipes Perty, Hollis Reservoir, near Valencia, TRINIDAD, 3 March 1968 (J. G. Rozen). Ammobates carinatus 162 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST MESOSOMA WIDTH (mm) Figure 2. Scatter plot of mesosomal width versus length of mature oocytes in various species of bees. □ = solitary; ★ = cleptoparasites with same number of ovarioles as non-parasitic relatives; # = cleptoparasites with increased number of ovarioles. Morawitz, 10 km S of Skhirate, MOROCCO, 29 April 1968 (J. G. Rozen & E. Suissa). Oreopasites A, 4 mi E of Willcox, Cochise Co., Arizona, 5 September 1986 (J. G. & B. L. Rozen), from nesting area of Nomadopsis meliloti (Cockerell). Kelita chilensis (Friese), Penuelas, Valparaiso Prov., CHILE, 28 October 1969 (J. G. Rozen). Triepeolus sp. R, 11 mi S of Animas, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, 20 August 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Triepeolus pectoralis (Robertson), Cornell Campus, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 3 September 1985 (B. Alexander). Epeolus scutellaris Say, Cornell Campus, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 1-5 September 1985 (B. Alexander). Epeolus sp. , 4 mi E of Willcox, Cochise Co., Arizona, 8 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Holcopasites calliopsidis (Linsley), Van Natta sand pit, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 11 July 1985 (B. Alexander). Neolarra (Neolarra) californica Michener, Cienega Ranch, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, 10 May 1986 (J. G. Rozen). Neolarra (Phileremulus) vigilans (Cockerell), 19 mi SW of Apache, Cochise Co., Arizona, 29 August 1986 (J. G. & B. L. Rozen), from nesting site of Perdita lenis and Perdita sp., Neolarra (Neolarra) sp. , 4.8 mi SW of Rodeo, Hidalgo VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 163 Figure 3-5. Mature oocytes of Nomadinae, anterior end at top. 3. Nomada vicina. 4. Ammobates carinatus. 5. Triepeolus pectoralis. Scale = 1.0 mm. Co., New Mexico, 1 September 1975 (J. G. Rozen), from Perdita mentzeliae nest #7. Centrias articulata (Smith), Cornell campus, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 11 July 1985 (B. Alexander). Nomada banksi Cockerell, Van Natta sand pit, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 22, 29 September 1985 (B. Alexander). Nomada vicina Cresson, van Natta sand pit, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 23 September 1985 (B. Alexander). Nomada sp. (perhaps illinoiensis Robertson), Cornell campus, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., New York, 15 May 1986 (B. Alexander). Nomada {'‘Gnathias”) sp., near Junius Ponds, 6miNW of Waterloo, Seneca Co., New York, 18 May 1986 (B. Alexander). Literature Cited Bohart, G. E. 1966. Notes on Triepeolus remigatus (Fabricius), a “cuckoo bee” parasite of the squash bee, Xenoglossa strenua (Cresson). Pan-Pacific Ent., 42:255-262. Cumber, R. A. 1949. Humble-bees and commensals found within a thirty mile radius of London. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 24:119-127. Iwata, K. 1955. The comparative anatomy of the ovary in Hymenoptera. Part 1. Aculeata. Mushi, 29:17-34. -. 1960. The comparative anatomy of the ovary in Hymenoptera. Supplement on Aculeata with descriptions of ovarian eggs of certain species. Acta Hymenopterologica, 1:205-211. -. 1964. Egg giantism in subsocial Hymenoptera, with ethological discussion on tropical bamboo carpenter bees. Nature and Life in Southeast Asia, 3:399-435. -. 1965. The comparative anatomy of the ovary in Hymenoptera (records on 64 species of Aculeata in Thailand with descriptions of ovarian eggs). Mushi, 38:101-111. 164 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Iwata, K. & S. F. Sakagami. 1966. Giantism and dwarfism in bee eggs in relation to the modes of life, with notes on the number of ovarioles. Japanese Jour. Ecology, 16:4-16. Rozen, J. G. 1986a. Survey of the number of ovarioles in various taxa of bees (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Proc. ent. Soc. Washington, 88:707-710. -. 1986b. The natural history of the Old World nomadine parasitic bee Pasites maculatus (Anthophoridae: Nomadinae) and its host Pseudapis diversipes (Halictidae: Nomiinae). Amer. Museum Novitates, no. 2861, 8 pp. Rozen, J. G. and C. D. Michener. 1968. The biology of Scrapter and its cuckoo bee, Pseudodichroa (Hymenoptera: Colletidae and Anthophoridae). Amer. Museum Novitates, no. 2335,13 pp. Snodgrass, R. E. 1956. Anatomy of the Honey Bee. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 165-171 A Revision of the Bee Genus Aztecanthidium (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) Roy R. Snelling Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, 900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90007. Abstract. —The exclusively Mexican bee genus Aztecanthidium is revised and the three known species separated in a key. One new species, A tenochtitlanicum, is described from the State of Jalisco. Distribution data for the two previously known species are provided. Distinctive morphological features of each species are illustrated. This paper is dedicated to my friend and colleague, E. Gorton Linsley, the first live-bee systematist I was privileged to meet, more than 35 years ago. Thank you, Gort, for your kindness and encouragement! Introduction The higher classification of the New World anthidiine bees was reviewed by Michener (1948) and the component genera separated by a key. The Mexican genus Aztecanthidium was subsequently described by Michener and Ordway (1964) for two previously undescribed species. A third species, heretofore undescribed, has prompted the present study. Material Examined Specimens used in this study are from the following collections: Estacion Biologica Chamela, Universidad Autonoma de Mexico (CHAM); Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County (LACM); Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas (UKAN); USD A Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University (UTSU). Systematics Aztecanthidium has been adequately described by Michener and Ordway (1964), and there is no need to repeat that description. The few known species are moderate-sized, sparsely hairy bees, and the body is more or less elongate and parallel-sided. Two of the species are principally reddish with more or less defined yellowish areas on the head and body; they resemble the species of Paranthidium, subgenus Mecanthidium Michener (1942). The third species, described below, is black and has sharply contrasting yellow markings. Aztecanthidium differs from Mecanthidium in possessing a sharply carinate (almost flange-like) preoccipital ridge across the top of the head and down the side to the hypostomal carina; the mandibles of both sexes have one or two teeth on the cutting margin; the clypeus, especially of the female, is protuberant; the pronotal lobes are carinate; the last metasomal tergum of the male is bilobed. In 165 166 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Mecanthidium the preoccipital ridge is weak and present only across the top of the head; the mandibles of both sexes are without teeth on the cutting margin (except in the male of one species, which has a single tooth); the clypeus, in profile, is weakly convex; the pronotal lobes are lamellate; the last metasomal tergum of the male is protuberant and blunt. In Michener’s (1948) key to the New World anthidiine genera, Aztecanthidium runs to Allanthidium, from which it differs by the depressed tergal margins, the completely carinate preoccipital ridge, the presence of an anterior mesepisternal Carina, and the lack of a row of pits across the base of the propodeum. The type species ot Aztecanthidium is^. xochipillium Michener and Ordway. Key to Species of Aztecanthidium la. Male tergum 4 with short lateral tooth or angle and emargination of tergum 7 as wide as deep or wider (Figs. 4, 6); apex of female labrum concave and clypeus moderately protuberant and rounded in profile (Figs. 3,5).2 b. Male tergum 4 without lateral tooth or angle and emargination of tergum 7 deeper than wide (Fig. 2); apex of female labrum tridentate and clypeus strongly protuberant and angulate in profile, with biarcuate carina (Fig. 1) . . cuauhtemocum 2a. Male tergum 7 with lateral margins mainly convex and apical lobes broad (Fig. 6 ); female clypeal profile evenly convex from base to summit of apical declivity (Fig. 5); both sexes principally reddish, with limited blackish areas and obscure yellowish marks . xochipillium b. Male tergum 7 with lateral margins mainly concave and apical lobes narrow (Fig. 4); female clypeal profile convex at base, concave toward apical declivity and distinctly elevated at declivity (Fig. 3); both sexes black with yellow maculations . tenochtitlanicum Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum Michener and Ordway Figures 1-2, 7-9 Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum Michener and Ordway, 1964: 75; S $ . The type series was collected 2 mi S Tzitzio, 4450 feet elevation, Michoacan, 29 July 1962 (M. G. Naumann), on Leguminosae, and all four specimens are in the UKAN collection. I have seen a paratype of each sex. No additional specimens have been available for study. Both sexes of this species are easily recognized by the figures and the characteristics cited in the key. The female is especially characterized by the biarcuate, strongly protuberant clypeal carina and the tridentate labral apex. The male is less obviously distinct, but lacks a lateral tooth on metasomal tergum 4 and the emargination of tergum 7 is deeper than wide. Both sexes are largely ferruginous bees, with obscure yellowish marks, especially on the face and the metasomal terga. Aztecanthidium tenochtitlanicum, New Species Figures 3-4,10-12 Diagnosis. —Both sexes black and yellow, scutellum weakly bilobed. Female labrum emarginate and clypeus moderately protuberant and with small preapical tubercle in profile (Fig. 3). Male metasomal tergum 4 angulate or subdentate at side, emargination of tergum 7 wider than deep and apical lobes relatively narrow (Fig. 4). Fig. 1-6. Lateral view of female head and apical male metasomal terga, respectively, of : 1-2, Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum; 3-4, A. tenochtitlanicum; 5-6, A. xochipillium. Description male holotype .—Measurements (mm): head width 4.67; head length 3.85; wing length 11.3; total length 16.1. Paratypes .—head width 4.29-4.68; head length 3.33-3.87; wing length 10.2-11.3; total length 12.3-16.3. Head and body black, the following yellow: clypeus, except narrow black band along apical margin; paraocular area, ending broadly at about mid-level between base of clypeus and antennal socket; spot adjacent to inner upper eye margin at level of anterior ocellus; broad stripe on either side of anterior margin of mesoscutum and short, narrow stripe adjacent to tegula; broad posterior stripe on scutellum; small anterior spot on tegula; outer apical spot on metacoxa; large lateral spot on tergum 1; tergum 2 with preapical bar across middle one-third and with very narrow preapical stripe extending to large lateral spot; terga 3 and 4 similar to 2, but with preapical stripe only slightly broadened at sides; tergum 5 with only very narrow preapical stripe on lateral one-third; sterna 2-5 with irregular lateral blotches. Head about 1.2 times as broad as long, inner eye margins slightly divergent below. Clypeus rugosopunctate. Paraocular and supraclypeal areas and frons rugosopunctate to subcontiguously punctate, interspaces moderately shiny; vertex similar but punctures subcontiguous and slightly larger. Ocellocular and interocellar 168 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Fig. 7-15. Male genitalia and metasomal sterna 7-8 of: 7-9, Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum.-, 10-12, A. tenochtitlanicum; 13-15, A. xochipilium. distances about equal; ocelloccipital distance about 1.6 times interocellar distance. Greatest width of gena slightly less than width of eye. Labrum slightly depressed along midline. Apical tooth of mandible long, acute; second and third teeth obtuse; inner tooth short, acute. Mesoscutal interspaces moderately shiny between subcontiguous, moderate VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 169 punctures. Propodeum dull, interspaces distinctly roughened, with broad median impunctate area. Dorsal face of scutellum with disc weakly depressed in middle, more broadly so distad, apical margin slightly concave between weak sublateral tubercles. Punctures of mesepisternum very coarse (about 0.08 mm), contiguous to subcontiguous; punctures of metepisternum moderate to coarse, mostly contiguous, but with some irregular interspaces up to a puncture diameter; interspaces of meso- and metepisterna shiny; side of propodeum roughened and slightly shiny between fine, subcontiguous punctures. Profemur more than three times as long as broad or thick; meso- and metafemora less than three times as long as broad or thick. Pro- and mesobasitarsi each shorter than combined lengths of following segments; metabasitarsus longer than following segments combined. Punctures of metasomal terga fine to moderate, subcontiguous to dense across middle, becoming almost uniformly subcontiguous at sides, interspaces moderately shiny. Tergum 4 with low, obtuse preapical tubercle at side in dorsal view; tergum 5 with conspicuous lateral spine; tergum 6 with a pair of spines on each side, inner spine longer and stouter; apical margin of tergum 6 slightly produced and subtruncate across middle one-third; tergum 7 bilobed, emargination broader than a semicircle, lobes narrow and subtruncate at apex. Sterna shiny, segments 3-5 slightly raised and impunctate along midline; apical margins straight, except 6 strongly convex medially; sterna 7 and 8 and genitalia as illustrated (Figs. 10-12). Vestiture whitish, generally sparse and inconspicuous, longer and dense on gular area, side of mesosoma (especially on propodeum), and on side and apical margins of metasomal sterna. Female .—Measurements (mm): head width 4.51-4.93; head length 3.72-4.09; wing length 10.6-11.5; total length 15.2-17.0. Agrees generally with description of male except as follows. Inner eye margins strongly divergent below, lower interocular distance (at level of base of clypeus) 1.20-1.26 times minimum interocular distance. Clypeal profile convex toward base, concave before preapical declivity and summit of declivity slightly protuberant (Fig. 3); summit of declivity marked by more or less definite median tubercle and pair of smaller submedian tubercles (latter sometimes absent); disc of clypeus roughened and coarsely rugosopunctate in middle, becoming finely and subcontiguously punctate toward sides, usually without traces of median impunctate line. Ocellocular distance about 1.2 times interocellar distance; ocelloccipital distance 2.0-2.2 times interocellar distance. Gena, in profile, about as wide as eye. Mandible with four approximately equidistant teeth, second and third obtuse; setae of ventral brush sparse, none as much as one-half as long as mandible length. Flagellar segments about as broad as long. Metasomal terga 4 and 5 without lateral spines or teeth; tergum 6 with short, obtuse spine on each side of broadly convex apical margin; terga 5 and 6 without short, stout, brown setae; sterna densely punctate and with long, yellowish white scopal hairs. Color about as described for male, but clypeus with transverse yellow band across basal one-half or less, paraocular area black, metasomal tergum 2 with lateral mark only, tergum 5 wholly black, and sterna without lateral spots. Type material .—Holotype male: Chamela, Jalisco, MEXICO, 10 June 1983 (S. H. Bullock, 1953), in LA CM. Paratypes, all from same locality: 18 (3 <3,14 9 ?, various 170 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST dates from 9 June to 3 December, various years (S. H. Bullock, C. D. Michener, F. D. Parker, and T. L. Griswold); paratypes in CHAM, LACM, UKAN, and UTSU. Etymology. —The specific name is derived from that of the former Aztec empire, Tenochtitlan. Discussion. —In addition to the type material cited above, I have seen 3 d c?, 4 $ $ from 17 km W Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, MEXICO, 8 September 1965 (D. H. Janzen; UKAN), on Caesalpinia sclerocarpa. The only additional floral data are on Chamela specimens of both sexes collected by Michener at flowers of Longchocarpus sp. The specimens examined are generally uniform in their morphological features. One male is unusually small, total length 11 mm, with a head width of 3.72 mm. Variation among the males otherwise consists of minor fluctuations in the extent of the yellow markings; many specimens lack tegular spots and lateral stripes on the mesoscutum, and most males are without a median preapical band on metasomal tergum 2. A few specimens possess small yellow maculations on the axillae. The available females exhibit even less variety. The anterior and lateral mesoscutal maculations are more commonly united than in the males. The axilla is immaculate in all specimens and metasomal tergum 2 is consistently without a median preapical band. In many females the submedian tubercles at the summit of the clypeal declivity are reduced or absent; the median tubercle is consistently present. This species is morphologically most similar to A. xochipillium, with which the female shares the emarginate labrum, clypeal shape, and quadridentate mandible. Males of these two species are similar in that both possess a lateral spine or tubercle on tergum 4 and the emargination of tergum 7 is wider than deep. These features separate both from A. cuauhtemocum. The most conspicuous difference between A. tenochtitlanicum and A. xochipillium is color. The former is conspicuously black and yellow and the latter is red with obscure yellowish marks. The genitalia and associated sterna of A. tenochtitlanicum (Figs. 10-12) and A. xochipillium (Figs. 13-15) are distinctive for each species, but more similar to each other than either is the A. cuauhtemocum (Figs. 7-9). Aztecanthidium xochipillium Michener and Ordway Figures 5-6,13-15 Aztecanthidium xochipillium Michener and Ordway, 1964: 72-73; $ $. The type locality of A. xochipillium is 17 mi N Chilpancingo, 2550 feet elevation, Guerrero; the holotype and allotype were collected by Ordway and Roberts on 13 August 1962. The primary type and most paratypes are in UKAN. In addition to a paratype pair, and the specimens from Ahuacatlan, Nayarit, recorded by Michener and Ordway, I have seen the following specimens. MEXICO, Jalisco: 1 $, 3 SS, Guadalajara, no date (Crawford; LACM). Michoacan: 1 9 , Cojumatlan, 9 August 1964 (R. E. Ryckman, D. Spencer, C. P. Christianson: LACM). Nayarit: 2 d d, 8 mi NW Ixtlan del Rio, 10 September 1970 (E. M. Fisher; LACM). Like A. cuauhtemocum, both sexes are largely reddish bees with obscure yellowish markings on the head and body. In both sexes the scutellum is distinctly bilobed and the lobes extend over the metanotum. Males of A. xochipillium hstvQ a distinct preapical spine or tooth laterad on metasomal tergum 4. The female clypeus is only VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 171 moderately protuberant, lacks a biarcuate carina, and the apex of the labrum is emarginate. In these characters the female is similar to that of A. tenochtitlanicum, but the clypeal profile is evenly convex and is without a definite preapical tubercle (Fig. 15). Acknowledgments For the opportunity to examine material in their care I am indebted to S. H. Bullock (CHAM), T. L. Griswold (UTSU), and C. D. Michener (UKAN). Literature Cited Michener, C. D. 1942. Taxonomic observations on bees with descriptions of new genera and species (Hymenoptera; Apoidea). J. New York Entomol. Soc., 50:273-282. -. 1948. The generic classification of the anthidiine bees (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae). Amer. Mus. Novit. 1381,29 pp. Michener, C. D., and E. Ordway, 1964. Some anthidiine bees from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc., 72:70-78. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 172-177 Host Records and Nest Entry by Dolichostelis, a Kleptoparasitic Anthidiine Bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) Frank D. Parker, James H. Cane, Gordon W. Frankie and S. B. Vinson (FDP) USD A, Agricultural Research Service, Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Logan, Utah; (JHC) Department of Entomology, Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama; (GWF) University of California, Berkeley, California; (SBV) Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas. Abstract. —Host-parasite associations were recorded for three species of Dolichostelis, a kleptoparasitic anthidiine genus. D. louisae (Cockerell) was reared from nests of the megachild bees, Chalicodoma angelarum (Cockerell) and C. campanulae (Robertson). D. costaricensis Friese was reared from cells made by C. otonita Cresson. D. rudheckiarum (Cockerell) was observed parasitizing nests of C. subexelis (Cockerell). These host records are the first confirmations for any of these parasites. Cocoons of Dolichostelis are described and illustrated, sex ratios are calculated, and observations on nest entry by D. rudbeckiarum are described and illustrated. The biologies and taxonomic relations of the parasitic bees in the tribe Anthidiini are relatively unknown. Many undescribed species exist (Parker, unpublished data), and only a few parasites have been associated with their host bees. Anthidine bees are found in all zoogeographic regions and some genera are globally distributed; four genera (Stelis, Odontostelis, Dolichostelis, and Heterostelis) occur in North and Central America (Hurd et al., 1979; Parker and Bohart, 1979). Hosts of the parasitic American genera are megachilids such as Osmia, Proteriades, Hoplitis, Ashmeadiella, Anthidium, and Megachile (Hurd et al., 1979, unpublished records). Odontostelis parasitizes Euglossa, a Neotropical apid (Bennett, 1966). Dolichostelis is a newly proposed genus from North and Central America. Previously, no host associations were confirmed for any of the six species included (Parker and Bohart, 1979) although Krombein (1967) reared one (D. louisae (Cockerell)) from a nest of an unidentified resin-using bee. In this paper, host associations for Dolichostelis resulted from three separate studies. First, wooden block traps were placed at several locations near Auburn, Alabama, for a collaborative study of trap-nesting aculeates in cooperation with J. Cane. The design of the traps and methods of rearing the specimens resembled those described by Parker (1985). In the Alabama study, the traps were opened and their contents individually isolated and reared. Adults were weighed after emergence, killed, mounted, and identified. The Costa Rican study was done in cooperation with G. Frankie and S. Vinson, who placed traps for us in the field, employing the same design used in Alabama. In addition, Frankie and Vinson deployed many units of individual stick traps (pine) that had been taped together into bundles bearing several holes sizes/unit (borings of approximately 4.5, 6, 7.5, 10, and 11 mm in diameter). Nests from the stick traps were not opened initially, but they were 172 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 173 individually isolated and all emerging insects were killed and labeled. Adult weights and placement of cells within the nest were not recorded. Observations on D. rudbeckiarum were recorded by the senior author from nesting materials placed in his yard in Logan, Utah. Dolichostelis louisae (Cockerell) Nests of four species of Chalicodoma (Chelostomoides) were recovered from traps placed near Auburn, Alabama, during 1985. Twelve specimens of D. louisae (Cockerell) emerged from nests of two species of Chalicodoma. An eight-celled nest of C. angelarum (Cockerell) had six cocoons of D. louisae in the outer-most cells. In one of six recovered nests of C. campanulae (Robertson), a single cell was parasitized by this same bee. Three additional nests of Chalicodoma were parasitized by D. louisae, but since no hosts emerged, specific associations could not be confirmed. The single nest obtained by Krombein (1976) also contained only Dolichostelis, but he believed, correctly, that the host bee was a species of Chalicodoma. Cocoons of D. louisae bear a nipple dorsally, a feature that characterizes Anthidiini cocoons. Cocoons of D. louisae differed from typical Stelis cocoons (Fig. 1) by their barrel-shape and lesser amount of silk. The short fecal pellets formed by D. louisae larvae differed from the typical ribbon-like strands made by many Stelis larvae. Fecal pellets of D. louisae were woven into the outermost layer of the cocoon. Such pellets are not incorporated in cocoon formation by Stelis larvae. D. louisae cocoons were made from three layers of coarse, white silk strands. Inside the first layer, which bore an anterior nipple, a second layer had a conical and hollow nipple; the second layer was made from an amber-colored substance. The third layer was similar in texture and color to the first layer and it covered all the inner surfaces except beneath the nipple. Cocoons averaged 8 mm long and 5 mm wide. The observed sex ratio was 1.4 females to 1 male and the calculated sex ratio (Torchio and Tepedino, 1980) was 1.06 males to 1 female. Females were only slightly heavier (22.5 mg, SD 7.1 mm, range 14.5-32.7 mg, n = 7) than males (21.2 mg, SD 4.2 mg, range 15.2-26.4 mg, n = 5). Average adult weights of the parasites and their two hosts were compared; average weight of the parasites was 60.7% of C. angelarum and 73.3% of C. campanulae. All pollen and nectar provisions were consumed in parasitized cells. Thus, differences in weights between host and parasite were attributed to differences in relative proportions of fecal and silken materials produced by their respective larvae. Similar differences in allotments of resources have been recorded for a related parasitic bee, Stelis depressa Timberlake, and such behavior may be important in survival of these parasites (Parker, 1984). Dolichostelis costaricensis Friese Sixteen nests of Chalicodoma otonita Cresson were obtained from the stick traps placed at Lomas Barbudal Biological Reserve, Guanacaste, in Costa Rica. Stick traps were placed in shaded forest locations during the extended season, from December to May. A male of C. otonita and a male of D. coastaricensis emerged from one of these isolated nests. When the nest was examined, the first cell made by the host contained an empty cocoon of Dolichostelis. Apparently, the male emerged from the second cell. In a three-celled nest of C. otonita, two empty cocoons of D. costaricensis were found in the same host cell and the cell above contained an empty parasite cocoon. Another two-celled Chalicodoma nest produced two Dolichostelis 174 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST adults. Five more Dolichostelis emerged from traps with no host emergence, but these nests were probably made by C. otonita. One dead female of this parasite was found in a wooden block trap, but no cells of C. otonita were successfully parasitized. The observed sex ratio was 1:1; since adults were not weighed, calculated sex ratios could not be estimated. Cocoons of D. costaricensis were similar in formation, size, and color to those of D. louisae. Dolichostelis rudheckiarum (Cockerell) For the past several years, a population of Chalicodoma subexilis (Cockerell) has nested in several sizes (4, 6, 8 mm in diameter) of borings in pine wood placed on window sills and in the garage of the senior author’s home. In 1986, D. Broemling, a graduate student at Utah State University, observed a female of D. rudheckiarum chewing at an entrance plug of a C. subexilis nest; it was captured and identified. During the next several weeks in August, other females were noted and the following observations recorded. Often during the day, females of Dolichostelis were seen as they inspected nests of Chalicodoma. These small bees were unusually rapid fliers for bees, and darted among the layers of stacked borings. They darted rapidly back and forth horizontally before the faces of the borings from 5-10 cm. The females landed only to inspect resin nests of Chalicodoma. They never inspected active nests of other aculeates that used the same sites such as Megachile, Osmia, Eumegachile, Euodynerus, Isodontia, and Trypoxylon, none of which use resin in nest construction. During nest inspection, Dolichostelis females either entered opened nests or briefly examined the entrance plug. At 8:00 p.M. (MDT, 8 August 1986), a female was observed chewing on a resin entrance plug, and F. Parker recorded and photographed its activities. The parasite worked at the entrance plug for several hours, removing tiny pieces of resin which it then stuck on the wood surrounding the boring. As the parasite removed small pieces, it worked most of the resin into an extended lip (Fig. 2). After about two hours, the parasite bent the lip down with the weight of its body while chewing at the top of the plug. During the entire process, the parasite deposited glistening droplets from the tip of its abdomen onto the surface of the resin plug. After each deposition, it then turned around and chewed the area where the droplet was deposited. Apparently, this substance, acting as a solvent, enabled the parasite to soften and mold the resin. Also, this liquid may aid in preventing resin from sticking to the mouthparts, since the parasite frequently groomed and cleaned its head. After sunset, a small lamp was placed near the glass to illuminate the nest surface. The parasite seemed undisturbed by the light since it continued to work. After the Fig. 1. Portion of a nest of Chalicodoma angelarum (Cockerell) made in a trap block and with two cells containing cocoons of Dolichostelis louisae (Cockerell). Fig. 2. Female of Dolichostelis rudheckiarum (Cockerell) opening sealed entrance of a nest of Chalicodoma subexilis. About 9:00 p.m. (MDT). Fig. 3. Same nest at 8:00 a.m. the following day and with the female parasitic bee resting just inside the entrance. Fig. 4. Same nest being closed by the parasite. Fig. 5. Same nest after parasite had finished closing the entrance. Note the small pellets of resin adjacent to the plugged opening; such pellets indicate nest parasit- ization by Dolichostelis. Fig. 6. Cocoon of Dolichostelis rudheckiarum. Fig. 7. Female of Chalicodoma subexilis inspecting a previously capped nest. Fig. 8. Female of Chalicodoma subexilis depositing drop¬ lets from its abdomen around rim of nest plug. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 175 176 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST parasite finally gained entrance to the nest, it proceeded to remove more resin from within the nest. Later, it removed what appeared to be a small amount of host provision. The female continued its back-and-forth entry into the boring until after 12:00 A.M., when observations were discontinued. The next morning, at 8:00 a.m. , the nest was checked and the female was resting just inside the entrance (Fig. 3). As soon as sunlight struck the nest, about 9:00 a.m. , the parasite resumed its activities. Soon, it commenced refilling the entrance with the small pieces of resin it had previously stuck adjacent to the opening (Fig. 4). By hanging vertically from above the hole, the parasite grasped the resin lip protruding from the hole and pulled it up and into place as if it had been hinged at the base. Then, the nest plug was smoothed across with more resin (Fig. 5). The parasite finished working at 9:55 a.m. and flew away. The nest was left on the ledge to be opened in the laboratory on Monday, but before removal, the original owner returned to the nest, opened the entrance, and began removing pollen and nectar. Sometime later, it again plugged the nest, but this time using masticated leaf pulp mixed with resin for the final closure. Upon opening in the laboratory, the nest contained a single cell with a large egg lying across the pool of nectar and pollen; this egg hatched into a Chalicodoma larva. Twenty other Chalicodoma nests were opened, including several with evidence of parasite entry, but only one contained parasite cocoons. Cocoons of D. rudbeckiarum (Fig. 6) resembled Stelis cocoons; both had a small nipple. The amber-colored inner layer of D. rudbeckiarum cocoons was less dense and the overwintering prepupal larvae were visible. The barrel-shaped cocoons averaged 8 mm long and 5 mm wide. During the course of these observations, many females of Chalicodoma were seen landing at nests they had previously capped. The females would inspect the cap (Fig. 7), turn around, and deposit droplets of liquid from the tip of the abdomen onto the inner rim of the nest cap (Fig. 8). Females of Dolichostelis were not observed inspecting such nests. These limited observations suggest that unique behavioral traits may exist in these parasites and their host. Such behavior has not been reported previously although Bennett (1966) observed that a related parasite, Odontostelis, that invaded nests of Euglossa, drove the nest owner away, opened cells of its host, removed and killed eggs or early larval instars of Euglossa, deposited its own egg on the provision, and resealed the cells. It appears that Chalicodoma females can detect parasitized nests and neutralize parasitized cells. It was not uncommon to observe females of the host bee examining, opening, and removing pollen and nectar (along with the parasite egg?) from a previously finished nest and then recapping it. One such female remained in the entrance of a nest for two days before the nest was finally recapped. Nest usurping among host females probably does not explain this kind of nesting behavior (since females were not marked) because there were few nesting females and a surplus of available nesting sites. During the past 15 years of collecting and observing bee nests in the vicinity of Logan, nests of C. subexilis have been commonly found in units provided for the alfalfa leafcutting bee. Megachile rotundata (F.). Not a single nest contained a cell parasitized by the Dolichostelis, nor have any specimens of this parasite been observed or net-collected this far north. It appears that this parasite may have extended its range and/or its available hosts recently. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 177 Acknowledgments We are dedicating this manuscript to E. Gorton Linsley, who has contributed many papers on the biology and taxonomy of bees, including the discovery of several new species of Stelis. We would like to thank D. Veirs, R. Griswold, and V. Rhea (USDA Bee Lab, Logan, Utah) for making the trap blocks, recording the biological information, and curating the specimens. Partial support for this research came from Hatch Project ALA 00648 of the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn. Contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-4810, Journal Paper No. 3326, and USD A-Agricultural Research Service-Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310. Literature Cited Bennett, F. D. 1966. Notes on the biology of Stelis (Odontostelis) bilineolata (Spinola), a parasite of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 74:72-79. Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea. In: K. V. Krombein, P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico, vol. 2, Apocrita, pp. 1741-2209. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Krombein, K. V. 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: life histories, nests, and associates. Smithsonian Publ. 4670,570 pp. Parker, F. D. 1984. The nesting biology of Osmia (Trichinosmia) latisulcata Michener. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 57:430-436. Parker, F. D. 1985. Nesting habits of Osmia grinnelli Cockerell. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 61:155-159. Parker, F. D. and G. E. Bohart. 1979. Dolichostelis, a new genus of parasitic bees. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 52:138-153. Torchio, P. F. and V. J. Tepedino 1980 Sex ratio, body size, and seasonality in a sohtary bee, Osmia lignariapropinqua Cresson. Evolution, 34:993-1003. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 17&-193 A Revision of the Dufoureine Genus Micralictoides Timberlake (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) George E. Bohart and Terry L. Griswold USD A, ARS, Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310. Abstract. —The southwestern North American genus, Micralictoides, is reviewed, a key to species presented, five new species described (M. chaenactidis, M. dinoceps, M. grossus, M. linsleyi, and M. quadriceps), and new records provided for the three previously included species. Timberlake (1939) established Micralictoides as a subgenus of Dufourea for two species, D. altadenae (Michener) and D. ruficaudus (Michener), described under Halictoides (Michener 1937). Bohart (1942) later gave Micralictoides generic status and described a third species, M. mojavensis. Michener (1965), in a generic review of the New World Dufoureinae, briefly characterized Micralictoides and provided a key separating it from the other six New World genera. Genus Micralictoides Timberlake Micralictoides Timberlake 1939: 397 (as subgenus). Type: Halictoides ruficaudus Michener. Generic Diagnosis. —Size small, body length 3.5 to 6 mm; abdomen of male broad as in female; punctures of head and mesonotum shallow; tergal punctures fine and shallow; body without metallic reflections; legs with tarsi (and usually tibiae) paler than femora; clypeal margin of female truncate or nearly so between tubercles; labrum very short, nearly truncate; maxillary palpus of female nearly as long as flagellum; flagellum of male with segments not or scarcely longer than broad, without modified hairs; male without modified legs; forewing with two submarginal cells, first submarginal twice as long as wide, marginal cell from apex of stigma to apex of cell no longer than distance from apex of cell to wing tip; propodeum with weak, irregular striae becoming obsolescent laterally and along posterior margin; sternum VI of male without distinct grooves, carinae, or strong protuberances, but sometimes gently swollen toward apex; sternum VII with pair of slender, depressed, apical lobes, each with terminal, incurved appendage; sternum VIII medially with broad articulating lobe, apically with slender median lobe about one-third total segment length; genital capsule swollen basally, with simple, strap-like gonostylus, distinct from gonobase, with short, strongly incurved sagitta, and knob-like, polished volsella. Micralictoides can be distinguished from other dufoureine genera by a combination of the two submarginal cells in the forewing and the hind basitarsus which is distinctly paler than the hind femur. The configuration of metasomal sterna VII and VIII in the male is unique in the subfamily. Superficially, Micralictoides resembles some of the smaller species of Dufourea such as the D. leachi Timberlake 178 179 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 group. Both have relatively simple antennae, legs, and visible sterna in the male, and both have a swollen basal portion of the genital capsule and a shortened volsella. Systematics. —The eight known species of Micralictoides can be separated into three groups based on the structure of the metasomal sterna (especially VII) and the genitalia of the males. The altadenae group includes four species: M. altadenae (Michener) with a broad face and short mouthparts, M. chaenactidis n. sp. and M. linsleyi n. sp. with face and mouthparts moderate in length, and M. quadriceps n. sp. with a long face and long mouthparts. The grossus group, which contains only M. grossus n. sp., may be related to M. quadriceps of the altadenae group on the basis of a somewhat similar development of sternum VI. The ruficaudus group includes M. ruficaudus (Michener), M. mojavensis Bohart, and M. dinoceps n. sp. The relationship between these three species is most apparent in the configuration of male sternum VII. This group probably developed from the altadenae group; in fact, the female of M. mojavensis is difficult to distinguish from that of M. chaenactidis. Distribution.—Micralictoides is restricted to the southwestern United States where it is known only from California, Nevada, and Arizona. All eight species are found in California and only one of them, M. chaenactidis, ranges much beyond its borders (into north-central Nevada and west-central Arizona). In California, the various species are distributed as follows: M. chaenactidis in the central and southern coastal ranges and the southern deserts, M. mojavensis in the Mojave Desert and Los Angeles Basin, M. dinoceps in the San Bernardino Mountains, M. ruficaudus and M. altadenae from the central and southern coastal ranges, M. quadriceps and M. grossus in the central Sierra Nevada foothills, and M. linsleyi on the eastern side of the northern Sierras. Biology. —The nesting habits of Micralictoides are unknown. Collection records indicate that members of the genus are remarkably oligolectic. Apparent pollen sources for Micralictoides are: Allium (M. dinoceps), Chaenactis (M. chaenactidis), Eriophyllum (M. altadenae), Gilia (M. grossus), Eschscholtzia (M. ruficaudus), and Navarretia (M. quadriceps). Pollen preference in M. mojavensis is unclear. Floral records for females include Gilia, Salvia, Eschscholtzia, Phacelia, Layia, Baeria, and Malacothrix. There are no floral associations for M. linsleyi. Since species of Micralictoides are strikingly oligolectic, we deemed it appropriate to dedicate this paper to Dr. E. G. Linsley, whose important contributions to bee systematics and biology include special studies on problems of oligolecty, and to name one of the included new species after him. Key to Males of Micralictoides 1. Head distinctly longer than wide. quadriceps n. sp. Head at least slightly wider than long .2 2. Abdomen largely red or reddish-brown . ruficaudus (Michener) Abdomen dark brown to black, segments sometimes paler apically.3 3. Sternum VI in profile with low but distinct bulge near middle, surface nearly obscured by moderately long, dense pubescence (Fig. 18), lateral arm of sternum VII short, stout basally, hammer-shaped apically (Fig. 16) .. grossus n. sp. Sternum VI nearly straight in profile, with short, sparse pubescence not at all obscuring surface (Fig. 19), lateral arm of sternum VII long, slender basally, clubbed apically (Figs. 10-12,14,15) .4 180 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 4. Sternum VIII with lateral arm (preceding apical “foot”) with abrupt expansion near middle (Figs. 14,15).5 Sternum VII with lateral arm not distinctly expanded preceding apical “foot” (Figs. 10,11,12) .6 5. Head width at most 1.2 times length; lateral arm of sternum VII beyond expansion slender then widened apically (Fig. 15) . mojavensis Bohart Head width 1.3 times length; lateral arm of sternum VII beyond expansion uniformly wide (Fig. 14) . dinoceps n. sp. 6. Sternum VIII with median apical projection short, slender, tapering toward apex throughout (Fig. 2); sternum VII with basal flaps nearly touching broadly triangular apical “foot” (Fig. 10) . linsleyi n. sp. Sternum VIII with median apical projection long, parallel sided or slightly narrowed sub-basally (Figs. 3,4); sternum VII with basal flaps remote from oval apical “foot” (Figs. 11,12) .7 7. Prementum shorter than eye; propodeal enclosure with well-defined but slightly irregular striae even when viewed from directly above or from slightly in front altadenae (Michener) Prementum longer than eye; propodeal enclosure appearing rugose or with striae highly irregular and difficult to trace separately, even when viewed from directly above or from shghtly in front . chaenactidis n. sp. Key to Females of Micralictoides 1. Head distinctly longer than wide (Fig. 38). quadriceps n. sp. Head at least slightly broader than long (Figs. 33-37, 39, 40) .2 2. Tergum II with punctures of mid-line area mostly less than one puncture width apart (except on apical impunctate border), if punctures fine and indistinct, interpunctural areas shagreened .3 Tergum II with punctures of mid-line area mostly more than one puncture width apart (except sometimes on basal half) and with interpunctural areas shiny . 5 3. Head more then nine tenths as long as wide (Fig. 40); distance between antennal scrobes less than median clypeal length; anterior wing (measured from apex of tegula) at least 3.5 mm long . grossus n. sp. Head less than nine tenths as long as wide; distance between antennal scrobes greater than median clypeal width; anterior wing not more than 3.4 mm long 4 4. Prementum and stipes shorter than eye; head not more than 0.82 times as long as wide (Fig. 39) . altadenae (Michener) Prementum and stipes longer than eye; head at least 0.85 times as long as wide (Fig. 35). chaenactidis n. sp. 5. Frons with surface between punctures strongly shagreened . linsleyi n. sp. Frons with surface between punctures polished.6 6. Abdomen red; stipes and prementum shiny, not shagreened . ruficaudus (Michener) Abdomen black; stipes and prementum shagreened.7 7. Maxillary palpus elongate, as long or longer than stipes (Fig. 26) .. . mojavensis Bohart Maxillary palpus not elongate, shorter than stipes (Fig. 27). dinoceps n. sp. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 181 Micralictoides chaenactidis, New Species (Figs. 4,12, 30, 35) Holotype male .—Length about 4.5 mm, forewing length 2.9 mm; body moderately shining, black except mid and fore tarsi, tip of hind tibia, abdomen dark brown; tegula, hind tarsi, sternum VI light brown; pubescence white, sparse, rather short, not concealing integument. Head. Head slightly broader than length from vertex to clypeal margin (9:8); clypeus about half as long as breadth of apical truncation, its surface with rather numerous, coarse punctures; lower margin of median ocellus lower than upper eye margin; distance from median ocellus to antennal scrobe more than twice that between scrobes; mandible moderately long but not slender, apical tooth less than one-third length of mandible and slightly darker than middle third; punctures of frons close and broad except sparser between and close to ocelli; antennal scape nearly half as broad apically as long, with scattered large punctures; flagellomeres I and II distinctly, III slightly broader than long, IV to X ranging from about as long as broad to about one-fifth longer than broad; length of prementum, maxillary palpus each greater than eye length. Thorax. Punctures of central half of scutum averaging about one puncture width apart, interpunctural areas not roughened; scutellum more irregularly punctate but average distance between punctures as on scutum; propodeal enclosure strongly, rather closely, somewhat irregularly striate throughout. Abdomen. Impunctate margins of terga translucent, not much lighter than remainder of segments; punctures of first ter gum about half as large, nearly as close as those on scutellum, those on succeeding terga successively smaller but not minute; sternum VI practically straight in profile, uniformly sparsely haired; sternum VII as in Fig. 12; sternum VIII as in Fig. 4. Female .—Differs from male in having the face much more polished, punctation of frons sparse (usually separated by two or more puncture widths) and with an additional scattering of much smaller punctures. Scutum and scutellum rather polished, with fine punctures generally more than one puncture width apart submedially. Abdominal terga more finely punctate, generally more polished. Hind tibia nearly as light as hind basitarsus, dorsal scopal hairs longer than apical width of tibia. Elevated portion of clypeus slightly rounded apically, marginal truncation about twice as broad as long, head and mouthparts proportioned as in Figs. 30, 35. Type Material .—Holotype male: ARIZONA, Yavapai Co., 30 miles (48.3 km) NW Wickenburg 16-IV-1965, Chaenactis, G. E. Bohart, P. F. Torchio, N. Youssef. Paratypes: Thirty-nine females and four males, same data as holotype; Pima County: 3 females, Marana, 26-IV-1973, Chaenactis douglasii, G. E. Bohart; 3 males, 9 females. Silver Bell Bajada, J. L. Neff; Pinal County: 1 male. Mammoth, 29-III-68, Phacelia, Torchio & Youssef. Holotype deposited at U.S. National Museum, paratypes at BBSL and LACM. Additional Material. —CALIFORNIA. Los Angeles County: 1 male, Aliso Canyon, 3-V-1934, C. D. Michener; 1 female. Little Rock, Mojave Desert, 20-V-1937, E. P. VanDuzee; 1 female, Lovejoy Butte, ll-V-1944, Acamptopappus, P. H. Timberlake; 1 female, Mint Canyon, 3-V-1936, E. G. Linsley; 2 males, Newhall, 20-IV-1940, R. M. Bohart; 1 female, Palmdale, 2 miles (3.2 km) E, 17-V-1937, Astragalus, E. P. VanDuzee; 1 male, Piute Butte, Mojave Desert, 12-V-1944, A. L. Melander; 6 males, 15 females, Piute Butte, S of. 182 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 183 12-V-1944, Chaenactis brachypappa, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, 1 female, Tapia Park, 18-IV-1953; 3 males. Three Points, 2-V-1968, D. Veirs, Riverside County; 8 males, 3 females, Joshua Tree Natl. Mon., 20-V-1970, Chaenactis, P. F. & D. M. Torchio. San Benito County: 1 male, 1 female, Pinnacles Natl. Mon. vicinity, 5-V-1979, Chaenactis glabriuscula, A. R. Moldenke; 1 female. Pinnacles, 3 miles (4.8 km) NE, 27-IV-1962, J. K. Drew; 1 female, same except Chaenactis glabriuscula, R. W. Thorp. San Bernardino County: 2 males, Morongo Valley, 21-IV-1957, R. R. Snelling & M. D. Stage; 3 females, same except Malacothrix; 1 male, Wildwood Cyn., 3 miles (4.8 km) E Yucaipa, 29-V-1977, T. Griswold. San Luis Obispo County: 1 male. Black Mt., 6 air miles (9.7 km) NE Pozo, 3300'-3600' (1006m-1097m), l-V-1962, Eriophyllum confertiflorum, C. A. Toschi; 2 males. Black Mt., same except J. Powell; 2 males, 2 females, Creston, 10 miles (16.1 km) SE, 25-IV-1968, J. Powell; 1 male, Creston, 10 miles (16.1 km) SE, 25-IV-1968, D. Veirs; 2 males, same except Malacothrix, J. Doyen; 1 male, Creston, 2.5 miles (4.0 km) S, 4-V-1962, C. A. Toschi; 4 males. La Panza Camp, 12 miles (19.3 km) NE Pozo, 29-IV-1962, Eriophyllum confertiflorum, P. H. Timberlake; 2 males, same except P. D. Hurd; 27 females, Santa Margarita, 6 miles (9.7 km) NE, 5-V-1962, Chaenactis glabriuscula, P. H. Timberlake; 5 males, 1 female, Shandon, 7 miles (11.3 km) SW, 24—IV-1960, J. W. MacSwain. Ventura County: 1 male, Chuchupate Ranger Station, base Frazier Mt., lO-V-1959, Baeria chrysostoma, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, same except 8-V-1959, P. D. Hurd; 1 female. Hungry Valley, 5 miles (8.0 km) S Gorman, 4-V-1959, Chaenactis glabriuscula, J. Powell; 1 male, same except 6-V-1959, J. R. Powers; 26 females, same except P. H. Timberlake; 8 males, 29 females, same except 9-V-1959, P. H. Timberlake; 20 males, 51 females, Quatal Canyon, NW corner Ventura Co., 9-V-1959, Chaenactis glabriuscula, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, same except P. D. Hurd; 1 male, same except Eriophyllum confertiflorum, C. W. O’Brien; 1 female, same except J. Powell; 1 female, same except no floral data, J. R. Powers; 1 female, same except G, 1. Stage. NEVADA. Lander County: 3 males, 2 females. Battle Mountain, 12-VI-1962, Chaenactis, G. E. Bohart; 1 female, same except on Cruciferae. Specimens in the collections of BBSL, CAS, CIS, LA CM, and UCR. Distribution. —This is the widest ranging of the Micralictoides species, ranging from the desert regions of Nevada and Arizona across the Sonoran and southern Mojave Deserts of California and into drier parts of the coastal ranges of California. Discussion. — M. chaenactidis is probably closer to M. altadenae than to other species on the basis of its almost identical male sterna and genitalia. It differs principally in having longer mouthparts and face, and sparser punctation on the female frons. The female of M. chaenactidis is also similar to that of M. mojavensis, but the basal zone of the propodeum is more strongly sculptured and the dorsal scopal hairs of the hind tibia are longer than the apical width of the tibia. The male differs from M. mojavensis most obviously in sternum VII (Fig. 12), but it also has a more strongly punctate clypeus and more roughened frons. - Figs. 1-24. Males. Figs. 1-8: Metasomal sternum VIII. Fig. 1, M. quadriceps', Fig. 2, M. linsleyi', Fig. 3, M. altadenae', Fig. 4, M. chaenactidis'. Fig. 5, M. ruficaudus'. Fig. 6, M. dinoceps'. Fig. 7, M. mojavensis-. Fig. 8, M. grossus. Figs. 9-16: Metasomal sternum VII. Fig. 9, M. quadriceps'. Fig. 10, M. linsleyi'. Fig. 11, M. altadenae'. Fig. 12, M. chaenactidis'. Fig. 13, M. ruficaudus-, Fig. 14, M. dinoceps; Fig. 15, M. mojavensis'. Fig. 16, M. grossus. Fig. 17: Metasomal sternum VII, lateral view, M. quadriceps. Figs. 18-19: Metasomal sternum VI. Fig. 18, M. grossus-, Fig. 19, M. ruficaudus. Figs. 20-24: Genital capsule. Fig. 20, M. quadriceps', Figs. 21, 22, M. grossus'. Figs. 23, 24, M. dinoceps. (Illustrations not drawn to scale.) 184 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 185 Specimens from California localities differ from the type series in having the integument less intensely black, the frons of the female more uniformly and usually a little more densely punctured, and the abdominal terga slightly more coarsely and closely punctate. Micralictoides altadenae (Michener) (Figs. 3,11, 29, 39) Halictoides altadenae Michener 1937: 395 (Holotype female: SMEK). Dufourea (Micralictoides) altadenae', Timberlake 1939: 397. Micralictoides altadenae', Bohart 1942: 123. Male. —Length about 4.5 mm, forewing length 3 mm; very similar to M. chaenactidis, but differs in having a wider head (8:7) and shorter mouthparts. It also has denser pubescence on the foreparts of the face (partially obscuring the clypeus), somewhat paler integument of the abdomen (dark brown instead of largely glossy black), and partially brownish (instead of entirely whitish) pubescence on terga IV and V. The mid and hind basitarsi are somewhat paler in contrast to the tibiae and the abdominal pubescence is generally more abundant. Sterna VI, VII (Fig. 11), VIII (Fig. 3) and the genital capsule are similar to those of M. chaenactidis. Female. —Much like M. chaenactidis but differs in having a wider face and shorter mouthparts (Fig. 29, 39). Punctures of the frons are generally larger and closer together (from less than one to slightly over one puncture width apart) and those of the scutum are denser and more irregular in size (averaging about one puncture width apart). The integument is somewhat paler (mostly dark brown on the abdomen instead of mostly black) and the hind tibia is almost the same color as the basitarsus instead of distinctly darker brown. Distribution. —Known only from two widely separated localities in cismontane California, the type series from Altadena, Los Angeles County, California and a new record from Yolo County. (The record from Aliso Canyon, Los Angeles County, is an error and actually represents M. chaenactidis .) New Records. —CALIFORNIA. Yolo County: 2 males, 4 females, 30-V-1956, R. M. Bohart. Discussion. —This species is very close to M. chaenactidis (for differences, see discussion under the latter). The female resembles M. mojavensis as well, but has shorter mouthparts (Fig. 29) and browner abdominal pubescence. The face is proportionately broader than that of M. mojavensis (compare Fig. 39 and Fig. 34) but the contrast is less pronounced than in comparison with M. chaenactidis. The male is easily distinguished from M. mojavensis on the basis of sternum VII. Figs. 25-40. Females. Mouthparts in lateral view. Fig. 25, M. linsleyi; Fig. 26, M. mojavensis; Fig. 27, M. dinoceps; Fig. 28, M. ruficaudus; Fig. 29, M. altadenae; Fig. 30, M. chaenactidis; Fig. 31, M. quadriceps; Fig. 32, M. grossus. Figs. 33-40: Head in frontal view. Fig. 33, M. linsleyi; Fig. 34, M. mojavensis; Fig. 35, M. chaenactidis; Fig. 36, M. dinoceps; Fig. 37, M. ruficaudus; Fig. 38, M. quadriceps; Fig. 39, M. altadenae; Fig. 40, M. grossus. (Illustrations not drawn to scale.) 186 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Micralictoides linsleyi, New Species (Figs. 2,10, 25, 33) Holotype male. —Length about 3.5 mm, forewing length 2.5 mm; body black except antenna, tegula, tarsi brown; abdomen slightly reddish. Pubescence white, sparse, rather short, not concealing integument. Head. Head length less than width (0.80); clypeus one-half as long as width of truncation, its surface with dense, coarse punctures; lower margin of midocellus well below upper eye margin; distance from median ocellus to antennal scrobe approximately twice that between antennal scrobes; mandible moderately long but not slender, apical tooth less than one-third length of mandible, slightly darker than middle part; punctures of frons close and broad; antennal scape one-third as broad apically as long, with scattered large punctures; flagellomeres I-III distinctly broader than long, IV-X ranging from as long as broad to one and one-half times as long as broad; prementum and stipes slightly shagreened, length of prementum slightly greater than eye length, maxillary palpus approximately equal to eye length. Thorax. Punctures of disk of scutum and scutellum more than a puncture width apart; interspaces shiny; propodeal enclosure with fine, close, irregular carinae not reaching posterior margin. Abdomen. Impunctate margins of terga translucent, not much lighter than remainder of segments; punctures of terga as large as those on scutum and scutellum but much sparser; sternum VI practically straight in profile, with a few long hairs medially; sternum VII as in Fig. 10, sternum VIII as in Fig. 2. Female. —Head proportions and mouthparts as in Figs. 25, 33; elevated preapical margin of clypeus nearly straight; vertex in frontal view well elevated behind eye; scutum and scutellum rather polished, punctures finer and much closer than in male; hind tibia with dorsal scopal hairs not as long as apical width of tibia. Abdominal punctation as in male. Type Material. —Holotype male: NEVADA, Washoe Co., 4 miles (6.4 km) N Sparks, 18-VI-1959, G. I. Stage. Paratypes: 7 females, same data as holotype; 1 female same except 3.4 miles (5.5 km) N of Sparks. Holotype deposited at CAS, paratypes at BBSL, LA CM, and UCB. Additional Material. —CALIFORNIA. Lassen County: 1 male, Litchfield, 10.6 miles (17.1 km) N, 19-VI-1959; 1 male, Ravendale, 10 miles (16.1 km) S, 5-VI-1964, R. C. Dickson; 1 male, Termo, 9-VI-1960, G. 1. Stage. Distribution. —Eastern side of the northern Sierra Nevada Mountains. Discussion. —^Females of M. linsleyi are similar to those of M. ruficaudus. Differences include frons roughened between punctures, vertex elevated above eyes, and preapical margin of clypeus less arcuate. The males are distinct from those of M. ruficaudus in having the abdominal reddish coloration nearly confined to the apical tergal margins. From other Micralictoides males, they can be distinguished by the contrastingly reddish brown color of the apical tergal margins and by the configuration of sterna VII and VIII. Micralictoides quadriceps, New Species (Figs. 1,9,17,20,31,38) Holotype male. —Length about 4 mm, forewing length 2.6 mm; body dull black, with close, broad, rather shallow punctures and short, pale, sparse pubescence. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 187 Head. Face from vertex to clypeal margin subquadrate, broadened apically, head slightly longer than broad (7:6.5); lower margin of median ocellus above upper eye margin; distance from median ocellus to antennal scrobe about three times that between scrobes or between lateral ocelli; mandibles unusually long, slender, with middle one-third yellowish; punctures of frons separated by much less than one puncture width except a little sparser near ocelli and medially on clypeus; clypeal integument only slightly obscured by pubescence; antennal scape shining between punctures and three times as long as broad; flagellomeres I and III to XI longer than broad; mouthparts (including palpi) over twice as long as mesonotum, metanotum, dorsal face of propodeum combined. Thorax. Scutal punctures moderately strong, uniform, averaging less than one puncture width apart; median impressed line well developed on scutum and scutellum; scutal width (between tegulae) less than length of scutum and scutellum combined (4:5); hind basitarsus, tip of hind femur, yellowish brown, other basitarsi, all femoro-tibial areas brown; dorsal propodeal enclosure with moderately regular striae laterally, weak, irregular ones medially. Abdomen. Transparent marginal zones of terga conspicuously lighter than remainder; discs of terga with fine, rather shallow punctures from one to two or more puncture widths apart; sternum VI with shallow median impression and rather abrupt bend in dorsal direction at apical one-fifth, the sternum not obscured in ventral view by rather abundant preapical zone of pubescence; sternum VII as in Figs. 9,17; sternum VIII as in Fig. 1. Female. —Similar to male, but head longer, more parallel sided (Fig. 38), labrum longer, rounded apically; mouthparts as in Fig. 31; clypeus with seven or eight large, well separated punctures on flattened portion; hind basitarsus, tibia, tip of femur orange-yellow; discs of terga more closely punctured and minutely roughened. Type Material. —Holotype male: CALIFORNIA, Amador County, Daffodil Hill, 3-VI-1963, R. M. Bohart. Paratypes: 48 males, 3 females, same as holotype; 34 males, 1 female, same except F. D. Parker; 55 males, 2 females, same except M. E. Irwin; 8 males, 4 females. Volcano, Amador County, California, 4-VI-1961, Navarretia, R. M. Bohart. Holotype deposited at UCD; paratypes at BBSL and UCD. Additional Material. —1 female, Dunlap, Fresno County, California, 25-VI-1963, R. R. Snelling; 1 female. Bear Valley, Placer County, California, 4-VII-1956, R. R. Snelling. Specimens at LA CM. Distribution. —Known only from the western foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Discussion. —Variation is slight in this species. Some specimens are smaller than those described above and some of the males have the face nearly as parallel-sided as the females. The elongated, nearly parallel-sided face is unique in the genus. The male genitalia and sterna closely resemble those of M. chaenactidis and M. altadenae. On the other hand, the reflexed tip of sternum VI bears some resemblance to that of M. grossus. Micralictoides grossus, New Species (Figs. 8,16,18,21,22,32,40) Holotype male. —Length about 6 mm, forewing length 4 mm; body dull black, closely punctured on head but only moderately so elsewhere, the punctures deeper 188 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST than usual for the genus; pubescence pale brownish, moderately profuse, partially obscuring lower parts of face, side of mesepisternum, tip of abdomen. Head. Head slightly broader than long (9:8.5); lower margin of median ocellus shghtly below upper eye margin; distance form median ocellus to antennal scrobe less than three times that between scrobes (6:2.5) and about twice that between lateral ocelli; punctures of face, including clypeus, less than one puncture width apart except close to ocelli, in subantennal area; scape dull, rough, less than twice as long as broad; flagellomeres mostly broader than long; mandible moderately long, black basally, reddish apically, the apical tooth less than one-third as long as mandible; tongue with total length slightly less than twice that of mesonotum, metanotum, dorsal enclosure of propodeum combined (17:9). Thorax. Punctures of scutum averaging about one puncture width apart, not unusually broad or shallow, those of scutellum sparser sublaterally; median, impressed line of scutum visible on scutellum only as dense row of punctures; width of scutum between tegulae as great as length of scutum and scutellum combined; basitarsi, apical portion of posterior tibia yellowish; middle two-thirds of posterior tibia as dark as femur; dorsal propodeal enclosure appearing finely granular with superimposed, weak, irregular striae. Abdomen. Dorsally longer than broad (14:10); apical impunctate margins of terga transparent, rather inconspicuous; discs of terga with moderately fine punctures, mostly ranging from one to two puncture widths apart; sternum VI conspicuously bulging in profile, the bulge densely covered with reddish-brown pubescence (Fig. 18); sternum VII as in Fig. 16; sternum VIII as in Fig. 8. Female. —^As in male but larger (length 6 mm) with pubescence shorter, generally sparser, punctation closer, stronger on scutum, clypeus with only a few large punctures on anteromedian flattened area, propodeum more finely seulptured, tergal discs less polished, a little more closely punctate, hind tibia about same color of brown as hind basitarsus, somewhat paler than hind femur. Head proportions as in Fig. 40; mouthparts as in Fig. 32. Type Material. —Holotype male: CALIFORNIA, Tuolumne Co., Tuolumne City, 3-VI-1953, Gilia capitata, B. L. Rozen. Paratypes: CALIFORNIA. Tuolumne County: 1 female, same data as holotype; 2 males, 18 females, same except J. G. Rozen; 1 female, same except 22-VI-1953, J. G. Rozen; 3 males, same except 27-V-1953; 2 males, same except 29-V-1953; 1 male. Buck Meadows-Mather site, #50982, A. R. Moldenke; 1 female, Early Intake Power House, 3 miles (4.8 km) S, Stanislaus Natl. For., 1-VI-1977, #119159, P. Lincoln; 1 female, same except 2-VI-1977, Gilia capitata, P. Lincoln; 1 female, same except 4-VI-1977. Madera County: 1 female. North Fork, lO-V-1936, F. T. Scott. Sierra County: 1 male, Yuba River, 9 miles (14.5 km) W Goodyears Bar, 29-V-1965, C. D. MacNeill. Holotype deposited at CAS, paratypes at UCB, LA CM, and BBSL. Distribution. —Known only from the western foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Discussion. —Size is somewhat variable in this species, the smallest male being about 4.5 mm and the smallest female 5 mm in length. Some of the males have the propodeal striae completely irregular. This species is easily distinguished by its large size, strong, deep punctures, and dull first tergum. The male is very distinctive in sterna VI, VII and VIII and the genital capsule as illustrated. It is not closely related to any other species, although VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 189 the male shows a possible relationship to M. quadriceps in the bulging and pubescent profile of sternum VI. Micralictoides ruficaudus (Michener) (Figs. 5,13,19,28,37) Halictoides ruficaudus Michener 1937; 397 (Holotype female: SMEK). Dufourea (Micralictoides) ruficauda; Timberlake 1939: 397. Micralictoides ruficaudus; Bohart 1942: 121. Male. —Length about 4.5 mm, forewing length 3 mm; body black except metasomal terga I-III, and frequently IV, mostly orange (dark areas basally on I and laterally on II) and legs varying from dark brown on coxae and femora to lighter brown (but only slightly) on tarsi. Punctures of head and thorax mostly closer than one puncture width apart except about one puncture width apart on middle of scutum and sides of mesepisternum and sparse and fine subgenally; pubescence off-white, rather sparse, only slightly obscuring lower parts of face, sides of mesepisternum; that of abdominal apex yellowish. Head. Head slightly broader than long (7:6.5); lower margin of median ocellus in line with upper eye margin; distance from median ocellus to antennal scrobe a little over twice that between scrobes or between lateral ocelli; clypeus at least half as long as breadth of truncate apical margin, surface strongly, rather closely, punctate; mandibles rather short, the apical third orange to red; antennal scape nearly half as broad as long, strongly roughened; flagellomeres II and III about twice as broad as long, much shorter than either I or IV, both of which (and all succeeding segments except the last) are broader than long; mouthparts (including palpi) about I 1/2 times as long as mesonotum, metanotum, and dorsal enclosure of propodeum combined; terminal maxillary palpal segment longer than either of preceding segments. Thorax. Punctures rather broad and shallow, those of median portion of scutum about one puncture width apart, those of lower portions of mesepisternum broad but very shallow, leaving its surface rather polished; tarsi only slightly paler than femora, central portion of tibiae; propodeal enclosure strongly, rather irregularly striate throughout; total propodeal length considerably greater than that of metanotum and scutellum combined. Abdomen. Tergal discs polished but punctures rather coarse (about as large as scutal), shallow, and mostly a little more than one diameter apart; sterna completely orange in some specimens, but parts or all of sterna III-VI dark brown in others; sternum VI approximately straight in profile, with moderately dense, dark pubescence medially (Fig. 19); sternum VII (Fig. 13) similar to that of M. mojavensis; sternum VIII (Fig. 5) and genital capsule similar to those of M. altadenae. Female. —Differs from male in having face more shining but only slightly more sparsely punctate (generally less than one diameter apart) except clypeus which has punctures two or more diameters apart; head unusually convex and with inner eye margins nearly parallel (Fig. 37); mouthparts as in Fig. 28; low portions of mesepisternum with punctures somewhat finer and scutum with punctures coarse and slightly less than one diameter apart, even medially; tarsi about unicolorous with tibiae, scarcely paler than femora; metasomal terga I to III generally orange except for large dark spot laterally on II; terga IV and V becoming darker (especially on 190 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST some specimens); tergal punctures coarse, ranging from less than one to about two diameters apart. Distribution. —^Found in the coastal ranges of California from San Diego to Marin Counties. This spring species appears to be oligolectic on Eschscholtzia californica. New Records. —CALIFORNIA. Alameda County: 1 male, 8 females, Oakland, Skyline Drive, 12-V-1953, E. Gilbert. Kern County: 1 male, Kern River Pres., 1.5 miles (2.4 km) W Weldon, 21-IV-1983, J. D. Pinto & R. K. Velten. Los Angeles County: 1 female, Altadena, 2-V-1936, Eschscholtzia calif ornica, C. D. Michener. Marin County: 1 female. Mill Valley, 12-V-1950, F. X. Williams; 1 female, Novato, 6-V-1962, D. C. Rentz. Monterey County: 2 males, Hastings Reserve, near Jamesburg, 3-V-1958, J. Powell; 9 males, 8females, Hollister, 22miles (35.4 km) S, 3-V-1982, Eschscholtzia calif ornica, P. F. Torchio; 2 females, Jolon, 14 miles (22.5 km) W, 2-IV-1959, C. W. O’Brien. Riverside County: 2 males. Corona, 12 miles (19.3 km) S, 1-15 & Indian Truck Trail, 14-IV-1985, Cryptantha intermedia, R. R. Snelling; 2 males. Riverside, lO-IV-1935, Eschscholtzia californica, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, same except 12-IV-1935; 1 male, same except Cryptantha intermedia', 1 female, same except 12-IV-1933, Eschscholtzia californica, S. C. Dorman; 1 female, same except 15-IV-1929, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, same except 15-IV-1932, Cryptantha intermedia', 1 male, same except 15-IV-1933, H. L. McKenzie; 1 female, same except 15-V-1934, Cryptantha intermedia, P. H. Timberlake; 1 female, same except 2-IV-1929, Eschscholtzia calif ornica', 1 female, same except 24-IV-1928; 1 female, same except 29-HI-1933, Amsinckia douglasiana, H. L. McKenzie; 1 male, same except 5-IV-1933, Cryptantha intermedia, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, same except 9-V-1935. San Bernardino County: 1 female, Devore, 21-IV-1974, J. C. & E. M. Hall. San Luis Obispo County: 3 females. Black Mt., 6 air miles (9.7 km) NE Pozo, 3300-3600' (1006-1097m), l-V-1962, J. K. Drew. Discussion. —This is a very distinctive species, apparently related to M. mojavensis on the basis of sternum VII in the male, but with many unusual features including the largely orange abdomen, the short male flagellum, and the coarse abdominal punctation. Except that the abdomen varies in the amount of black beyond tergum III, there is no evidence of geographical variation. This red abdomen is distinctive among Micralictoides except for some females of M. linsleyi which also exhibit orange coloration on the basal terga but differ from M. ruficaudus in having roughened interpunctural areas on the frons. Micralictoides mojavensis Bohart (Figs. 7,15,26,34) Micralictoides mojavensis Bohart 1942:120 (Holotype male: CAS). Male. —Length about 4.5 mm, forewing length 3 mm, head width slightly greater than length (1.1 or 1.2); similar in most respects to M. chaenactidis, but differs in having the clypeus and supra-clypeal area more polished, the clypeus more nearly impunctate (except basolaterally) and the punctures of the supra-clypeal area mostly separated by three or four times their diameters. The facial pubescence is somewhat sparser, not at all concealing the clypeus and supraclypeal area. The mouthparts are about as long as those of M. chaenactidis and distinctly longer than those of M. altadenae. The propodeum has the sculptured area of the enclosure more restricted VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 191 than that of M. chaenactidis and has a broad, nearly smooth zone laterally within the enclosural boundaries. Sternum VI resembles that of M. chaenactidis, but sternum VII is strikingly different (Fig. 15). Sternum VIII is similar to that of M. chaenactidis, but its apical process is a little broader (Fig. 7). Female. —Very similar to M. altadenae and to the widespread California form of M. chaenactidis. Head (Fig. 34) length to breadth ratio varies from 0.88 to 0.99. Mouthparts (Fig. 26) long as in M. chaenactidis. Length of dorsal scopal hair on hind tibia slightly less than apical width of tibia. Tergum II with punctation of disk sparse, especially in middle. Distribution. —Mojave Desert and Los Angeles Basin. All collection records are from mid-April to late May. Males were collected on Gilia multicaulis and Platystemon californicus. New Records. —CALIFORNIA. Inyo County: 1 female, Darwin, 12-V-1969, J. Doyen; 2 females, same except P. Wells. Riverside County: 2 males, 1 female, Gavilan, 4-IV-1952, Salvia columbariae, P. H. Timberlake; 1 female, same except 22-IV-1952, Eschscholtzia californica; 1 female, same except lO-IV-1956; 1 female, same except 16-IV-1956, Gilia multicaulis. San Bernardino County: 3 females, Adelanto, 20 miles (32.2 km) N, 18-IV-1962, Malacothrix glabrata, P. H. Timberlake; 1 male, Atolia, l-V-1952, R. M. Bohart; 3 males, 5 females. Mid Hills, 9 miles (14.5 km) SSE Cima, 26-V-1975, T. Griswold; 1 male. Mid Hills, Sec. 12 T12N R14E, 5620' (1713m), 19-V-1980, T. Griswold; 1 male, Sacaton Spr., New YorkMts., 4100' (1250m), lO-V-1978, T. Griswold; 1 female, Twentynine Palms, 4 miles (6.4 km) S, 14-IV-1935, Malacothrix calif ornica, P. H. Timberlake; 1 female, Victorville, 12 miles (19.3 km) W, 14-IV-1963, Phacelia fremontii, M. Dickson. Discussion. —This species is difficult to distinguish from M. chaenactidis in its externally visible characteristics even though sternum VII of the male resembles that of M. ruficaudus more than it does that of M. chaenactidis. The female appears to be separable from M. chaenactidis only by the more sparse punctation of tergum II and the shorter scopal hair. Since the distribution of these two species overlaps, it is possible that our association of the sexes in M. mojavensis (based primarily on similarity in headshape) is not entirely correct. Longer series from single localities will probably clarify this matter in the future. The punctation and coloration of M. mojavensis, in general, appears to be intermediate between those of the Coast Range and more interior forms of M. chaenactidis. Like M. chaenactidis, the species differs from altadenae in both sexes by its narrower face (but only slightly so), longer clypeus, and longer mouthparts. Four females from Red Rock Canyon, Kern County, California are a composite of characteristics of M. mojavensis and M. dinoceps. The head shape and propodeal sculpturing are as in M. dinoceps, while the scutal punctation and length of the maxillary palpi are as in M. mojavensis. It is possible that these females represent intermediate conditions in a polymorphic species and, consequently, that M. dinoceps is not a valid species. However, the available material of both M. mojavensis and M. dinoceps is quite homogeneous with respect to these two characters. It, therefore, seems possible that the Red Rock Canyon females represent a third species. Resolution of this problem must await discovery of the corresponding male. 192 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Micralictoides dinoceps, New Species (Figs. 6,14, 23, 24, 27, 36) Holotype male. —Length about 4.5 mm, forewing length 3 mm; body black except tegula, tarsi, sterna brown. Pubescence white, sparse, rather short, not concealing integument. Head. Head distinctly broader than long (1.3); clypeus less than one-third as long as breadth of truncation, its surface with sparse, coarse punctures; lower margin of median ocellus lower than upper eye margin; distance from median ocellus to antellal scrobe less than twice that between antennal scrobes; mandible moderately long but not slender, apical tooth less than one-third length of mandible, slightly darker than middle third; punctures of frons close and broad; antennal scape one-third as broad apically as long, with scattered large punctures; flagellomeres I-III distinctly broader than long, IV-X ranging from as long as broad to one and one-half times as long as broad; prementum and stipes shagreened, length of prementum slightly greater than eye length, maxillary palpus shorter than eye length. Thorax. Punctures of scutum and scutellum less than a puncture width apart, interspaces not shagreened; propodeal enclosure with strong, rather close, regular longitudinal carinae throughout. Abdomen. Impunctate margins of terga translucent, not much lighter than remainder of segments; punctures of terga smaller and much sparser than those on scutum and scutellum; sternum VI practically straight in profile, uniformly sparsely haired; sternum VII as in Fig. 14, sternum VIII as in Fig. 6, genital capsule as in Figs. 23,24. Female. —Differs from male in having the face more polished, punctation of frons slightly more sparse; head proportioned as in Fig. 36; mouthparts as in Fig. 27; elevated portion of clypeus nearly straight apically, width of marginal truncation more than twice length; scutum and scutellum rather polished, with fine punctures less than a puncture width apart; abdominal terga with punctures as coarse, but much more sparse; hind tibia nearly as light as hind basitarsus, dorsal scopal hair no longer than apical width of tibia. Type Material. —Holotype male. CALIFORNIA, San Bernardino Co., Arrastre Flat, 7,450 ft (2,271m), 26-VI-1919, Alliumfimbriatum, M. H. O’Brien. Paratypes: California, San Bernardino County: 7 males and 16 females, same data as holotype; 1 female. Mill Creek, 7400' (2,256m), 29-VI-1942, R. M. Bohart. Los Angeles County: 1 male, Valyermo, 4 miles (6.4 km) SE, 13-IV-1960, R. R. Snelling. Holotype deposited at LA CM; paratypes at LA CM, BBSL, and UCD. Distribution. —Apparently restricted to the San Bernardino Mountains of southern California. Discussion. —Males of M. dinoceps are close to those of M. mojavensis and both can be distinguished from other Micralictoides by the abrupt expansion near the middle of the lateral arm of sternum VII. M. dinoceps can be separated from M. mojavensis by the wider head and differences in sternum VII. In M. dinoceps, the lateral arms of sternum VII are in a tight arc so that together, they form an area longer than wide; in M. mojavensis, these arms are in loose curves so that they form an area wider than long. The lateral arm of M. dinoceps is of uniform thickness VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 193 beyond the medial expansion whereas in M. mojavensis, it is narrow then apically expanded. Females of M. dinoceps are easily confused with those of M. altadenae, M. chaenactidis and M. mojavensis. From these, they differ by the shortened maxillary palpi, the fine and more dense scutal punctation, and in the sculpturing of the basal zone of the propodeum. They further differ from M. mojavensis by the broader head, and from M. altadenae and M. chaenactidis by the shorter scopal hairs and the sparser punctation of tergum IF Acknowledgments We are grateful to the following individuals for providing the majority of the approximately 650 specimens used in this study: P. Timberlake and S. Frommer, University of California at Riverside (UCR), R. Bohart, University of California at Davis (UCD), P. Hurd, University of California at Berkeley (UCB), R. Snelling, Los Angeles County Museum (LACM), C. Michener, University of Kansas (SMEK), W. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences (CAS), J. Rozen and M. Favreau, American Museum of Natural History (AMNH), D. Faulkner, San Diego Natural History Museum (SDNH), and U. Lanham, University of Colorado (UC). This is a contribution from the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-4810, Journal Paper No. 3342, and USD A-Agricultural Research Service-Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310. Literature Cited Bohart, G. E. 1942. A synopsis of the genus Micralictoides. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 18:119-123. Michener, C. D. 1937. Records and descriptions of North American bees. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10) 19:313-329,393-410. -. 1965. A generic review of the Dufoureinae of the Western Hemisphere. Ann. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 58:321-326. Timberlake, P. H. 1939. New species of the genus Dufourea from California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 32:395-414. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 194-198 A new species of Andrena (Onagrandrena) from Utah’s San Rafael Desert (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae) Robbin W. Thorp Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, CA 95616. Abstract .—A series of a large, distinctive, undescribed species of black Andrena belonging to the subgenus Onagrandrena was collected by Dr. Frank Parker, USD A Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Logan, Utah during a survey of aculeate Hymenoptera from Utah’s San Rafael Desert. It is related to a complex of species described by E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain for their ecological studies of bees and Onagraceae of the Great Basin (Linsley, et al. 1963b). I describe the species at this time to include it in this volume dedicated to E. Gorton Linsley and to make the name available for a forthcoming review of the subgenus. The format and abbreviations used in the description follow those used by LaBerge (1967), with the exception that UCD is now RMB (R. M. Bohart Museum of Entomology). Andrena (Onagrandrena) linsleyana Thorp, New Species Female.—Measurements and Ratios .—N = 20; length, 14-15.5 mm; width, 4.8-5 mm; wing length, M = 8.7±0.06 mm; FL/FW, M = l± 0.129; FOVL/FOVW, M = 2.8± 0.007. Integumental Color.—Black except as follows: mandible tips mahogany; antennal flagellomeres 3-10 brownish beneath; tegulae posteriorly mahogany; wing membrane infuscated, veins light yellowish brown; legs and basal areas of metasomal sternites mahogany. Structure .—^Antennal scape equal to flagellomeres 1 to 3; flagellomere 1 slightly shorter that 2 plus 3 combined (1:1.25); flagellomeres 2, 3 and 4 each as wide as long and equal to each other in length. Eyes 3 times as long as wide, inner margins essentially parallel. Malar space short, linear. Mandibles somewhat elongate, when closed outer mandible extends to end of labrum with subapical dorsal tooth surpassing midlabrum by two fifths length, without tooth or angle on basal inferior margin. Galea with outer margin angled outward from apex in straight line, then bending rearward to insertion of palpus; surface moderately dull, shagreened. Maxillary palpus nearly twice as long as galea; segmental ratio about (1.2:2.0:1.5:2.0:1.7:1.7). Labial palpus with first segment curved, somewhat flattened; segmental ratio about (2.0:1.2:1.0:1.5). Labral process short, tumid, converging and shallowly emarginate apically with two, very short, blunt teeth, longer than apical width, without basal depression (Fig. 2); labrum apical to process without transverse sulcus, with median longitudinal crista, with coarse, longitudinally elongate, nearly contiguous punctures. Clypeus convex; punctures coarse, separated by less than one diameter centrally, finer and nearly contiguous laterally and dorsally; surface shiny, with narrow median longitudinal impunctate line. Supraclypeal area dull, punctures nearly contiguous and finer than on clypeus. 194 VOLUME 63 , NUMBER 2 195 Face above antennal fossae with coarse, contiguous punctures between fine longitudinal rugulae. Facial fovea long, extending below level of antennal bases and 2.8 times maximum width, width at top twice width at bottom and separated from lateral ocellus by 0.4 ocellar diameter, area between fovea and ocellus finely striate-punctate. Lateral ocelli 2.4 diameters from inner margins of compound eyes and about one diameter from the top of the vertex. Vertex above lateral ocellus dull, densely, moderately coarsely punctate. Genal area in profile broader than eye (about as 8:5), punctures finer than on clypeus, sparse, separated by 1-2 diameters centrally, closer, and separated by less than one diameter peripherally, surface dull, shagreened, shiniest centrally. Pronotum with rounded humeral angle and without dorsoventral ridge, dull, finely, moderately sparsely punctate, shagreened posteriorly, shiny anteriorly. Mesoscutum dull with coarse, close punctures separated by less than one diameter, interspaces shagreened. Scutellum dull, punctures coarse, close (<1 diameter) becoming contiguous posteriorly. Metanotum dull, punctures coarse and contiguous. Propodeum with dorsal enclosure moderately rugose, irregular, without longitudinal rugae (Fig. 1); dorsolaterally and posteriorly dull, with coarse, close and vertically long-ovate punctures, laterally sparsely punctate in center of corbicular area. Fore wing with base of vein M ending about 2 vein widths anterior to cu-v. Metasomal tergum 1 shiny with anterior face impunctate, rounded to dorsal sparsely punctate disk. Terga 2-4 shiny, finely, sparsely, punctate with punctures separated by 1-2 diameters, impunctate margin shiny, about one-fifth length of apical impressed area. Pygidial plate V-shaped with apex truncate, margins curved upwards, with distinct, raised internal triangular area grading apically and basolaterally toward margins, mediolaterally sharply declivous with fine striae extending onto depressed submarginal, impunctate, dull, shagreened area, surface of raised internal area finely, irregularly striate. Sterna 2-5 with basal areas sparsely, moderately finely punctate, separated by 3-4 diameters on sternum 2, becoming closer on succeeding sterna to 1-2 diameters on sternum 5, narrow apical areas impunctate, shiny, moderately transparent. Vestiture.—Black. Propodeal corbiculum incomplete, dorsal hairs moderately long, straight, similar to other hairs above, with many internal hairs and only a ventral tuft of hairs anteriorly; trochanteral flocculus complete with moderately long curved hairs; tibial scopal hairs sparse, long (nearly twice tibial width), simple. Tergal hairs erect, long on tergum 1 (7 times as long as on tergum 2). Male.—Measurements and Ratios :—N = 20; length, 9.5-14.5 mm; width, 3-4.5 mm; wing length, M = 7.4±0.37; FL/FW, M = 1.12 ± 0.001; FS1/FS2, M = 1.25± 0.003. Integumental Color.—Black with exceptions as in female. Structure.—Antennal scape equal to first two and one fourth flagellomeres; flagellomere 1 longer than 2 (as 1.3:1.0), equal to 3; segment 2 as wide as long; segment 3 slightly longer than wide (as 1.3:1.0). Mandibles moderately long, when closed, outer mandible extends slightly beyond end of labrum. Malar space and galea as in female. Maxillary palpus as in female, but segmental ratio (1.0:1.5:1.3:1.7:1.3:1.7). Labial palpus as in female, but ratio about (1.5:1.0:1.0:1.3). Labral process wider than long (as 2.5:1.5), deeply emarginate with two teeth (Fig. 4); labrum apical to process convex, finely, sparsely punctate, shiny, without crista. Clypeus with sculpture as in female, except median impunctate 196 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST line more difficult to detect, especially above; shiny centrally. Supraclypeal area and face above antennal fossae as in female. Lateral ocelli separated from inner margin of compound eye by 3 diameters and from vertex by one diameter. Vertex sculptured as in female. Genal area in profile broader than eye (as about 7.5:5), sculpture as in female. Pronotum with rounded humeral angle and without dorsoventral ridge, surface sculpture as in female. Mesoscutum and scutellum sculptured as in female. Propodeum sculptured as in female (Fig. 3). Fore wing with base of vein M as in female. Metasomal terga 1-5 sculptured as in female. Tergum 7 with pseudopygidial area concealed by long hairs at lateral margin, V-shaped and broadly truncate apically. Sterna 2-5 punctate as in female. Sternum 6 with apical margin turned down slightly, without emargination. Sternum 7 emarginate apically. Sternum 8 with terminal shaft equal in length to that of broad base and with apex slightly emarginate. Penis valves moderately broadened medially, tips narrow, not exceeding tips of gonostyli; dorsal lobe of gonocoxite relatively narrow, acute apically shorter than base of gonocoxite (as 3:5); gonostyli enlarged nearly axe-shaped apically with concave outer face, longer than distance to apex of dorsal lobe of gonocoxite (as 3.5:1.5) (Figs. 5-6). Vestiture.—^Black. Type Material. —The holotype female (USNM) and allotype (USNM), 8 female and 57 male paratypes (USU; CAS; CIS; RMB) were collected at Bullfrog Campground, Kane County, Utah, 21 April 1983 by F. D. and J. H. Parker. The type locality is near the end of the road at Lake Powell about 120 km south of Hanksville, Wayne County (confirmed by F. D. Parker, personal communication). An additional 11 female paratypes (USU) were collected as follows: UTAH: Emery Co.: 5,100', 4 air mi. N. Gilson Butte, 29 May 1981, F. D. Parker, 1 female on Oenothera and 6 females on Compositae; 4,900', Wildhorse Creek, N of Goblin Valley, 3 June 1982, F. D. Parker, T. L. Griswold, 4 females on Oenothera. Variation.—Males vary considerably in size with their lengths ranging from 9.5-14.5 mm (M = 12 ± 1.263) while females vary only slightly with lengths ranging from 14-15.5 mm (M = 14.9 ± 0.326). The median longitudinal impunctate line of the clypeus of some males is reduced to the lower portion only. Systematics.— Andrena linsleyana belongs to the species complex that includes: A. (O.) chylismae-nevadae-thorpi-stagei all described by Linsley and MacSwain. Its females can be separated from others of this complex by their larger size, the less pronounced and more irregularly rugose propodeal enclosure, the presence of a median longitudinal impunctate line on the clypeus, the shorter and more emarginate labral process. Males of A. linsleyana can be separated from those of A. chlyismae, the only species of this complex for which males have been described, by their larger size, the less pronounced and more irregularly rugose propodeal enclosure, and the presence of a median longitudinal impunctate line on the clypeus. Males of both have all black pubescence. This is a unique characteristic among Onagrandrena of the Intermountain Region and will likely be true for other members of this species group as the males become known. Flower and Colleciton Records. —According to Dr. F. D. Parker (personal communication) the specific floral records for the above are: Oenothera pallida Lindley and Hymenopappus filifolius Hook, and the bees were foraging as late as 11 A.M. I examined the specimens for pollen. All the bees collected on Oenothera bore small amounts of Oenothera pollen in their scopae. All the females collected on VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 197 Figures 1-6. Andrena linsleyana, paratypes. 1. Propodeal enclosure of female. 2. Labral process of female. 3. Propodeal enclosure of male. 4. Labral process of male. 5,6. Male genital capsule lateral and apical views. Hymenopappus had moderate amounts of pollen from Compositae on their faces below their antennae, but none in their scopae indicating that this was a nectar source. Its flight season is from late April into June. The specimens from Bullfrog Campground on 21 April 1981 are all very fresh. The collections made at the other 198 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST two sites in late May and early June show wear of the mandibles, hairs of the clypeus and labrum and of the wing tips. The presence of pollen in the scopae of the females and the lack of males in the latter collections also suggests that these were made near the end of the season for the bees. Discussion. —Based on the flower records and pollen analyses, females of A. linsleyana presumably collect residual pollen in the morning from the evening opening O. pallida when the nectar supply in the deep hypanthium is low and forage for nectar on flowers of compositae. This is similar to the behavior of females of (O.) linsleyi Timberlake which forage in the morning for residual pollen from the nocturnal O. deltoides Torrey & Fremont and for nectar on Geraea canescens Torrey & Gray in the Colorado Desert of California (Linsley, et al. 1963a). Females from Bullfrog Campground were collected at a nest site and males were found sleeping in shallow burrows under rocks (F. D. Parker, personal communication). The Canyon Lands subdivision of the Colorado Plateau Province which contains the San Rafael Desert of Utah has the greatest number of endemic plant species of any part of the Intermountain Region (Cronquist, et al. 1972). The San Rafael Desert has produced several endemic bee species (F. D. Parker, personal communication) as well, so it is not surprising that A. linsleyana with the largest females of any Onagrandrena represents another endemic species. Etymology. —I take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of Dr. E. Gorton Linsley who has contributed greatly to the understanding of the systematics and ecology of this subgenus of Andrena and who had a great influence on my career as my major professor and mentor during my graduate years at Berkeley. Acknowledgments I thank Dr. Frank Parker for bringing this species to my attention and for providing additional biological information. I thank Drs. Parker and W. E. LaBerge for reviewing the manuscript. I thank Mrs. Mary Ann Tenorio, Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, for assistance with the scanning electron microscope photos. Literature Cited Cronquist, A., A. H. Holmgren, N. H. Holmgren and J. L. Reveal. 1972. Intermountain flora. Vol. 1. Hafner Publ. Co., NY. 270 pp. LaBerge, W. E. 1967. Revision of the bees of the genus Andrena of the Western Hemisphere. Part 1. Callandrena. (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae). Bull. Univ. Nebraska State Mus. 7:1-318. Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain and P. H. Raven. 1963a. Comparative behavior of bees and Onagraceae. 1. Oenothera bees of the Colorado Desert. Univ. Cahf. Pubis. Entomol. 33:1-24. -. 1963b. Comparative behavior of bees and Onagraceae. 11. Oenothera bees of the Great Basin. Univ. Calif. Pubis. Entomol. 33:25-58. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(2), 1987, pp. 199-204 Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Engomological Society, 1986 FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-FOURTH MEETING The 444th meeting was held Friday, 21 February 1986, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 13 December 1985 were read and accepted. Nine persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Richard L. Bottorff and Mr. Tim A. Christiansen as student members; Mr. Richard P. and Mrs. Louise H. Fall as regular family members; and Mr. Robert D. Haines, Dr. Patricia G. Lincoln, Mr. Terry D. Miller, Dr. Frank J. Radovsky, and Dr. Jose A. Ramos as regular members. Mr. Bezark announced the topics for some of the forthcoming meetings. Several guests were introduced. Dr. Kirby A. Brown showed slides of bronze medallions casted in 1911 by the Paris mint in honor of the famous entomologist Jean-Henri Fabre. The featured speaker. Dr. Jarmila Kukalova-Peck, Department of Geology, Carleton University, Ottawa, presented a lecture entitled “Paleozoic Insects, the Origin of Wings and the Evolution of Insect Flight.” She showed slides of these monstrous and bizarre-looking insects from the Carboniferous and Permian Periods, a majority of which have highly modified beaks for penetrating and sucking the strobili of primitive plants. She discussed the old paranotal theory which proposes evolution of flight by gradual modifications of the paranotal lobes from rigid gliding structures to foldable, then flapping structures, and finally to wings that can power flight. Combining knowledge from paleontology, embryology, and comparative anatomy, she presented her own “exite-ting” theory which proposes wing evolution from basipodite exites that migrated from the ventral to the dorso-lateral position. The presence of musculature in the articulations of the wings supports her theory that any prewing structures were already flexible before true wings evolved. Nearly all of the very early insects also had segmented abdominal legs. Her research also led her to conclude that the Arthropoda is a monophyletic group. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 102 persons was present, of which 51 signed as members and 29 as guests.—^V. F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-FIFTH MEETING The 445th meeting was held Friday, 21 March 1986, at 8:15 p.m., in Mulford Hall, University of California, Berkeley, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 21 February 1986 were read and accepted. Five persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Marc L. Utheim as a student member; and Dr. Edward I. Coher, Prof. Hua Lizhong, Dr. Daniel Udovic, and Dr. Floyd G. Werner as regular members. Mr. Bezark mentioned a few papers that appeared in some recent journals and the recent publication of the 1986 volume of Annual Review of Entomology. Dr. Edward L. Smith presented his recent findings on a proposed new classification of the hexapodan groups. The featured speaker. Dr. David H. Kistner, Chico State University, presented a lecture entitled “Wallace, Wallace’s Lines, and the Wallace Expedition.” He gave a brief biographical sketch of Alfred Russell Wallace and discussed the Wallace’s Lines, which separate the Oriental from the Australian Zoogeographical Regions. He suggested that the fauna of Sulawesi (or Celebes) might have been influenced by plate tectonics since the island is a composite of land masses from each of these regions. In 1985, the Royal Entomological Society of London celebrated its 150th anniversary by sponsoring the year-long Wallace Expedition, which is the largest expedition in the last 50 years, involving 102 scientists, including Dr. Kistner and his wife, Alzada. She discussed the logistics of the expedition, in which volunteers from the British military helped by carrying supplies and setting up camp, etc. for the scientists. Dr. Kistner discussed his research on the termitophilic staphylinids taken from termite nests in the Oriental part of the island. The social hour was held in Wellman Hall following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 63 persons was present, of which 34 signed as members and 14 as guests.—V. F. Lee, Secretary. 199 200 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-SIXTH MEETING The 446th meeting was held Friday, 18 April 1986, at 8:15 p.m., in Morrison Auditorium, Cahfornia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 21 March 1986 were read and accepted. Two persons were proposed and elected as new regular members: Dr. Jeffrey C. Burne and Dr. Robert V. Dowell. The featured speaker. Dr. Kirby W. Brown, entomologist with the San Joaquin County Department of Agriculture, Stockton, presented a lecture entitled “Paper Beetles or Adventures in Literature.” He showed slides of some old entomological books, some of which had very decorative title pages, and discussed the evolution of colored illustrations from copper to steel engravings with hand-painted colors to chromohthographs to photographs. He also discussed the importance of literature to taxonomists. He summarized the history of entomological literature from the perspective of expeditions, taxonomic monographs, faunistic studies, and book catalogs. He emphasized that books produced today cannot duphcate the efforts that went into the older ones because of higher production costs. However, the older books are being destroyed for their colored plates, which are often removed, framed, and sold separately to command higher prices than if the books were to be sold intact. Their scientific value is therefore much reduced. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 36 persons was present, of which 23 signed as members and 11 as guest.—^V. F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-SEVENTH MEETING The 447th meeting was held Friday, 17 October 1986, at 8:15 p.m. , in Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 18 April 1986 were read and accepted. Twelve persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Timothy G. Myles, Mr. Felipe N. Soto Adames, and Mr. Wilham P. Weaver Jr. as student members for 1986, and Mr. Gregory S. Forbes, Mr. Elgin E. Huckstep, Mr. Timothy A. Kellogg, Mr. Stephen A. Manweiler, Mr. Ronald G. Robertson, Dr. Geoffrey G. E. Scudder, and Dr. Wilham D. Shepard as regular members for 1986, and Mr. Craig Sondergaard and Dr. Gregory R. Walker as regular members for 1987. Mr. Bezark announced two forthcoming entomological conferences and presented shdes of his summer collecting trip to the Rockies. Dr. Edward L. Smith presented slides of the Eagle Lake Biological Field Station, operated by California State University, Chico, that is being threatened with closure due to lack of funding, and make an appeal for letters of support from the audience. The featured speaker, Dr. Harry Greene, professor of zoology at the University of California, Berkeley, presented a lecture entitled “Behavioral Ecology of Tropical Predators.” He showed shdes of predatory vertebrates and invertebrates of the Finca La Selva station in Costa Rica and discussed why there is an increase in the diversity of vertebrates when one compares the polar areas to the tropics. He also suggested that larger vertebrate predators in the tropics should not be eliminated because they can check the smaller predators which are able to more significantly affect avian populations. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room f oho wing adjournment of the meeting. A total of 71 persons was present, of which 44 signed as members and 20 as guests.—V. F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-EIGHTH MEETING The 448th meeting was held as a joint meeting with the Northern California Spider Society on Friday, 21 November 1986, at 8:15 p.m., in Mulford HaU, University of Cahfornia, Berkeley, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 17 October 1986 were read and accepted. Two persons were proposed and elected as new student members for 1987: Mr. Denn is W. Gray and Mr. Larry J. Orsak. Mr. Bezark appointed members of the auditing committee, consisting of Mr. H. Vannoy Davis (as chair). Dr. Paul H. Arnaud Jr., and Mrs. Helen K. Court, and the nominating committee, consisting of Dr. Clifford Y. Kitayama (as chair). Dr. Barry M. Wilk, and Dr. Robbin W. Thorp. He reminded the audience of the forthcoming Entomological Society of American meeting in Reno in December. He demonstrated a way to conserve space when pinning specimens into schmitt boxes. Dr. J. Gordon Edwards showed slides of his recent trip to New Zealand. Mr. Bezark then introduced Dr. Jack B. Fraser, VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 201 president of the Northern California Spider Society, who invited members of the audience to join the spider society and offered their tee shirts for sale. Dr. Fraser introduced the featured speaker, Ms. Teresa Meikle-Griswold, Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, South Africa, who presented a slide lecture entitled “The Natural History of Two Species of Group-living Eresid Spiders in Southern Africa.” She discussed the natural history of Magunia dumicola (Pocock) and Stegodyphus mimosarum Pavesi, commonly called community spiders. These spiders form group living cooperatives. She showed that the eresid colonies are very complex biological communities, with predators, parasitoids, and kleptoparasites living among the eresids. The Zulus utilize these spiders in the control of flies that live around cattle pens. The social hour was held in Wellman Hall following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 55 persons was present, of which 28 signed as members and 22 as guests.— W. F. Lee, Secretary. FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-NINTH MEETING The 449th meeting was held on Friday, 12 December 1986, at 8:20 p.m., in Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, with President Mr. Larry G. Bezark presiding. The minutes of the meeting held 21 November 1986 were read and accepted. Three persons were proposed and elected as new regular members: for 1986, Dr. Allen M. Young, and for 1987, Mr. E. Penryn Flemyng and Dr. Paul K. Lago. Mr. Bezark introduced his parents. Bud and Betty. Dr. Stanley C. Williams introduced Dr. Donald K. Fletcher. Mr. Bezark announced that he recently returned from the Entomological Society of American meetings where he saw Christmas cards with depictions of insects, a new book with keys to braconids, and a new book on Pacific Island names. He then called for committee reports. Dr. Paul H. Arnaud Jr., chair of the historical committee, reported that there was considerable use of the Albert Koebele notes. Mr. Daniel F. Gross, chair of the membership committee, reported that the 1986 membership rolls consisted of 433 members, including 306 regular members, 60 student members, 44 sponsoring members and sponsoring family members. The year saw an addition of 38 new members, 27 regular and 11 student members. He then read the names of the members who continue to support the journal by being sponsoring members for 1986: Phillip A. Adams, Robert P. Allen, Richard K. Allen, William F. Barr, Richard M. Bohart, Paula and Robert Buickerood, Donald J. Burdick, Leopoldo E. Caltagirone, Arthur L. Chan, Kenneth W. Cooper, J. Gordon and Alice Edwards, George R. Ferguson, William E. and Stephenie S. Ferguson, Wayne C. Field Jr., Eric M. Fisher, John G. Franclemont, E. Eric Grissell, John E. Hafernik Jr., Kenneth S. Hagen, Alice S. Hunter, Johannes L. Joos, Benjamin Keh, Dennis M. Kubly, Robert J. Lyon, Robert L. Mangan, David G. Marqua, Gordon A. Marsh, Woodrow W. Middlekauff, Robert B. Miller, Calvert E. Norland, Harry W. Oswald, Richard L. Penrose, Jacqueline L. Robertson, Leslie S. Saul, Evert I. Schlinger, David B. Scott, Harvey 1. Scudder, Terry N. Seeno, Frank E. Skinner, Edward L. Smith, Roy R. Snelling, Marius S. and Joanne S. Wasbauer, and David B. Weissman. Dr. Arnaud read notes from Mr. H. Vannoy Davis, chair of the auditing committee, stating that the financial books of the Society were in good order. He also read a report from Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer, on the fund balances of the Society as of 30 September 1986, and thanked Mrs. L. Gail Freihofer and Mr. Davis for their help in maintaining the books. He mentioned that page charges for Dr. Hua Lizhong’s paper on new Chinese cerambycids, published in vol. 62 of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, was supported by a grant from the Charles P. Alexander Publication Fund. Mr. Bezark raffled a book, California Insects by Powell and Hogue, to a member of the audience. Dr. Clifford Y. Kitayama, chair of the nominating committee, proposed the 1987 slate of candidates for officers: Dr. Stanley C. Williams, as president, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, as treasurer, Mr. Vincent F. Lee, as secretary, and Mr. Alan I. Kaplan, as president-elect. The members of the Society then voted in the slate as officers for the new year. Mr. Bezark handed the gavel over to the president. Dr. Williams, who then presided over the remainder of the meeting. Mr. Lee announced that, by the action of the publication committee, the Society has changed the printer for the journal: A-R Editions of Madison, Wisconsin will replace Allen Press, starting in 1987. Dr. Ronald E. Stecker mentioned that a former entomology student of San Jose State University, Mr. Robert Anderson, died tragically in an auto accident a few months ago. Dr. Williams announced with regret that the Society will not participate in the annual meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science-Pacific Division in San Diego in June 1987. However, he suggested that the Society put on an all-day seminar and meeting in place of it at the end of the year. 202 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Dr. Edward L. Smith announced two new books: Spider: Webs, Behavior, and Evolution, edited by W. A. Shear, and E. N. Kjellesvig-Waering’s posthumous monograph on the fossil scorpions of the world, published in Palaeontologica Americana. He also showed drawings of Carboniferous thysanurans, japygids, and monurans, and a rediscovered Protodonata, which was previously misidentified as belonging to another insect order, executed by Dr. Jarmila Kukalova-Peck. Mr. Benjamin Keh showed a book on insect studies in China, written in Esperanto. Mr. Dean W. Jamieson mentioned that insect and arachnid specimens from Iran collected by Mr. Bruce Sanford will be on display at the social hour. Mr. Larry J. Orsak showed slides of possible spider mimics by tephritids and possibly by otitids, possible spider images on wings of geometrids in Wau, New Guinea, and noctuid caterpillars which resemble teratological flowers in Arizona. Dr. Williams introduced the featured speaker, Mr. Larry G. Bezark, Biological Control Services, California Department of Food Agriculture, Sacramento, who presented the presidential address entitled “Biological Control of Water Hyacinth in California.” He discussed the introduction and spread of this aquatic weed, the world’s most prohfie plant, and the attempts to control it in California with two species of weevils {Neochetina bruchi Hustache and N. eichorniae Warner) and one species of pyrahd moth {Sameodes albiguttalis (Warren)). He talked about the hfe cycles of the host and the biological control agents. The insects are now well estabhshed in California and are keeping the weed in check. The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting. A total of 42 persons was present, of which 30 signed as members and 12 as guests.— V. F. Lee, Secretary. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 203 PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY STATEMENT OF INCOME, EXPENDITURES AND CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES Year Ended September 30,1986 and 1985 1986 1985 Income Dues and subscriptions . $11,450 $9,714 Reprints and miscellaneous . 12,179 20,504 Sales of Memoirs . 74 47 Interest . 5,013 5,708 Dividends . 485 463 Increase in value of capital stock: American Telephone & Telegraph Com¬ pany and Pacific Telesis Group. 2,477 402 $31,678 $36,838 Expenditures Publication costs—^Pan-Pacific Entomologist. $18,343 $25,165 Reprints, postage and miscellaneous. 1,087 514 IBM Personal Computer. . 2,400 $19,430 $28,079 Increase (Decrease) in fund balances . $12,248 $ 8,759 Fund balances October 1,1985 and 1984 . 87,230 78,471 Fund balances September 30,1986 and 1985 . $99,478 $87,230 STATEMENT OF ASSETS September 30,1986 and 1985 1986 1985 Cash in bank Commercial account . $ 9,258 $ 3,941 Savings accounts & Certificates of Deposit General Fund . 18,863 17,832 Charles P. Alexander Fund. 36,264 34,282 Fall Memoir Fund . 26,359 24,918 Total cash in bank . $90,744 $80,973 Investment in 80 shares of American Telephone & Telegraph Co. common stock and 132 shares of Pacific Telesis Group at market value. $ 8,734 $ 6,257 $99,478 $87,230 See accompanying notes to the financial statements on following page. 204 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Year Ended September 30,1986 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Accounting Method: Income and expenses are recorded by using the cash basis of accounting. Capital Expenditures: Annual capital expenditures of $5,000 or less are charged to expense. Marketable Securities: American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and Pacific Telesis Group common stock are carried at market value. Increases and decreases in value are reflected in income. Income Tax: The Society is exempt from Federal income and Cafifornia franchise tax. Undeposited Receipts —$525. Accounts Receivable —$3,322. Accounts Payable —$7,042. As Chairman of the Auditing Committee, and in accordance with its bylaws, I have reviewed the financial records of the Society. During the course of this review nothing was noted which indicated any material inaccuracy in the forego¬ ing statements. H. Vannoy Davis Chairman of the Auditing Committee VOLUME 63, NUMBER 2 205 Corrigenda We regret that figures 1-9 in C. Dennis Hyne’s article, “New Species of the Genus Stringomyia from the South Pacific and Southeast Asia (Diptera, Tipulidae),” Vol. 63/ 1 (January 1987), were omitted. The omitted figures appear below. Figures 1-9. 1. Styringomyia bidentata n. sp. 2. S. bidens n. sp. 3. S. digitostylus n. sp. 4. S. rostrostylus n. sp. 5. S. vietnamensis n. sp. 6. S. labuanae n. sp. 7. S. ysabellae n. sp. 8. S. dilinhi n. sp. 9. 5. idioformosa n. sp. (b = basistyle, t = ninth tergite, s = ninth sternite, od = outer dististyle, id = inner dististyle, il = inner lobe of inner dististyle, ol = outer lobe of inner dististyle, p = phallosome). THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Information for Contributors Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or artic¬ les on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for pubhcation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manu¬ scripts for publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor. General. —The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500ft.) elevation.” Typing.—Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8V2 X 11 inches are not acceptable. Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet. Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping. First Page. —^The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in paren¬ theses, (3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the complete name and address to which proof is to be sent. Names and descriptions of organisms. —The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed. Tables. —Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecu¬ tively for each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the author. Illustrations. —No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings. Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 x 181 mm; 45/8 x 71/8 inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face. Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed to¬ gether should be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recom¬ mended that a metric scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where apphcable. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to acceptance of the manuscript. Figure legends. —Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations. References. —All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the following format: Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212. Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . .“Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212) noted. . . .” Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. —Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be charged to the author. Editing and administrative charges. —Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00 per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges. Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer. PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930. Price $5.00 per volume. THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST. Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and subse¬ quent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October 1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).* Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25 post¬ age and handling).* Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus $0.75 post¬ age and handling).* Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist hy Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, postage, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special price. Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic Re¬ gion by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price $3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).* *(Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco, Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 1 / 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs,) Send orders to: Pacific Coast Entomological Society % California Academy of Sciences Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94118-9961 U.S.A. Vol. 63 July 1987 THE No. 3 Pan-Pacific Entomologist O’NEILL, K. M., and L. BJOSTAD—The male mating strategy of the bee Nomia nevadensis (Hymenoptera: Halictidae); Leg structure and mate guarding . 207 WICKMAN, B. E. and T. R. TORGERSEN—Phenology of Douglas-fir tussock moth Orgyia pseudotsugata, egg eclosion and mortality in a thinned and unthinned stand (Lepidoptera; Lymantriidae). 218 BURNE, J. C.—A morphometric analysis of Mordellistena Costa in Southwestern United States (Coleoptera: Mordellidae) . 224 HALSTEAD J. A .—Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron—New distributional information, including South America (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) . 236 EHLER, L. E.—Ecology of Rhopalomyia californica Felt at Jasper Ridge (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) . 237 NADEL, H.—Male swarms discovered in Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae, Pteromalidae). 242 SPIETH, H. T.—^The Drosophila fauna of a native California forest (Diptera: Drosophilidae) .. 247 HALSTEAD, J. A. — On the rearing of Michrochridium minutum and its probable host —Ammoplanellus (Ammoplanellus) umatilla (Hymnoptera: Chrysididae, Sphecidae) 256 WALKER, G. P.—Probing behavior of Aphis helianthi (Homoptera: Aphididae) and its preference fo Pittosporum tobira leaves of different ages. 258 POLHEMUS,D. A.,andJ. T. POLHEMUS—AnewgenusofNaucoridae (Hemiptera) from the Philippines, with comments on zoogeography . 265 SCUDDER, G. G. E.—A review of the genus Nosostethus Kirkaldy (Hemiptera: Lygaeaidae: Lygaeinae) . 270 HALSTEAD, J. A. and C. G. NIWA —Rhyacionia zozana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), host of Hockeria tenuicornis (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) in Oregon. 276 WAGNER, D. L.-—A new Microcalyptris species from California (Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae) . 278 GOEDEN, R. D.—Life history of Trupanea conjuncta (Adams) on Trixus californica Kellogg in Southern California (Diptera: Tephritide) . 284 FORBES, G. S.—The status of Efferia similis (Williston), with descriptions of three new Nearctic species in the albibarbis group (Diptera: Asilidae). 292 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1987 Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Pan-Pacific Entomologist EDITORIAL BOARD J. A. Chemsak, Editor R. S. Lane, Associate Editor W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J.T. Doyen R.M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr. Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of num¬ bers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be ad¬ dressed to the Secretary, Mr. Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961. Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall, Univer¬ sity of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions. The annual dues, paid in advance, are $15.00 for regular members of the Society, $7.50 for student members, $30.00 or more for sponsoring members, or $20.00 for sub¬ scription only. Members of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back numbers. Make checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Soci¬ ety. Pacific Coast Entomological Society OFFICERS FOR 1987 Stanley C. WiUiams, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer Alan I. Kaplan, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly (January, April, July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, Califor¬ nia, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to THE PAN-PACIFIC EN¬ TOMOLOGIST, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. This issue mailed August 26,1987 The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603) PRODUCED BY A-R EDITIONS, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53703, U.S.A. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 207-217 The Male Mating Strategy of the Bee Nomia nevadensis (Hymenoptera: Halictidae): Leg Structure and Mate Guarding Kevin M. O’Neill and Louis Bjostad Department of Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO 80523; (KMO present address) Department of Entomology, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana 59717 Abstract. —Males of the bee Nomia nevadensis hakeri Cockerell congregate in large numbers within the previous generation’s nesting area and mate with emerging virgin females. Competition among males, much of which occurs below ground before the female emerges, and the fact that females are receptive to only one male upon emergence (confirmed experimentally) favors males that: a) search for evidence (possibly odor) that a female is about to emerge at a specific location; b) rendezvous with a female before she emerges from the ground; and c) upon finding a female, use behavioral and morphological means to prevent takeover by other males. Evidence is presented that males use flattened expansions of their hind tibia to grip females firmly. The activities of males in the emergence area makes them conspicuous targets for predation by robberflies (Asilidae). Females of many species of solitary ground-nesting bees and wasps nest in dense aggregations. Thus, adult virgin females emerging the following generation may provide mate-searching males with a clumped source of receptive females. If these females mate only once, or several times over long periods in their lives, there is a selective advantage to traits that aid males to find mates as close as possible to the time at which the females become receptive (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983). It may even be beneficial for males to attempt to reach a female before she emerges from the ground (e.g., Alcock et al, 1976; O’Neill and Evans, 1983; Schone and Tengo, 1981). However, in many situations, the high density of conspecific males makes it difficult, even for those finding females early, to complete copulation without interference from competitors. A variety of mechanisms have evolved to minimize such interference including removing females from the vicinity of competitors or guarding the female in a manner that prevents takeovers. In some insects, guarding ability is enhanced by the presence of morphological structures that help the male secure a hold upon the female (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983). This paper reports on a study of the mating strategy of males of the bee Nomia nevadensis hakeri Cockerell. Females of this and other species of Nomia construct multicellular nests in extremely dense aggregations (Cross and Bohart, 1960; Kerfoot, 1964; Johansen et al. , 1978), such that large numbers of males and females emerge the following year within a restricted area. We studied a dense natural aggregation of N. nevadensis bakeri in the summers of 1984 and 1985. Here we present information on the mating strategy of males, the behavioral and 207 208 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST morphological adaptations that may help them avoid interference from competing males, and the predation risk undertaken by mate-searching males. We also conducted experiments to determine whether females are receptive to more than one male upon emergence. Materials and Methods Nomia nevadensis bakeri was studied on five days between 28 July and 11 August, 1984 and on five days between 24 July and 2 August, 1985. The study site was located beside a dirt road approximately 9 km northeast of Roggen, Weld County, Colorado, U.S.A. The soil in the emergence area was sandy, with a surface crust about 0.5 to 1.0 cm thick. The area from which female bees emerged measured approximately 2 x 10 m in 1984 and 2 x 5 m in 1985, and contained sparse vegetation, primarily sunflowers (Helianthus sp.) and scurfpea {Psoralea lanceolata Pursh). This aggregation was observed for a total of 24.3 hours over the ten days of study. Focal observations were made on interactions of males with females and conspecific males at emergence holes. Occurrences of all observed matings and predations upon males were recorded and mating pairs were collected and preserved in order to determine the size of mating males and emerging females. An estimate of the body size distribution of males in the population was made from three sweep net samples taken in the emergence area on two days in 1984. Head widths of both males and females were determined to the nearest 0.1 mm with a VWR Scientific Products micrometer accurate to 0.05 mm. In 1985, 53 males were marked on the thorax with dots of enamel paint to facilitate later identification. We preserved mating pairs in natural positions so that they could be returned to the laboratory to examine the posturing and positioning of the males’ legs. In the field, pairs were immersed and stored in hquid nitrogen (boiling point: -195.8°C); they were examined under a dissecting microscope immediately upon removal from the liquid. This technique was possible because, once a male grasped a female, we could usually transfer them to the hquid nitrogen without causing them to separate. Liquid nitrogen is commonly used for rapid freezing of biological specimens (Dawes, 1979). We conducted an experiment to determine if females were receptive to the mating attempts of more than one male upon emergence. For each manipulation, we recorded whether the female mated with the male to which she was presented. In one experimental group (29 females), each was allowed to complete copulation with the male that had found her upon emergence. Following this, each female was presented to a second male. To determine if manipulating females in this way affected their receptivity, each of 15 females in a control group was separated, prior to copulation, from the male that was mounted upon her as she emerged; each was then presented to a second male. As a second experimental group, 12 of the females from the control group were presented to a third male after the second interaction was complete. The protocol for this experiment is outhned in Table 1. Results Searching and Mating Behavior. Males were active in the emergence area from about 900 to 1300 hours when soil surface temperatures ranged between about 25° and 45°C. At the peak of activity, hundreds of males swarmed over the emergence VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 209 Table 1. Experimental protocol and results of mating experiments. Females used in #3 were those used originally in # 2 . Female Response to Manipulation Protocol Female Refused to Mate Female Copulated 1) Copulation completed; female then paired with another male. 29 0 2) First copulation interrupted before coupling; female then paired with second male. 0 15 3) Mated female from #2 paired with third male. 12 0 area within 10 cm of the surface. Each male flew in an irregular pattern, occasionally landing to investigate holes, 0.5 to 1.0 cm in diameter, in the surface of the sand. The lack of a tumulus or depression around these holes indicates that they were emergence holes, rather than active nest entrances (Kerfoot, 1964). No nesting females were seen in the area during the course of the study. After landing near a hole, a male usually stood facing the entrance or entered it to remain underground for from several seconds to over a minute. As many as four males were observed within in a single hole at a given time with others standing near the entrance, facing the hole, when a female was about to emerge. Initial pairing of males and females always occurred below the surface within the tunnels before the female had emerged from the ground. Each female emerged from a hole with a male mounted upon her, although they had not coupled genitalia at this time. During the study, we saw males digging at the surface only three times. Apparently, waiting males entered holes after the female broke through to the surface. However, this is an inference, since we never observed the exact moment when the emergence hole was opened. Usually within 60 seconds of emerging with the female, if other males were not in contact with the pair, the mounted male moved back along the female’s body, probed with his genitalia, and coupled. After coupling genitalia, the male’s abdomen began to pulsate rhythmically and he often released the female from his leg grasp. During this entire period, a receptive female remained quiescent and did not attempt to break free from the male. This copulatory phase lasted from 4 to 43 seconds (mean = 19.2; SD = 8.8; N = 42). The male then broke genitalic contact and left or, more often (90% of 42 cases), moved forward on the female’s body to his original position and remained for 2 to 72 seconds (mean = 22.2; SD = 16.8; N = 38). Following this post-copulatory phase, the male broke contact and the female immediately flew away from the emergence area. Males often reentered the swarm following copulation. On one day in 1985, six males that mated were marked after they had copulated. Five of these males were resighted in the swarm within 5 to 29 minutes. Males were also observed within the emergence area up to seven days after they were marked. 210 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST All mating pairs were collected within several cm of an emergence hole. Males were never observed flying and carrying a female away from the emergence area. A total of 271 mating pairs were seen during the course of the study. Most of the matings (N = 246; mean = 18.1/hour of observation) were observed in the first year of the study. During the second year, activity was much lower probably due to heavy rains before and during the seasonal period of activity, and only 25 matings were observed (mean = 2.3/hour of observation). Emerging females released a strong, “sweet” odor. If a female (mated or unmated) was held in a pair of forceps or within the end of an insect net 5 to 10 cm above the surface of the ground within several minutes of her emergence, males always approached upwind in a rapid zig-zag flight and landed upon her, often causing a struggle among males for the female. This procedure never failed to attract males to recently emerged females (alive or dead; N = 66) or to males that had recently been in contact with a live female. The entire sequence of copulation could be initiated in this way if the female was a virgin (see next section). On five occasions we observed males investigating (i.e. walking in tight circles and antennating the soil surface) localized areas (several cm^), but not in the vicinity of a hole. All five times we scraped away the surface soil, once to a depth of 5 cm, and discovered a female who was releasing the strong scent. Apparently, males, possibly by orienting to the “sweet” odor, can detect females that have not yet reached the surface. By doing so, they could wait for the females at the exact point of emergence. The presence of the surface crust may act to delay the female just below the surface and increase the chance that she will be discovered by a male. Female Receptivity in the Emergence Area. We were able to demonstrate that females will mate with only one male between the time that they emerge and the time they leave the emergence area. Females that had already copulated always refused to mate with other males (Table 1, #1 & #3), although the latter made vigorous mating attempts. On the other hand, females that were separated before copulation from the first male mounted upon them were always receptive (Table 1, #2). The latter data indicate that our technique was not responsible for non-receptivity of the females used in the above experiments. When a female was not receptive to mating attempts she had means of preventing copulation, even though the male often had a secure hold upon her. The form of these interactions, which sometimes lasted longer than 5 minutes, was distinctly different from those that resulted in successful copulation. To refuse a mating attempt, a female curled her abdomen forward until her genitalic region nearly touched her head. This prevented the male from making genitalic contact. She also attempted to pry herself loose from the male by pushing backwards and upwards at him with her hind legs and by beating her wings if they were free. Typically, she walked forward during these attempts. None of these behaviors were seen in interactions that resulted in successful copulation. Eventually, unreceptive females were able to break free and leave the emergence area without further interference from males. Outside of our experiments, we observed one instance of a female refusing to mate with a male in the emergence area. Interactions among Males. There is potential for competition among males both below and above ground. We have noted that a number of males may enter an emergence hole. By peering into the emergence holes, we often observed what were apparently intense struggles for females, though we were unable to record the VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 211 duration of such interactions or determine whether they involved interference or scramble competition. Above ground, after the female emerged with a male mounted upon her back, one to four males were frequently in contact with the pair during the pre-copulatory phase, struggling to gain access to the female. The males were mounted either dorsally on the first male’s back or ventrally beneath the female. Generally, the posture and behavior, particularly of the dorsally mounted males, was similar to that of a male mounted upon a female. Some of these interactions may simply have been mistaken attempts by males to mount females. The pervasive odor of the female could have been responsible for a failure of males to discriminate between the sexes. We also observed twelve cases of isolated “homosexual” pairs (i.e. males mounted upon other males). Odor has been implicated as the trigger for inappropriate sexual mounts in other insect species in both natural (Tomkins et al., 1980; Tengo, 1979) and experimental (Shimron and Hefetz, 1985) situations. We detected no size-biased mating success among males. Males sampled from copulating pairs (mean head width = 3.01 mm; S.D. = 0.07; N = 89) were not significantly different in size from males in sweep net samples taken in the emergence area (mean = 3.01 mm; S.D. = 0.08; N = 252; t-test, 1339 = 0). On the other hand, females taken in the emergence area (mean = 3.19;S.D. = 0.09;N = 66 ) were not only significantly larger than copulating males on average (t-test, ti 53 — 14.2; p < 0.001), but in each mating pair were either larger than (95%) or equal to (5%) the male in size (N = 43). There were no females present among the 252 bees taken in the sweep samples, giving further confirmation that they do not remain in the emergence area after mating (although they must return later to nest). Morphological Modifications for Mate Guarding. The structure and exact placement of the hind legs may combine to prevent the mounted male from being supplanted by others during the pre-copulatory phase. The male’s head was just behind that of the female’s, with his front and middle legs usually held over her wings, preventing them from moving. His hind legs were wrapped around her abdomen just posterior to her petiole, usually between the first and second gastral segments. Above ground at least, males were never supplanted by others, when positioned in this manner. In addition, when an unreceptive female was presented to a male, it was difficult for her to break free, although the male could not induce her to mate. In hundreds of observed interactions, a pair was disrupted during the post-copulatory phase only twice, and during the pre-copulatory phase only once. In the latter case, the male did not have his legs properly situated under the female’s abdomen; she mated with the usurping male. By immersing pairs that were in the pre-copulatory position into a Dewar flask containing liquid nitrogen, we were able to return five pairs from the field intact, for closer examination. Only the right side of each pair was examined, since manipulation caused the pair to separate slightly. A structure on the males’ hindlegs that may help them grasp a female was evident: the tibia is expanded distally to form a pair of flattened triangular flanges (Fig. 1) that lie flat against the female’s abdomen, pointing anteriorly, when a male has his legs wrapped around a female. The positioning of the flanges on the males’ tibiae suggests that they locked onto the female by sliding the larger one beneath the posterior edge of a sclerite beneath her abdomen (Fig. 2). On one female the larger flange was almost completely inserted beneath the ventral posterior edge of gastral tergum I 212 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 1. A) Scanning electron micrograph of the left hindleg of male of N. nevadensis baked, (20X; side of tibia shown is that which lies against the female when the male is mounted in the pre-copulatory posture); B) Close-up view (SOX) of right hind tibia (opposite aspect from A) of male showing expansions (arrows); F = femur; T = tibia. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 213 Anterior Figure 2. Schematic representation of the venter of the abdomen of a female N. nevadensis bakeri, showing where the large flange of the male hind tibia was positioned on five pairs examined. One each found in position (a) and (c) (stippled area denotes portion inserted under female’s sclerite); three found in position (b) (black area denotes portion inserted). where the latter curls beneath the abdomen (Fig. 2,a). The tip of the flange was so inserted when examined on three others (Fig. 2,b), although it may have pulled out slightly in the process of the examination. On the fifth female, approximately half of the flange was inserted beneath the posterior edge of sternum II (Fig. 2,c). The tarsal segments of the males’ legs were lying back along the medial line of the female’s venter. Predation upon Males. Males were sometimes preyed upon by robberflies of the species Diogmites angustipennis Loew. These flies, which reach up to 22 mm in length (Lavigne and Holland, 1969), were apparently attracted by the conspicuous movements of male bees flying about the emergence area. Twenty-three successful 214 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST predations were observed, the majority (21) of which occurred on the one day in which the flies were most abundant. Discussion Females of Nomia nevadensis bakeri in this population were receptive upon emergence, mated with only one male while in the emergence area, were apparently detectable prior to emergence, possibly because of the odor they emit, and emerged within an area containing many conspeciflc males. It is also probable that some degree of protandry occurs in this population, as it does in other species of Nomia (Kerfoot, 1964; Cross and Bohart, 1960; Johansen etal., 1978). The combination of these factors creates a competitive situation favoring males that reach and mate with an emerging female before conspeciflc males do. To accomplish this, males in this population: 1) search for evidence of females about to emerge, 2) attempt to rendezvous with females before they emerge from the ground, and 3) upon finding a female, use behavioral and morphological means to prevent other males from usurping their position. Males were rarely seen digging where a female was about to emerge. This contrasts with other species of Hymenoptera with similar mating systems (e.g., Alcock et al., 1976; O’Neill and Evans, 1983; Schone and Tengo, 1981), where males invest much time and energy digging for pre-emergent females. Male insects competing for females within a crowded emergence area use a variety of means to prevent interference form conspeciflc males (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983). Males of some species of bees and wasps avoid takeover by competitors by carrying the female away in flight from the emergence area before mating with her (Alcock etal., 1976; O’Neill and Evans, 1983). However, it would have been difficult for males of N. nevadensis in this population to do this, since they were never larger than the female and would probably have had difficulty carrying her in flight. The male is usually larger than the female in insects in which the male carries the female during courtship or mating (O’Neill, 1985). In contrast to other species of Hymenoptera in which larger size has been shown to aid males in their attempts to obtain matings (e.g., Alcock e? a/., 1976; O’Neill, 1983a,b; O’Neill and Evans, 1983; Severinghaus et al., 1981), no such effect was detected in our analysis. Males of N. nevadensis show much less range in size than species of digger wasps (O’Neill, 1985) and bees (Alcock, et al., 1976) for which a size advantage among competing conspecifics has been shown, although the reason for this is unclear. We can speculate on one factor selecting against large size in this species: males that are too large may be unable to maneuver for position on a female within an emergence hole. However, this hypothesis would be difficult to test. Rather than leave the emergence area with the female, males of N. nevadensis remained. Those males grasping females with the aid of modified leg structures were highly successful at maintaining contact with a female and completing copulation. It could also be hypothesized that these leg structures function to subdue the female so that mating can take place, much as male scorpionflies use their notal organ to force copulation upon females (Thornhill, 1980). However, this seems unlikely for several reasons. First, virgin females were generally quiescent during mating attempts, so need not have been subdued. Second, as demonstrated in the mating experiments, previously mated females were capable of refusing to copulate and could break free from the males. Therefore, it seems more likely that the behavior and leg structure of VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 215 males have evolved as traits that prevent interference from conspecific males, thus assuring sole access to a receptive female. Males of a variety of insect species utilize leg modifications to maintain a grip upon females during courtship and mating. Males of other species of the subgenus to which N. nevadensis belongs {Epinomia) also have flattened expansions of their hind tibia (Cross, 1958). Males of some species of the subgenus Acunomia possess even larger expansions of the hind tibia that are not flattened like they are in N. nevadensis and are sometimes larger than the main part of the tibia itself (Ribble, 1965); this indicates that these tibial modifications may be utilized in a slightly different manner than they are in N. nevadensis, if indeed they are used at all during courtship and mating in these other species. The hind femora are also enlarged in some species of Nomia. We have not been able to find reference to the potential use of these leg structures in other species of Nomia. Males of the melittid bee Meganomia binghami Cockerell use enlargements of the hindlegs to assist in maintaining a grip upon females in the presence of up to ten conspecific males (Rozen, 1977; Stage, 1971). Male bees of some species of the genus Agapostemon (Halictidae) have similar modifications of the hindlegs, although their function is unknown (Roberts, 1969, 1972). The unmodified structure of the legs of males of most species of bees contrasts markedly with that of males of Nomia, Agapostemon, and Meganomia and with females of most non-parasitic species (Stephen et al., 1969). Given the morphological specialization associated with foraging evident in the hind legs of female bees (e.g., Roberts and Vallespir, 1978), leg structure in bees appears to have maintained a high degree of evolutionary plasticity. Some species of beetles (Crowson, 1981) and flies (Spieth, 1952) also have leg structures that provide a firm grasp upon mates. For example, in the fly Sepsis cynipsea (L.), the front legs of a male are structured so that they act as a clamp around the female’s wing bases. In this species, mating occurs at cattle droppings where up to 500 males may be present (Parker, 1972). Males of a variety of insects possess modifications of wings, genitalia, jaws, and antennae that are used to grip females (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983; Rothschild and Hinton, 1968). Along with our observations on Nomia, the comparative information suggests that sexual selection has promoted the independent evolution of a variety of morphological structures that enhance the mating success of individual males through an ability to grasp females securely in the presence of competitors. The ability to manipulate interactions among male and female Nomia and, potentially, the leg structure of males, may provide a good system for experimental and comparative studies of the function and efficiency of mate guarding. Our brief study also leaves open questions concerning the below ground competition for females, the function of the male’s remaining with the female for a short time after insemination, and cues used by males to locate pre-emergent females. Acknowledgments We thank Ruth O’Neill and Howard Evans for assistance in the field and for comments on the manuscript. John Alcock, Byron Alexander, Robert Bartelt, J. Wayne Brewer, George Eickwort, Wendell Morrill, and David Reduker also reviewed the manuscript. Howard E. Evans identified the bees and robberfly. Scanning electron micrographs were taken by J. A. Blixt. This work was carried out 216 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST with support from the Colorado Agricultural Experiment Station (grant #1-53971) and the Montana Agricultural Experiment Station (MONB-155). Literature Cited Alcock, J., C. E. Jones and S. L. Buchmann. 1977. Male mating strategies in the bee Centrispallida Fox (Anthophoridae: Hymenoptera). Amer. Nat. 977:145-155. Cross, E. A. 1958. A revision of the bees of the subgenus Epinomia in the New World (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 38:1261-1301. Cross, E. A. and G. E. Bohart. 1960. The biology otNomia {Epinomia) triangulifera with comparative notes on other species ofNomia. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 41:761-792. Crowson, R. A. 1981. The Biology of the Coleoptera. Academic Press, New York. Dawes, C. J. 1979. Biological techniques for transmission and scanning electron microscopy. Cryotechniques, Chapter 11. Ladd Research Industries, Burhngton, Vermont. Johansen, C. A., D. F. Mayer, and J. D. Eves. 1978. Biology and management of the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Melanderia 28:25-33. Kerfoot, W. B. 1964. Observations on the nests of Nomia nevadensis bakeri with comparative notes on Nomia nevadensis arizonensis (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 37:152-157. Lavigne, R. J. and F. R. Holland. 1969. Comparative behavior of eleven species of Wyoming robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyoming Ag. Expt. Sta. Science Monograph 18:1-61. O’Neill, K. M. 1983a. The significance of body size in territorial interactions of male beewolves (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae, Philanthus). Anim. Behav. 31:404-411. O’Neill, K. M. 1983b. Territoriality, body size, and spacing in males of the beewolf Philanthus basilaris (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Behaviour 86:295-321. O’Neill, K. M. 1985. Egg size, prey size, and sexual size dimorphism in digger wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Can. J. Zool. 63: 2187-2193. O’Neill, K. M. and H. E. Evans. 1983. Alternative mating tactics in Bembecinus quinquespinosus (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae): correlations with size and color variation. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 14:39-46. Parker, G. A. 1972. Reproductive behaviour of Sepsis cynipsea (Diptera: Sepsidae). 1. A preliminary analysis of the reproductive strategy and its associated behaviour patterns. Behaviour 41:172-206. nibble, D. W. 1965. A revision of the banded subgenera of Nomia in America (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 45:277-359. Roberts, R. B. 1969. Biology of the bee genus Agapostemon (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. BuU. 48:689-719. Roberts, R. B. 1972. Revision of the bee genus Agapostemon (Hymenoptera: Hahctidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 49:437-590. Roberts, R. B. andS. R. Vallespir. 1978. Specializationsof hairs bearing pollen and oil on the legs of bees (Apoidea: Hymenoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 71:619-627. Rothschild, M. and H. E. Hinton. 1968. Holding organs on the antennae of male fleas. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. 43:105-107. Rozen, J. G. 1977. Biology and immature stages of the bee genus Meganomia (Hymenoptera: Melittidae). Amer. Mus. Nov. 2630:1-14. Schone, H. and J. Tengo. 1981. Competition of males, courtship behaviour and chemical communication in the digger wasp Bembix rostrata (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Behaviour 77:44-66. Severinghaus, L. L., B. H. Kurtak, and G. C. Eickwort. 1981. The reproductive behavior otAnthidium manicatum (Hymenoptera: Megachihdae) and the significance of size for territorial males. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 9:51-58. Shimron, O. and A. Hefetz. 1985. Mating behavior and sex attraction of Eucera palestinae Friese (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kans. Ent. Soc. 58:526-531. Spieth, H. T. 1952. Mating behavior within the g&nus Drosophila. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 99:395-474. Stage, G. I. 1971. Family placement of the African genus Meganomia Cockerell with a review of the included species (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Proc. Enf. Soc. Wash. 73:306-313. Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The Biology and External Morphology of Bees. Oregon State University Ag. Expt. Sta., Corvallis, Oregon. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 217 Tengo, J. 1979. Odour-released behaviour in Andrena male bees (Apoidea: Hymenoptera). Zoon. 7:15-45. Thornhill, R. 1980. Rape in Panorpa and a general rape hypothesis. Anim. Behav. 28:52-59. Thornhill, R. and J. Alcock. 1983. The Evolution of Insect Mating Systems. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge. Tompkins, L., J. C. Hall, and L. M. Hall. 1980. Courtship-stimulating volatile compounds from normal and mutant Drosophila. J. Ins. Physiol. 26:689-697. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 218-223 Phenology of Douglas-Fir Tussock Moth, Orgyia pseudotsugata, Egg Eclosion and Mortality in a Thinned and Unthinned Stand (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae) Boyd E. Wickman and Torolf R. Torgersen Forestry and Range Sciences Laboratory, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, La Grande, Oregon 97850 Abstract. —Heat-unit accumulation and egg eclosion were monitored in unthinned and thinned white fir stands in southern Oregon. Degree-day accumulation and egg eclosion on the unthinned site were 7 to 10 days behind development in the thinned site. Parasitism and predation were higher on egg masses in the thinned stand. The ability to predict phenological development of insect-host systems has important applications for pest management as well as for research on population biology. Studies on phenology of the Douglas-fir tussock moth, Orgyia pseudotsugata (McDunnough), in California and Oregon (Wickman 1976a, 1976b, 1981) show egg eclosion is synchronous with host budburst. During population sampling for early instars, we observed a spread in developmental stages from 1st to 3rd instars on some sites. Phenological data suggest that egg eclosion on a given site is related to the amount of solar radiation reaching an egg mass; eclosion usually occurs first in the exposed tops of large trees and last in shaded areas under full forest canopy (Wickman 1976b). In the past, we compared tussock moth egg masses only from exposed trees but at different elevations (Wickman 1976a, 1976b, 1981). Egg eclosion was assumed to be early on exposed trees, and later in shaded habitats. In this study, our object was to compare tussock moth eclosion and egg mortality in two different environments at the same elevation—a thinned (exposed) and an adjacent unthinned (shaded) stand. The study was limited by available sites, egg masses, and instrumentation. These preliminary data are reported to encourage more definitive studies on the effects of silvicultural prescriptions on insect phenology and mortality. Methods The study site was near Mare’s Egg Spring, 10 km southwest of Fort Klamath, in south-central Oregon. The site, with an eastern exposure, is at 1350 m elevation and on a level bench about 100 m above the upper Klamath basin. The site was partly on a population-study plot used for phenological monitoring of tussock moth from 1976-80 (Wickman 1981). One exposed and one shaded habitat were compared. The exposed habitat was in a thinned stand of second-growth white fir {Abies concolor (Gordon and Glend.) Lindley ex Hildebr.) with widely spaced saplings and pole-sized trees and a few overstory ponderosa pine {Pinus ponderosa Douglas ex Lawson). The shaded habitat, about 100 m to the east, was a dense, unthinned, second-growth white fir stand of pole-sized trees with a closed canopy. 218 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 219 Temperature was recorded in the thinned stand by a 31-day battery-powered, weather-sheltered hygrothermograph from November 1976 to November 1977. From these records, Fahrenheit degree-day (°D) accumulations were calculated for the exposed environment. The heat-unit threshold for development selected was 5.6°C (42°F) Wickman 1976a). When budburst began on May 31 in the area, a weather-sheltered, 7-day hygrothermograph was installed in the unthinned stand; monitoring continued until July 5. The °D accumulations for the two stands were compared from June 1 to July 5. Because natural populations of Douglas-fir tussock moth in the area were low and egg masses difficult to find, we used egg masses reared in the laboratory from larvae collected locally in June 1976. The egg-mass stock, which was also used for other population studies (Torgersen and Ryan 1981), showed normal fecunditv and development. The egg masses ranged from 100 to 250 eggs (x = 150). To acclimate the egg masses, they were randomly divided into two batches, placed in fine-mesh nylon bags, and hung in both stands on February 9. On April 5, egg masses were individually wired to branches (Torgersen and Mason 1979). One egg mass was wired at about 2 m from the ground at the four cardinal directions on four trees, for a total of 16 egg masses in each stand. In the thinned stand, the masses were wired to the underside of live, lower crown foliage. Because not much foliage was present at 2 m in the unthinned stand, the masses were placed on small, foliated adventitious branches on the main trunk at that height. Egg masses occur naturally in such locations, as well as on large foliated branches. A 30- x 60-cm fine-mesh nylon bag was placed over each stocked branch to prevent predation, although the mesh did not keep out parasites. Bags were left in place until June 6. Masses were checked every 2 days from June 6-12, and then daily through July 5. Each morning, egg eclosion was recorded and new larvae counted and removed. On July 5, the egg masses were removed for further rearing in the laboratory at 20°C. Each egg mass was dissected when eclosion was complete and parasites ceased to emerge. Emerging adult parasites were counted daily, and egg numbers were recorded. Unbroken eggs from which neither tussock moth larvae nor parasites emerged were recorded as “unknown mortality” (Torgersen and Mason 1979). Results and Discussion A steady divergence of °D accumulation is evident between the thinned and unthinned stands (Fig. 1). On June 20 when eclosion began in the thinned stand, °D reached 432 (from June 1), and 282 °D had accumulated in the unthinned stand—a difference of 150 °D. By July 5, thermal development on the two sites had diverged by 285 °D. These °D differences between thinned and unthinned stands at the same elevation were greater than those found between two exposed sites with a 100 m difference in elevation (Wickman 1981). Hopkins’ (1918) “bioclimatic law” states that natural development is delayed 4 days for each 400 ft (122 m) rise in elevation at a given latitude. Thus, local variation in °D development resulting from thinning may surpass elevational differences of as much as 100 m. The mean °D accumulation in the unthinned stand from June 1 to 20 was 14 °D/day. Therefore, °D accumulation in the thinned stand was about 11 days ahead of the unthinned stand. Egg masses in the unthinned stand were exposed to predation for nearly 2 weeks longer than eggs in the thinned stand. Egg eclosion differed on the two sites (Fig. 1), consistent with the previous finding 220 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST June July Figure 1. Accumulated degree-days in thinned and unthinned stands in south-central Oregon, 1977. that hatch of tussock moth eggs is influenced by exposure to solar radiation (Wickman 1976a). Egg eclosion began on June 20 in the thinned stand and was 99 percent complete on July 5. Eclosion did not begin in the unthinned stand until June 27 and was only 61 percent complete on July 5. Eclosion from eggs in the unthinned stand continued for 10 days in the laboratory. The mesh bags around the egg masses did not prevent heavy attack by the egg parasite Telenomus californicus Ashmead in the early spring. In another study, VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 221 Table 1. Douglas-fir tussock moth egg eclosion, Telenomus californicus emergence, and unknown mortality in a thinned and unthinned stand, south-central Oregon, 1977. Eggs per mass Douglas-fir tussock moth eclosion Telenomus californicus emergence Unknown mortality Parasitism Unknown mortality Number Percent Thinned Total 298 943 392 X 101.9 61.9 15.9 S.D. 47.83 22.06 22.16 Unthinned Total 781 1072 362 x" 138.4 48.9 17.8 S.D. 52.75 14.75 17.44 females of this tiny parasite were first observed on egg masses at nearby Mare’s Egg Spring plots on April 1, and parasite oviposition was essentially completed by April 20 (Torgersen and Ryan 1981). In our study, egg masses were also heavily parasitized, averaging 61.9 percent in the thinned stand and 48.9 percent in the unthinned stand (Table 1). Parasites began to emerge from egg masses in the unthinned stand 6 °D later, lagging behind the thinned stand; emergence ceased on the same day in both stands, however (Fig. 2). Emergence of T. californicus can be roughly predicted from heat-unit accumulation. In the combined field and laboratory rearing, emergence was completed at 1,635 °D, accumulated from April 1 to July 24. This included 468 °D accumulated in the laboratory—26 °D daily for 18 days. Higher parasitism in the thinned stand (Table 1) suggests either that the parasites do more searching in exposed tree crowns than in closed canopies or that some other environmental condition draws them there. The egg masses were exposed to predators from June 6 to July 5. Torgersen and Mason (1979, 1985) found that birds and ants can partially destroy or completely remove egg masses, and about half the eggs can be lost from predation by birds alone. They also found significantly greater egg parasitism on xeric than on mesic plots in California, Oregon, and Idaho. In our study, egg masses appeared to be about the same size when we placed them in the field. On July 5, masses from the thinned stand had one-third fewer eggs than those from the unthinned stand and looked broken and ragged, which is typical of predation. A t-test showed that the differences in egg survival, after parasitism and apparent predation between thinned and unthinned stands, were significant (p = < 0.05). The difference between the two sites in unknown egg mortality was not significant, however. As expected, egg viability was similar (p = > 0.05) because the egg masses came from the same natural population. Thinning increases the exposure of host trees to solar radiation and affects °D accumulation, which speeds tussock moth egg development and eclosion. Thus, 222 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 2. Accumulated percentage emergence of Telenomus californicus, from Douglas-fir tussock moth egg masses in thinned and unthinned stands in south-central Oregon, 1977. some survival advantage could be gained by egg deposition in open stands, where eggs might be exposed to predation for 14 fewer days. Thinning also apparently enhances predation by birds and ants and parasitism by T, californicus. These limited data leave unclear whether the advantages of earlier egg eclosion and reduced length of exposure to predation can be offset by greater intensity of predation and higher parasitism. More study is needed to measure precisely the effects of thinning on the population dynamics of the tussock moth and other defoliating insects. Acknowledgments This study was funded in part by the USDA Expanded Douglas-fir Tussock Moth Research and Development Program, Portland, Oregon. We thank Sherry Gollob and Lee Roe for their assistance in the field and laboratory. Literature Cited Hopkins, A. D. 1918. Periodic events and natural laws as guides to agricultural research and practice. USDA Mon. Weather Rev. Suppl. 9:42. Torgersen, T. R., and R. R. Mason. 1979. Predation and parasitization of Douglas-fir tussock moth egg masses. USDA Handb. 549.11 pp. VOLUME 63 , NUMBER 3 223 Torgersen, T. R., and R. B. Ryan. 1981. Field biology of Telenomus californicus Ashmead, an important egg parasite of Douglas-fir tussock moth. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 79:185-186. Torgersen, T. R., and R. R. Mason. 1985. Characteristics of egg parasitization of Douglas-fir tussock moth, Orgyia pseudotsugata (McD.) (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae), by Telenomus californicus Ash. (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae). Environ. Entomol. 14:323-328. Wickman, B. E. 1976a. Phenology of white fir and Douglas-fir tussock moth egg hatch and larval development in California. Environ. Entomol. 5:316-320. Wickman, B. E. 1976b. Douglas-fir tussock moth egg hatch and larval development in relation to phenology of grand fir and Douglas-fir in northeastern Oregon. USDA For. Serv. Res. Pap. PNW-206. 13 pp. Wickman, B. E. 1981. Degree-day accumulation related to the phenology of Douglas-fir tussock moth and white fir over five seasons of monitoring in southern Oregon. USDA For. Serv. Res. Note PNW-392. 13 pp. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 224-235 A Morphometric Analysis of Mordellistena Costa in the Southwestern United States (Coleoptera: Mordellidae) Jeffrey C. Burne University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming Abstract. —Beetles of the genus Mordellistena Costa in the southwestern United States are submitted to a morphometric analysis in order to obtain more reliable taxonomic characters and to establish the foundations for construction of a phytogeny. Thirty external characters were chosen for measurement in a preliminary statistical analysis of four well-defined species groups. These results were submitted to a discriminant analysis which reduced the number of significant characters to 14. Over 500 specimens were then measured for these characters, and the results then submitted to a cluster analysis. The results of the analysis are discussed as to their taxonomic and classificatory possibilities. Accomplishments of the study include the generation of a list of the species of Mordellistena for Arizona, the discovery of several undescribed species, a more confident method of identification, and the foundation of a phytogeny for the genus. Shortcomings of the analysis were the failure to construct species specific groups and inability to group 100%. Beetles of the genus Mordellistena Costa have long been a problem to taxonomists in that they are difficult to identify because the characters used to separate species are indecisive. Despite the extensive work of Liljeblad (1945), the use of leg ridges as the major identification characters has remained unsatisfactory. A morphometric analysis of the genus Mordellistena was undertaken in the hope of attaining 1) more reliable characters, 2) an easier and more confident taxonomy, and 3) the basis for a phytogeny. Since Liljeblad’s (1945) monograph on the entire family, little work has been done on New World Mordellidae. Ray (1944, 1946, and 1947) dealt with neotropical species and Khalaf (1970 and 1971) did some studies on wing venation of southeastern species. Recently, much work has been done in Europe and Asia on the Mordellidae, but there has been a complete lack of work on members of the Mordellidae of the southwestern United States. Liljeblad (1945) lists 22 species of Mordellistena from the southwest, the majority from California only. Individuals of the genus from the southwest (New Mexico, Arizona, southern California, and western Texas) are even more uniform than the mordellids in general, being relatively slender and largely of a unicolorous brown or black body color. Because of this uniformity and in consideration of the past difficulties with Mordellidae in general, it was thought that a morphometric analysis would prove especially useful in a study of the group. While the immediate goal of the study was the discovery of reliable taxonomic characters and the generation of a list of the species of Mordellistena present in Arizona, the long term goal is to use such an analysis for a complete revision of the North American Mordellistena. 224 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 225 Materials and Methods The University of Arizona insect collection contains over 1,500 specimens of Mordellistena from a variety of localities throughout the Southwest. Along with approximately 200 specimens borrowed from the Arizona State University collection, a large base was present for a morphometric analysis of the Southwestern species. All of the approximately 1,700 specimens were first tagged with individual identification numbers. Next came the selection of morphologic characters to be measured. This was based primarily on which characters were consistently observable in the genus. This selection resulted in the choice of 30 external morphological characters which are listed in Table 1 and illustrated in Figures 1-4. Following character selection, four groups of specimens, all identified to species through the use of Liljeblad’s key (1945), all very distinct in appearance, and all represented by a large series from a single collection locality were selected. The four selected were: M. scapularis (Say), M. nunenmacheri\A\]Qh\did, M. sericans'PdM, and M. tosta LeConte. It was on these groups that the preliminary set of 32 characters was tested in order to determine their validity for taxonomic identification. Measurements for the characters were accomplished using a Lasico Auto-Scaler device attached to the right ocular tube of a Wild M-5 stereomicroscope. Adjustments were made which allowed results to be recorded in millimeters in rapid fashion. Following measurement of specimens in the four groups for the 30 characters, a discriminant analysis (SAS program) was run on the results. From these data were chosen only those morphological characters which separated all of the specimens back into their four original species groups. Only raw measurements were utilized in the study due to the problems associated with the use of ratios (Blacklith and Reyment, 1971). A series of 80 specimens were measured and 14 of the characters accomplished the desired separation. These 14 characters are listed in Table 2. Next came the measurement of as many specimens as possible for the 14 characters with subsequent analysis of the results. In doing this, it was assumed that no additional character variation was present. This was necessary in order to establish some starting point for the cluster analysis. Thus the discriminant analysis was utilized in order to select only those characters useful in taxonomic separation. Prior to selection of specimens for measurement, all 1,700 Mordellistena were grouped according to locality. From each resulting locality group, a random selection of specimens, up to a maximum of 25, was made. For localities in which there were fewer than 25 examples, all members from that locality were measured. In this way, a total of 650 beetles were selected and then measured. Results of the measurements were then transposed to key-punch computer cards with one card per beetle. The identification number (i.e. label) of each insect and results of measurement of each character on that insect were thus present on cards and ready for analysis. This analysis was accomplished through the use of BMDP Computer Program P2M written by Lazio Engelman (1979). The BMDP P2M clustering program is written so that each case (beetle) is read and considered as a single cluster to begin with. By then comparing the results of each case for each variable (morphological character), the process of grouping is initiated with each case placed into ever-enlarging groups until ultimately all cases are united 226 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 1. Original 30 External Morphological Characters 1. length of ultimate abdominal sternite (a) 2. length of antenna (b) 3. combined length of 3rd and 4th antennal segments (c) 4. length of 5th antennal segment (d) 5. length of metatrochanter (e) 6. length of metepisternum (f) 7. eye height (g) 8. eye length (g) 9. ocular width (h) 10. length of metafemora (i) 11. length of large metatibial spur (j) 12. length of small metatibial spur (k) 13. height of mandible (1) 14. width of mandible (1) 15. length of metatarsal claw (m) 16. length of head capsule (n) 17. length of total body 18. length of ultimate tergite (o) 19. width of metasternum (p) 20. width of pronotum (q) 21. length of 1st metatibial ridge (r) 22. length of 2nd metatibial ridge (r) 23. length of 3rd metatibial ridge (if present) (r) 24. width of clypeus (s) 25. length of metatarsus (t) 26. length of mesofermora (u) 27. length of mesotibia (v) 28. length of mesotarsus (w) 29. length of ultimate segment of maxillary palp (x) 30. width of ultimate segment of maxillary palp (x) in a single cluster. As might be expected, there are limits to the number of cases that can be analyzed in a program of this type, dependent on the number of variables utilized. Indeed, it was found that the needed computer capacity for 650 specimens and 14 characters exceeded the core memory of the University of Arizona CYBER. For this reason, a reduction in the number of cases was necessary. This was done through the elimination of cases from localities with larger groups in that all localities with 25 specimens were reduced to 20 until the total sample set numbered 400. This was the maximum number of cases that the computer was able to handle with 14 variables. In this way, the number of cases was reduced with no sacrifice of samples from localities with few representatives. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 227 Figure 1. Scanning electron microscope photograph, lateral view of a specimen of the genus Mordellistena; see Table 1 for explanation of letters. The results of the BMDP P2M program were given in several different graphical displays. These included 1) a vertical tree showing the sequence of cluster formation, 2) a table listing the amalgamation distance and the mean for each variable as each new cluster is formed, 3) a shaded distance matrix graphical display, 4) a listing of the data, 5) a matrix of the distances between all cases, and 6) a histogram of the distances. Of these the most useful for determination of relationships were found to be the vertical tree, the matrix of distances, and the shaded distance matrix. The shaded distance matrix is made by the computer via the overprinting of characters beyond each specimen number (which run along the x-axis) with darker characters, or more overprinting, indicating closer relatives. By following the line out (along the horizontal) from any specimen number, it is possible to observe the extent of relationship of any specimen to any other. Through examination of the 228 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Figure 2. Scanning electron microscope photograph, ventral view; see Table 1 for explanation of letters. shaded matrix for large, dark triangles, it is an easy matter to observe the location of groups and discern the members of these. Dark triangles of this type may be seen by referring to the sample shaded matrix in Figure 5. The vertical tree is formed by the computer through the process of step-by-step clustering and reflects precisely this process. The 400 beetles are first arranged across the top of the display and at this point each case represents a separate cluster. Proceeding down the page, then, it is possible to follow a line from any specimen and determine at what point that beetle is grouped with another and when these two are joined with another and so on. Along the y-axis of this tree are listed the amalgamation distances so that it is possible to determine at what mathematical distance any cluster is formed. These amalgamation distances ranged from 0.00 to 10.734 and increased down the display in increments less than or equal to 0.500 with the exception of the final step, which went from 3.522 to 10.374. These numbers reflected the sum of squares of the variables measured. It was at the amalgamation distance of 10.374 that all 400 cases finally came to rest in a single cluster. The diagram was very useful in the rapid discovery of odd specimens that had few relatives. In these examples, odd specimens were seen to join the clustering process near the bottom of the page. A sample vertical tree diagram is illustrated in Figure 6. Finally, there is the actual distances matrix. In this printout, any specimen may be compared to any other and thus the matrix of distances is simply a 400-by-400 chart VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 229 Figure 3. Scanning electron microscope photograph, close-up view of frons; see Table 1 for explanation of letters. with separation distances ranging from 0.00 (comparison of any case to itself) to distances over 13.00. All three of the preceding printouts discussed were used to determine what groups had been constructed by the clustering program. Following this all 400 individual specimens were examined and compared with Liljeblad’s key and descriptions (1945) to determine what species had been found and overall concurrency with the grouping process of the computer. Results and Discussion The cluster analysis delineated 14 major groups (those with five or more members) comprising a total of 223 specimens, 25 minor groups (those with four or few members) comprising a total of 73 specimens, and 104 specimens not definitely aligned with any of the 39 total groups. All 104 of these non-grouped specimens were 230 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 2. Final 14 Characters Used in Cluster Analysis 1. length of ultimate abdominal sternite 2. length of metatrochanter 3. length of metepisternum 4. eye height 5. eye length 6. length of large metatibial spur 7. length of small metatibial spur 8. length of metatarsal claw 9. length of head capsule 10. length of metafemora 11. length of mesotibia 12. length of mesofemora 13. length of ultimate segment of maxillary palp 14. ocular width Figure 4. Scanning electron microscope photograph, close-up view of metatarsal claw; see Table 1 for explanation of letters. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 231 DISTANCtS BETWEEN CASES RbPRcScNTED IN SHADED FORM. HEAVY SHADING INDICATES SMALL DISTANCES. CASE CASE NO. LABEL 1 13A5 i 11 1297 XI 20 1291 12 129B MRiR lA 1176 iKKii 13 lA 59 IXMiii 10 1A56 3 0818 9 1035 -XNWXXNXf 23 1177 + iXa8tHX@!Xil 2A 0315 +-yxxxx+«iR i<; 0981 -fSiKIXXXXNIXR IS 0322 7 0968 NXXXRXSMRSRXXR P 1079 XXgfKKgsaRXXKBI 2 1072 RXRKKBRSXNXXXRRP 21 1327 ■►XISX4 XXXRXSSNRRI 22 0325 -XRIXX4-+ + N8N3SXNX8I 1 1 0120 — X + + - + -iX!XX9<>J + XXS8« 16 1A66 .-. . . .XX X + 4-- + -^KRl 15 1530 , , -.XXXXX + XXKRiBi 6 1326 MXXXtXNXX.-. — + + X-. 1 C 1330 .+ + XX(X4—. A 1529 .+4XXR+-. iiB 26 1513 XX4-S 27 151A . — — — , XXXIi 2 8 1516 + .--f-f + -+ . ,. —- , X XXBlf 29 1515 + X4-BiSB 3 0 1517 ---+ + -f-4- , ...-. X XXSSSIfc 31 1511 • • 1 9 9 9 9 1 1 + 1 » • 1 + + 4!lS»l8SS > 12A6 X++B8S88Ri Figure 5. Shaded Distance Matrix Sample Diagram. however easily grouped by hand, based on having at least one close relative among the remaining 399 specimens. Following visual examination of all 400 beetles, it became evident that while the minor groups were all single species, only two of the major groups were single species, while the other 12 all contained more than one species. However, these were easily separated on the basis of ground color and color patterns. The 25 minor groups all consisted of but a single species, so at least in some cases the 14 characters selected 232 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST C N □ 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 A • 1 1 0 2 A 3 0 3 9 3 A 9 t 1 P 2 1 2 7 6 3 6 5 S L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 c 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 i i i A 3 2 2 2 i 4 A 8 0 1 3 9 3 Q 0 0 3 3 1 A 5 3 E B A 9 9 9 7 5 5 1 3 7 1 Q c 8 7 7 2 2 ? 6 3 2 3 E 5 7 1 6 6 9 6 R R 7 r. 1 c 8 9 7 5 0 6 0 b C Af^ALG. DISTANCE t + * ♦ ♦ ♦ * + * * 4^ * ★ * f * + 4: 4 .72A I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I ] [ I I 1 I I X X I I I I .9A1 I I I I I I I I I I I ] : 1 T X 1 I i I I 1 1 I -4 .976 I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I 1 I I 1.075 1 I I I I I I I I I I ] t 1 J I I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1.267 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I X 1 I I i 1. AAl I I I I I I I I I I I I i I 1 I I X I I 1 I 1 1.676 I I 1 I -4- 1 I I I I I I I I 1 i I I I i I I 1.657 I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I I I 1.929 I I I - -4“ 1 1 I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 1 X I 1.933 1 I I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 [ I I I I I I i -4- I I 2.059 I 1 I -4- — I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I 2.066 I I I I I I 1 I 1 r 1 1 1 I — 4- 1 I I I 2.123 I i I 1 I I 1 I ; [ 1 I 1 I X 1 i -4- 2.190 I I I I I I I 1 j L 1 I I I I - -4- I 2.210 I I I I 1 T I I I 1 I I 1 — -4 — 1 2.266 I I — -4- I I I I I 1 I 1 I I I 2.290 I I I 1 I I 1 - -4- I 1 I 1 X 2.298 I I I I I - 4- I 1 , I I 1 I 2.308 I I i I I -4 - -- 1 1 I 1 I 2.317 I 4- I I I I I I I I 2.362 I 1 I - — -4- 1 I 1 I I 2 2 6 .362 • AAA 2 . A16 2.A68 . A73 5A7 7 A6 .071 ■ + - 1 I I • +- -4 — - 4 - I I 1 I I I I 1 - I I 1 I i I 1 1 Figure 6. Vertical Tree Sample Diagram. through the discriminant analysis were species specific. It is evident that in further analyses a coding system for color and color patterns will be necessary to ensure species specific grouping throughout. In the large groups the separation on the basis of color was generally very easy, often involving nothing more than the identification of solid brown specimens, solid black specimens and bicolorous specimens. The study yielded a total of 58 different species present in Arizona and the surrounding Sonoran desert. Of these, 14 were either unidentifiable in Liljeblad or VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 233 represented new species. A list of these species is presented in Table 2. It should be noted that Liljeblad had 10 species recorded as occurring in Arizona. The generation of such a species list for Arizona was one of the major goals of this project. The other goal of this study was the identification of reliable taxonomic characters and the validation of the leg ridges. It was clearly evident that the ridges of the metathoracic legs were unreliable as shown by their failure to separate the four groups of the discriminant analysis. The tibial ridges did seem to demonstrate more constancy in form and number and may yet prove useful as identification characters. The tarsal ridges, however, are far too transient, even varying from one side to the other of a single insect, to be of any use. Liljeblad attempted no conclusions on phylogeny. Rather, he merely grouped species according to ridge pattern. There were several examples where the cluster analysis grouped different species together that were in close proximity in Liljeblad’s work. This is an indication that there may indeed be some phylogenetic significance to the ridges. While ridges proved unreliable, the examination of the members of the groups showed that members of the same group possessed very similarly structured ultimate maxillary palp segments. This was true even in the larger groups made up of several species. Liljeblad suggested the possible importance of this character and this importance was reinforced by the fact that it was shown to be successful in the separation of the four species in the discriminant analysis phase of the study. Especially noticeable was the shape of the ultimate maxillary palp segment in two of the major groups in which the shape exhibited was long, narrow and parallel-sided in contrast to the usual scalene shape found in Mordellistena. As the pollen-feeding habits of the adults would appear to indicate an important food-gathering function for these segments, it is possible that the related morphology may be species specific. The use of this small character (usually under .300 mm in length and often somewhat hidden) in a taxonomic scheme is indeed much easier where numerical valves are attached rather than general descriptions of the shape. Perhaps the most noticeable problem encountered was the limitation in the number of cases that the CYBER was able to handle, as previously mentioned. Considering the case-by-case comparison method of the analysis, it is perhaps not too surprising that there is indeed a limit to the number of cases that any computer can handle. The point here is that there are finite and attainable limits restricting a numerical study. The occurrence of one apparent species in more than one group occurred in two cases in the study and involves specimens which key in Liljeblad to M. tosta LeConte and M. comata (LeConte). In each case, specimens keying to these species were found in five groups formed by the cluster analysis. There are several possible reasons for this placement. First, there is the possibility that one or both of these species exhibit a wide range of variation in size and characters seemingly not usual for Mordellistena. This would mean that the 14 characters which work for the rest of the group are not suitable for these two species and this seems unlikely. A more plausible explanation is separation based on sexual dimorphism. There is a definite wide separation between small specimens keying to M. tosta and M. comata and larger specimens keying to these two species. In addition, there is a noticeable difference in the morphology of the ultimate maxillary palp segment with it being scalene in the smaller specimens and elongate-securiform in the larger specimens. This difference and these shapes were noted by Liljeblad in the descriptions of both species with the 234 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST males having the scalene, and the females the elongate-securiform, morphology. Finally, there is the explanation that several species are represented and cannot be distinguished except by the exacting method of a morphometric analysis. Whatever the answer, all specimens keying to M. tosta and M. comata warrant further study. The grouping of several apparent species in a single cluster questions the discriminatory power of the analysis. As previously mentioned, in all instances little or no difficulty was encountered in separating these based on color and color patterns. The addition, or coding, of these characters is evidently a necessary one in a future revision of the entire group. Finally, there is the inability of the analysis to group 104 specimens. The 104 all had at least one close relative and the majority had several among the rest of the specimens. In addition, all but two specimens fell just outside the limits of a group. The reason for these specimens not fitting into any group may be something as simple as an inaccurate measurement of one or more characters or something more complex involving character abberation. The relative of these specimens as indicated by the analysis should, however, provide rapid clues as to their identity. The ideal procedure, in keeping with the idea behind a study such as this, would be to add more characters until these obstacles are overcome and grouping is accomplished for all 104 specimens. Investigation of such possibilities, which again may simply involve a color coding, is something to be accomplished in an expanded study of the entire group. Summary The question of usefulness of a morphometric analysis such as this in forming a phylogeny for Mordellistena is now addressed. Two pieces of evidence indicate that indeed this study can form an important part of such a phylogenetic reconstruction. The first is the placement of the two groups with unusually elongate ultimate maxillary palpal segments next to each other in the analytical results. It seems likely that this elongate segment represents some sort of offshoot of a section of the Mordellistena and the close clustering indicates phylogenetic significance to the character. The second concerns the character of an elongated upper tibial ridge. In cases where this striking character was present, it was seen in adjacent or solitary groups, again indicating possible phylogenetic significance. The cluster analysis formed 39 groups of specimens comprising a total of 296 of the 400 specimens submitted for analysis. This is a 74% successful grouping with 102 of the remaining 104 specimens just outside the limits of the 39 groups. Thus the establishment of valid characters for taxonomic use, the 14 delineated plus those of color and color patterns, is seen as having been achieved. For a more detailed explanation of the groups, the reader is referred to Burne (1985). Forty-four species recognizable in Liljeblad, as well as 14 species either unrecognizable or undescribed, were found through the analysis generating the list of Mordellistena of Arizona seen in Table 3. Acknowledgments I would like to express gratitude to the following: Dr. Floyd G. Werner for serving as advisor during this research and Carl A. Olson for assistance with photography, both of the University of Arizona, Tucson; and Dr. C. Ferris, Dr. C. C. Burkhardt and Dr. R. Pfadt for critical analysis, all of the University of Wyoming, Laramie. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 235 Table 3. Species List from Study M. vapida M. conformis M. husseyi M. intermixta M. picipennis M. unicolor M. tantula M. Smithi M. pustulata M. aspersa M. divisa M. sp. 1 M. sp. prob. testacea M. texana M. sp. 2 M. paradisa M. marginalis M. sp. 3 M. pullata M. calignosa M. sp.4 M. aethiops M. palmi M. sp. 5 M. tosta M. lutea M. sp. 6 M. morula M. ruficeps M. sp. 7 M. nebulas a M. rufa M. sp. 8 M. comata M. aemula M. sp. 9 M. rubrifascia M. splendens M. sp.10 M. nigricans M. blandula M. sp.11 M. sericans M. nunenmacheri M. sp. 12 M. nubila M. wickhami M. sp.13 M. knausa M. parva M. sp.14 M. ambusta M. nigella M. subfucus M. militaris M. indistincta M. pallens Literature Cited Burne, J. C. 1985. A Morphometric Analysis of Mordellistena in the Southwestern United States (Coleptera: Mordellidae), Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Arizona, Tucson, 70 pp. Engelman, L. P. 1979. Cluster Analysis of Cases. In BMDP Biomedical Computer Programs, P-Series, 1979. W. J. Dixon and M. B. Brown, eds.. University of California Press, Berkeley, 880 pp. Khalaf, K. T. 1970. Wing venation and phylogenetic relationships in Mordellidae. Fla. Entomol. 53(3):153-160. Khalaf, K. T. 1971. Mordellidae from Louisiana and Mississippi. J. Kans. Entomol. So. 44(4);441-445. Khalaf, K. T. 1971. Five new species of Mordellidae from Louisiana and Mississippi. Pan-Pacific Ent. 47(2): 140-145. Liljeblad, E. 1945. Monograph of the Family Mordellidae (Coleoptera) of North America North of Mexico. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, no. 62,7 pis., 229pp. Ray, E. 1944. New Mordellidae Beetles from the Western Hemisphere. Zool. Serv. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 29:117-133. Ray, E. 1946. Studies on North American Mordellidae, II, III, and IV. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 22:41-50, 90-99, and 121-132. Ray, E. 1947. Studies on North American Mordellidae, V. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 23:121-131. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 236 Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron— New distribution information, including Central America (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) Jeffrey A. Halstead 2110 N. Hayes, Fresno, California 93722 Abstract. —New distributional information for Acanthochalcis nigricans in Nevada, United States; Baja California Sur, Mexico; Quezaltepeque, El Salvador; and Guanacaste, Costa Rica is presented. Rubinistic color variation for nigricans is noted. Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron is the second largest chalcidid wasp in America north of Mexico. Its body length (males 10 mm, 8 to 11 mm; females 17 mm, 7 to 24 mm) is slightly shorter than its North American congener, unispinosa Girault. Acanthochalcis are predominantly black with reddish brown (or black) labrum, clypeus, legs, tegulae, sternites, and tergites (ventrally). Females are unique among all North American Chalcididae in having the ovipositor project posteriorly a distance equal to or greater than the length of the abdomen. The gQmxs Acanthochalcis contains three species: nigricans —Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, California, and Mexico; unispinosa —Texas, Arizona, and California; gigas Steffan—Madagascar (Burks 1979, Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, Smith, Instit. Press I: 860-874; Steffan 1959, Acta Entomol. Mus. Natl. Prague 33(549):306-309). Both North American species are presumed to be parasitoids of buprestid beetle larvae which inhabit oak trees (Halstead and Haines 1985, Pan Pacific Entomol. 61(3):227-228). Recently I examined specimens of nigricans which include new range records for Nevada (United States), Baja California Sur (Mexico), El Salvador, and Costa Rica. DeSantis (1979, Comision de Investigacioines Cientificas de La Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata, Argentina, p. 66) listed nigricans from Mexico but no state information was presented. Type material is from the state of Sonora (Cameron 1884, Biol. Cent. Amer., Hym., I: p. 100). These new records represent a considerable southward range extension. Locality data is as follows: UNITED STATES. NEVADA, Clark Co.: Las Vegas, 20.vi.39, on Cersium, P. Timberlake, 1$, (UCR). MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR, Los Medanos, 10.3 mi. SW, elevation 0.4 m., 28.iii.64, on Laria, sand dune association, M. E. Irwin, Id, (UCR); Santiago, 11 km W, Canon de La Zorra, 285 m, 4-5.ix.77, E. Fisher and R. Westcott, 1$, (CAS). EL SALVADOR. QUEZALTEPEQUE, 12.vii.61, 23.viii.61, M. E. Irwin, 3d, (UCD). COSTA RICA, GUANACASTE, Palo Verde Station, 29 km WSW Canas, 10° 21'N, 85° 21'W, 10.vii.76, H. E. Hespenheide, 1$, (Hespenheide personal collection). The three specimens from El Salvador are rubinistic color forms (i.e., typically black colored areas are reddish brown). No color variation has previously been noted for Acanthochalcis. 236 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 237-241 Ecology of Rhopalomyia californica Felt at Jasper Ridge (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) L. E. Ehler Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616 Abstract. —An ecological study of Rhopalomyia calif ornica Felt (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) was conducted at the Jasper Ridge Biological Preserve (Stanford University) during 1982-83. The midge, which develops in terminal galls on Baccharis pilularis DC, was relatively rare throughout the course of the study. Analysis of life-table data suggested that its predators and parasites played a major role in maintaining population density at comparatively low levels. The parasite guild consisted of seven hymenopteran species: Torymus koebelei (Huber) & T. baccharidis (Huber) (Torymidae), Zatropis capitis Burks & Mesopolobus sp. (Pteromalidae), Tetrastichus sp. (Eulophidae), Eupelmus inyoensis Girault (Eupelmidae), and Platygaster calif ornica (Ashmead) (Platygastridae). Malathion- bait sprays applied to an adjacent area (Woodside) not only resulted in a massive midge outbreak, but also indirectly altered the spatial structure of the midge population. It is suggested that R. calif ornica, when introduced without its natural enemies, may be an important biological-control agent against weedy Baccharis spp. in Texas and Australia. Rhopalomyia californica Felt is a native cecidomyiid midge which develops in multi-chambered, terminal galls on Baccharis pilularis DC in California. Tilden (1951b) described the natural history of the midge and most subsequent investigations have dealt largely with the midge and its parasites as a model system for addressing basic issues in community ecology and applied biological control (Doutt, 1961; Force, 1974; Ehler 1982, 1985; and Hopper, 1984). The latest development concerns the use of R. californica as a biological-control agent for related Baccharis spp. which are rangeland weeds. In this regard, the midge is now well established in Queensland, Australia, where it shows considerable promise for eventually controlling Baccharis halimifolia L. in many parts of its range (McFadyen, 1985; W. A. Palmer, pers. comm.). It was also introduced into Texas during 1985 and 1986 (for control of several Baccharis spp.) and is now established at certain release sites (P. Boldt, pers. comm.). The purpose of the present paper is to summarize available data on the ecology of R. californica at one site in its native range (Jasper Ridge Biological Preserve) in order to facilitate eventual comparative studies in Texas and Queensland. Details of the study sites, materials, and methods were given by Ehler et al. (1984). Analysis of Life-Table Data From 30 March 1982 to 9 March 1983, the midge population at Jasper Ridge was relatively stable—i.e., density of galls never exceeded 2 per 100 terminals and larval density did not exceed 20 per 100 terminals (Ehler et al., 1984). Life tables were 237 238 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST constructed for six cohorts of R. californica galls collected on the following dates in 1982: 30 March (n = 144), 3 May (n = 47), 1 June (n = 85), 14 July (n = 124), 12 Aug. (n = 41) and 7 Oct. (n = 83). Because major trends in mortality/survival in each of the life tables were very similar, an average (n = 6) life table, based on 524 galls (5680 midge larvae), was calculated for a hypothetical cohort of 1000 individuals (Table 1). Three major sources of mortality were apparent: predation of eggs and neonate larvae, parasitization of endophagous larvae (i.e., inside the gall) and residual mortality of larvae. Midge survival from egg to adult was ca. 5% and the sex ratio was in favor of females. The numbers of eggs and neonate larvae plus attendant mortality rates were estimated from figures given by Ehler et al. (1984). In this case, the value for lx was derived from the average gall size (assuming 100% survival from egg to endophagous larva) in an adjacent area (Woodside) which was heavily sprayed with malathion bait during the medfiy eradication campaign. These sprays presumably destroyed most of the predators of these host stages and this apparently resulted in the consistently larger galls found in this zone (see next section). The value for dx was determined by subtraction. Because of the particular methods employed, the estimates obtained should not be viewed as giving a complete picture of events during this age interval. For example, predation was the only mortality factor estimated, even though other factors (e.g., infertility) are probably involved. In view of this, the value for lx should be regarded as an underestimate and that for dx as an overestimate. Nevertheless, the data do suggest that predation on eggs and neonate larvae (i.e., before gall formation) is of major importance in the population dynamics of the midge (see also Ehler et al., 1984). Although numerous predatory insects occur on the plant (Tilden, 1951a), it was not possible to determine which species were responsible for the mortality detected during this phase of the study. Parasites destroyed ca. 38% of the endophagous larvae (25% real mortality). This overall parasitization rate is somewhat low and is not necessarily characteristic of the parasite guild in other parts of the host’s range. Seven species of solitary parasites were reared from R. californica galls. Torymus koebelei (Huber) (Torymidae) is a primary ectoparasite; parasitization by this species ranged from 1 to 13%. A second torymid primary ectoparasite, T. baccharidis (Huber), was generally rare and never parasitized >2% of the host larvae. Zatropis capitis Burks (Pteromalidae) is a facultative secondary ectoparasite which parasitized from 0.9 to 6.5% of the hosts. The dominant species in the parasite guild was Platygaster californica (Ashmead) (Platygastridae), an egg-larval, primary endoparasite. This species parasitized from 1 to 36.2% of the larvae. Mesopolobus sp., another pteromalid facultative secondary ectoparasite, parasitized > 10% of the hosts in March, but seldom parasitized > 1% thereafter. The two remaining species were consistently rare: Tetrastichus sp. (Eulophidae), a primary endoparasite, never parasitized >1.1% of the hosts whereas Eupelmus inyoensis Girault (Eupelmidae), another facultative secondary ectoparasite, was collected on only one date (Oct. 7). Over 5% of the larvae (range: 0.5-9.5) were parasitized, but due to the condition of the material, it was not possible to attribute host mortality to any particular species listed above. Finally, total parasitization rate and rates for individual species were relatively constant over time; there was no convincing evidence for temporal density dependence. The third major category of mortality was the residual—i.e., mortality of larvae which could not be directly attributed to parasites. The residual mortality rate was relatively high and probably has several components. Some hosts are presumably VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 239 Table 1. Average life table for Rhopalomyia californica at the Jasper Ridge Biological Preserve from March to Octo¬ ber, 1982.* X lx dxF dx lOOqx lOOrx Egg + neonate larva 1000 Predation 355 35.5 35.5 Endophagous larva 645 Parasitization T. koebelei 41.9 6.5 4.2 T. baccharidis 9 1.4 0.9 Z. capitis 27.7 4.3 2.8 P. californica 106.4 16.5 10.6 Mesopolobus sp. 20 3.1 2.0 Tetrastichus sp. 2.6 0.4 0.3 E. inyoensis 3.2 0.5 0.3 Undetermined 34.8 5.4 3.5 Total 245.7 38.1 24.6 Residual 341 52.9 34.1 Pupa 58.3 Residual 6.2 10.6 0.6 Adult 52.1 (0.61$ 9:0.39dc?) 947.9 — 94.8 *Key to symbols: x = developmental stage, lx = number entering stage x, dxF = mortality factor, dx = number dying during stage X, lOOqx = dx lx for that stage (apparent mortality) and lOOrx = dx/lx for the initial cohort (real mortality). See Ehler (1982) and Ehler et al. (1984) for details of materials and methods. killed by adult parasites—e.g., by host feeding, probing with the ovipositor (see also Force, 1974)—and this would not be detected by the methods employed in this study. Supernumerary parasitization is common at times and this could possibly result in death of all occupants (host and parasites) in a given chamber. For these reasons, the data for parasitization in Table 1 are probably a conservative reflection of the actual impact of parasites. I also suspect that many gall inhabitants (both hosts and parasites) were inadvertently killed during collecting and processing of galls. Recent dissections of fresh galls (prior to midge emergence) collected in Yolo and Solano Counties revealed that up to 10% of the chambers were empty. In other words, some mortality had occurred prior to sampling, reinforcing the belief that residual mortality has numerous components, as opposed to being strictly an artifact of sampling technique. Impact of Malathion-Bait Sprays A massive outbreak of R. californica occurred at Woodside following 24 applications of malathion bait. At the height of the outbreak (Oct. 1982), midge population levels were ca. 90X greater than those observed at Jasper Ridge. This classic secondary outbreak evidently resulted from the wholesale destruction of natural enemies of the midge (Ehler et al., 1984). I report here on a more subtle or indirect effect of the sprays. The destruction of natural enemies (probably predators) evidently allowed greater survival of eggs and neonate larvae which in turn allowed more larvae to enter available buds and this presumably resulted in comparatively larger galls in the spray zone. Although this effect was evident on all sample dates in 1982, the data for October were particularly striking (Figure 1). At Jasper Ridge, the 240 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 10 - 5 - >- C-3 a LU cc JASPER RIDGE •• • • • • 10 - WOODSIDE • • • ••• •••••• •••••• • • ••• ••••••••••••••••• •• • • •• • • 10 20 30 CHAMBERS/GALL 40 50 Figure 1. Frequency distribution of galls according to size (chambers per gall) at Jasper Ridge (control) and Woodside (medfly spray zone). Galls were collected on 7 October 1982; each dot represents one gall (n = 83 for both sites). median number of chambers per gall was 5 compared to 19 at Woodside; the average number of chambers per gall at Woodside (21.9) was > 2X that at Jasper Ridge (8.1). In other words, the malathion-bait sprays altered the spatial structure of the midge population. Conversely, the data suggest that natural enemies can play a major role in determining the spatial structure of a host population in nature. In view of these findings, the value of gall size as an index of host-plant quality, while perhaps intuitively appealing, must be questioned. This may also apply to midge populations in Texas and Australia because native generalist predators on related Baccharis spp. could produce a similar effect. Finally, the influence of an altered spatial structure of a host population on the behavior and performance of a natural enemy should be investigated. Rhopalomyia As a Biological-Control Agent The results from Woodside suggest that R. californica, when introduced without its natural enemies, has considerable potential as a biological-control agent against weedy Baccharis spp. in Texas and Australia. The host plants at Woodside were so devastated (by the midge and other phytophagous species) that sampling had to be discontinued after October 1982. This can be taken as an indication of the kind of impact the midge might have in biological control of weeds. In future projects, deliberate disruption of herbivore populations in the native home of a target weed might serve as an aid in selecting candidate natural enemies for further study. The selection of effective natural enemies for biological control of weeds has received considerable attention in recent years (Harris, 1973; Goeden, 1983). In this VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 241 context, the case of R. californica is relevant to a current controversy over the use of coevolved versus “new”’ exploiter-victim associations. Hokkanen and Pimentel (1984) argued that new associations should be the preferred method of selecting natural enemies; this recommendation was based on the hypothesized lack of coevolved, interspecific balance which attends such associations. However, Goeden and Kok (1986) challenged these findings and suggested that new exploiter-victim associations offer limited opportunities for biological control, especially for non-cactaceous weeds. Although controversial, I believe that the Hokkanen- Pimentel thesis should be carefully considered and empirically tested whenever possible. The introduction of R. calif ornica, derived from B. pilularis in California, into Australia and Texas for control of related Baccharis spp. should provide some key information on this question. Acknowledgments I thank A. Grundmann and associates at Stanford University for the opportunity to conduct research at the Jasper Ridge Biological Preserve and B. Alvarado-Rodriquez, P. C. Endicott, M. B. Hertlein, H. P. Sauter and K. Thorarinsson for assistance in collecting and analyzing the data. K. Thorarinsson, W. A. Palmer and P. Boldt reviewed an earlier version of the manuscript. Portions of this research were supported by the California Department of Food and Agriculture (Standard Agreement 1779). Literature Cited Doutt, R. L. 1961. The dimensions of endemism. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 54:46-53. Ehler, L. E. 1982. Ecology of Rhopalomyia californica Felt (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) and its parasites in an urban environment. Hilgardia 50:1-32. Ehler, L. E. 1985. Species-dependent mortality in a parasite guild and its relevance to biological control. Environ. Entomol. 14:1-6. Ehler, L. E., P. C. Endicott, M. B. Hertlein, and B. Alvarado-Rodriquez. 1984. Medfly eradication in California: impact of malathion-bait sprays on an endemic gall midge and its parasitoids. Entomol. Exp. Appl. 36:201-208. Force, D. C. 1974. Ecology of insect host-parasitoid communities. Science 184: 624-632. Goeden, R. D. 1983. Critique and revision of Harris’ scoring system for selection of insect agents in biological control of weeds. Prot. Ecol. 5:287-301. Goeden, R. D., and L. T. Kok. 1986. Comments on a proposed “new” approach for selecting agents for the biological control of weeds. Can. Entomol. 118:51-58. Harris, P. 1973. The selection of effective agents for the biological control of weeds. Can. Entomol. 105:1495-1503. Hokkanen, H., and D. Pimentel. 1984. New approach for selecting biological control agents. Can. Entomol. 116:1109-1121. Hopper, K. R. 1984. The effects of host-finding and colonization rates on abundances of parasitoids of a gall midge. Ecology 65:20-27. McFadyen, P. J. 1985. Introduction of the gall fly Rhopalomyia californica from the USA into Australia for the control of the weed Baccharis halimifolia. pp. 779-787. In: E. S. Del fosse (ed.), Proc. VI Intern. Symp. Biol. Control Weeds. Agric. Canada, Ottawa. Tilden, J. W. 1951a. The insect associates of Baccharis pilularis De Candolle. Microentomology 16:149-188. Tilden, J. W. 1951b. Observations on Rhopalomyia californica Felt. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 27:20-22. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 242-246 Male Swarms Discovered in Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae, Pteromalidae) H. Nadel Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521 Abstract. —Male swarms have been discovered in three chalcidoid species: Bothriothorax nigripes, Copidosoma sp. (Encyrtidae), and Pachyneuron sp. (Pteromalidae). The swarms occurred around boulders at the top of a small ridge in southern California. B. nigripes males, and possibly the others, swarmed for the purpose of mating. The mating behavior of B. nigripes is described. This may be the first report of male mating swarms in the Chalcidoidea. Males of three chalcidoid species were discovered swarming on and around five hilltop boulders near the University of California at Riverside campus. The aggregations were discovered on March 7,1984 and were observed at least biweekly until their disappearance in mid-April of the same year. Examination of samples taken by aspiration and aerial sweepnetting from the same location on three different days revealed the following species and numbers (males:females): Bothriothorax nigripes Howard (Encyrtidae), 865:23; Copidosoma sp. (Encyrtidae), 291:14; Pachy neuron sp. (Pteromalidae), 522:0. The swarms daily contained several thousand individuals of each species. They formed anew each day after disappearing entirely from the sites during the night. This report includes a brief description of the swarming and mating behavior of B. nigripes, Copidosoma sp., and of the swarming behavior of Pachy neuron sp. Greater emphasis is given to B. nigripes. A study was made to determine whether the B. nigripes aggregations were true mating swarms. The known literature on swarming in the parasitic Hymenoptera is included in the discussion. Swarming and Mating Behavior I chose to closely observe B. nigripes to ensure that its aggregations were true mating swarms. This species is the largest of the three and thus more easily observed in the field. Males began arriving near the boulders at around 7:00 a.m. and landed during intervals of low wind velocity. Throughout the day, many swarmed in flight while others congregated on the shaded north- and northwest-facing rock surfaces. The males’ behavior on the rocks consisted of walking in irregular paths with frequent turns, and beating the substrate with the antennae in rapid, alternating strokes. Landing females remained relatively motionless with their antennae tucked close to their faces, or walked slowly for a short distance ( < 10 cm) before becoming still. Males encountered them within a minute or two and began courting. A schematic summary of courtship and mating behaviors is presented in Fig. 1. Males appeared to sense a female’s presence from a distance of 1 cm away, as they increased walking speed and headed directly toward her from that point. Uninterrupted courtship and copulation lasted about 40 seconds. In some instances other males 242 VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 243 Male Female walks, turning frequently, antennae alternately beating up and down lands on substrate accelerates pace towards female walks slowly in + linear path, antennae alternately tapping substrate motionless, antennae 4r tucked close to face faces female, waggles body 8-10 times mounts female from behind places pro- and mesothoracic legs on female's abdomen or wings; rocks rapidly side to side, metathoracic legs alternately touching sub¬ strate begins copulation exposes genital pore motionless motionless ca. 10 seconds dismounts faces female and resumes waggling __ springs away Figure 1. Schematic representation of uninterrupted courtship and mating in Bothriothorax nigripes. 244 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST approached a pair in apparent attempts to copulate with the female, in which case the female usually sprang away, often carrying one mounted male with her. Females were never observed to spring away before mating or being mobbed by several males. They seemed, therefore, to arrive at the swarms specifically for the purpose of mating. To gain further evidence for this, I caught and dissected six newly-landed females (before male contact) and found that their spermathecae did not contain sperm. I paired four other newly-landed females with males in glass vials and found them to mate readily. Two of these females were dissected and found to have full spermathecae, and the remainder were paired with other males and found to reject a second mating during 9- and 18-hour video-recorded observation periods. Four additional females which were caught after they had mated naturally in the swarms also rejected subsequent mating attempts when paired with males in glass vials. Because newly-landed females mated readily both in the swarms and in the laboratory, while mated females rejected subsequent matings, B. nigripes females apparently join the male swarms in an uninseminated condition for the purpose of mating. It was unlikely that females arrived in search of food; some swarm boulders were devoid of vegetation, and no feeding by either sex was observed on the few flowering plants that grew on and around the rest. It was also unlikely that females appeared in the area to search for their hosts, syrphid larvae, because none were detected on ridgetop vegetation. I sporadically observed the other swarming species. Mating pairs of Copidosoma sp. were evident, often on rock-top vegetation, hence I also regarded the aggregations of this species as mating swarms. The males generally flew above or walked on the upper surface of vegetated boulders. Pachyneuron females, however, were neither seen nor collected. The males flew and walked around on the upper boulder surfaces, sometimes mixing with Copidosoma, but they also swarmed apart on the north- and northeast-facing surfaces. Although I did not observe mating within the Pachyneuron swarms, I suggest that, on the basis of the similarity in their aggregative behavior to the other species, the Pachyneuron assemblages were also mating swarms. The Swarm Site The most obvious factor distinguishing the swarm site. Coyote Ridge, is its situation as the only low yet abrupt peak within a 7.5 km radius. It rises 134 m above a base altitude of 335 m, and is surrounded by flat or gently sloping land. The Box Springs Mountains nearby peak at 920 m at 2.5 km to the east. A brief examination of Box Springs peaks at various heights, and of the nearest low, abrupt, hill in the area. Mount Rubidoux (165 m), revealed no chalcidoid swarms on March 24, 1984, although swarms were active that day on Coyote Ridge. Continuous and sometimes gusty winds may have contributed to the paucity of insects on the unpreferred peaks. Winds around Coyote Ridge were low and occasionally still, and perhaps more suited to controlled locomotion by the wasps. Discussion Male mating swarms commonly occur in insects, especially in Diptera. They are generally believed to result from 1) males searching at sites with high probability of VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 245 encounter with receptive females, such as emergence, feeding, and oviposition sites, 2) active male aggregation for the purpose of enhancing attractivity toward females, or 3) localization of mating activity at landmarks (Thornhill and Alcock 1983). Among the parasitic Hymenoptera, male swarms have been reported in the Ichneumonoidea (Ichneumonidae; Rotheray 1981; Braconidae: Donisthorpe 1936, Stelfox 1944, Southwood 1957; Aphidiidae: Stary 1970) and possibly in the Bethyloidea (Dryinidae: Jervis 1979), but not in the Chalcidoidea. Large swarms of female Cyclogastrella (= Pteromalus) deplanata (Pteromalidae) have been reported from buildings in England (Scott 1919), and of female Chrysocharis centralis (Eulophidae) on vegetation in Madeira (Graham 1983), but there is no indication that these served a mating purpose. Recently, however, pteromalid mating swarms have been observed on citrus trees in China (J. K. Waage, personal communication). The male chalcidoids on Coyote Ridge appeared to use either a landmark-based swarm site and/or to aggregate to increase their power to attract females. There was no indication that either sex arrived at the ridgetop to feed. Similarly, at least for B. nigripes, there was no indication that females arrived in search of hosts. Certainly, there was no indication that the ridgetop was in any way more profitable than the surrounding areas in terms of food or oviposition sites for any of the swarming chalcidoids. The ridgetop, however, offers a distinctive landmark which is also accompanied by slower winds than those which prevail on the nearest peaks. It is, therefore, not only conspicuous, but also allows controlled locomotion by the insects. These attributes of the ridge may have set the stage for the evolution or maintenance of a landmark-based mating system in the observed chalcidoids. It is also possible, however, that the males of each species aggregate because they thus have a greater chance of mating than if they remained solitary. Male aggregation pheromones are commonly implicated in the formation of insect swarms and in the attraction of females (Thornhill and Alcock 1983). It is not impossible that the aggregation pheromones, if they exist, of the three studied chalcidoid species are similar; this would explain why these presumably rare swarms occurred together. Much more work is necessary to reveal why and how the swarms occur, but at this point the observations indicate that they are part of a landmark-based mating system or the result of a male tendency to aggregate, or both. Chalcidoid mating swarms have been reported here for the first time, but is this because little attention has been given to parasitoid mating behavior in nature, or is it because the swarms are truly rare? As far as I know, there have been no focused studies on the mating systems of non-inbreeding parasitic Hymenoptera beyond the confines of the laboratory. This is unfortunate from both a practical and theoretical standpoint. Such studies may aid the evaluation of biological control agents; introduced exotic chalcidoids, for example, may fail to become established because of the absence of proper mating sites. As I showed in this study, readiness to mate in the laboratory gives no indication of the species’ mating system: B. nigripes mated readily in glass vials. If chalcidoid mating swarms are truly rare, however, we should search for a general tendency in the Chalcidoidea to mate at the emergence site rather than to mate after dispersal. Many chalcidoid species have a preponderance of females (Gordh 1979), and this has been linked, in theory, to pre-dispersal mating (Hamilton 1967, Charnov 1982, Waage 1982). The discovery of chalcidoids which mate away from their natal site paves the way for testing the relationship between 246 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST mating system and sex ratio in this group. In any event, the study of chalcidoid mating systems should provide a rich store of information for both practical and theoretical work. Acknowledgments I owe foremost thanks to Dr. G. Gordh for urging me to write about the swarms, and for his critical review of earlier versions of the manuscript. Many thanks to the following people for their help: Mr. G. Scriven forced the discovery through his aerobics training; Drs. L. LeBeck and T. Unruh, Ms. T. McUnruh, and Mr. D. Goodward helped with the observations; Dr. J. LaSalle identified the encyrtids, and Mr. H. Anderson identified the pteromalid; Drs. J. Pinto and T. Unruh, Mr. R. Stouthammer and Mr. D. Goodward reviewed an earlier version of the manuscript. Literature Cited Charnov, E. L. 1982. The Theory of Sex Allocation. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 355 pp. Donisthorpe, H. 1936. The dancing habits of some Braconidae. Entomol. Rec. 78:84. Gordh, G. 1979. Superfamily Chalcidoidea. pp. 743-748. In: Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico (K. V. Krombein, P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks, eds.). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C., 1:1-1198. Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1983. Madeira insects: Faunal notes, additions and descriptions of new species of Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). Bol. Mus. Mun. Funchal 35:5-40. Hamilton, W. D. 1967. Extraordinary sex ratios. Science 156:477-488. Jervis, M. A. 1979. Courtship, mating and “swarming” in Aphelopus melalucas (Dalman) (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae). Entomol. Gaz. 30:191-193. Rotheray, G. E. 1981. Courtship, male swarms and a sex pheromone of Diplazon pactoratorius (Thunberg) (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Entomol. Gaz. 32:193-196. Scott, H. 1919. Swarming of the chalcid Pteromalus deplanata Nees in buildings. Entomol. Monthly Mag. 55:13-16. Southwood, T. R. E. 1957. Observations on swarming in Braconidae (Hymenoptera) and Coniopterygidae (Neuroptera). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. London (A) 32:80-82. Stary, P. 1970. The biology of aphid parasites. Dr. W. Junk N. V. The Hague, 643 pp. Stelfox, A. W. 1944. The swarming flights of Blacus (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Entomol. Monthly Mag. 80:208. Thornhill, R. and J. Alcock. 1983. The Evolution of Insect Mating Systems. Harvard University Press, Cambridge and London, 547 pp. Waage, J. K. 1982. Sib-mating and sex ratio strategies in Scelionid wasps. Ecol. Entomol. 7:103-112. PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST 63(3), 1987, pp. 247-255 The Drosophila Fauna of a Native California Forest (Diptera: Drosophilidae) Herman T. Spieth University of California, Davis, California 95616 Introduction During the years since A.D. 1492 and especially during the past 150 years the Drosophila fauna of North America has undergone considerable change. Two major factors have contributed to this change: (1) a number of Drosophila species from other continents have become introduced into the fauna, e.g. D. melanogaster and simulans and recently D. subobscura; and (2) larval substrates have changed both qualitatively and quantitatively. Numerous fruits and vegetables from other continents have been introduced, e.g. European grapes, apples, and citrus, all of which provide substrates for native polyphagous species, e.g. obscura species group. In contrast urbanization, agriculture and lumbering have reduced the volume of substrates provided by forest fungi, slime fluxes, cacti and fermenting bark. It is reasonable to assume that the population sizes of most oligophagic and monophagic species have been reduced. The virilis species group provides a clear example of such a reduction in population size (Spieth 1979). Blodgett Forest The Blodgett Forest Research Station of the University of California Department of Forestry and Conservation is located in the Eldorado National Forest on the western slope of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Consisting of 2,961 acres (1198 hectares) located between 4,100 and 4,600 feet (1250-1400 m) elevation, it is a “mixed conifer” forest which supports ponderosa pine, sugar pine, white fir, incense cedar, douglas fir, black oak, tan oak and native shrubs and forbs. The forest is totally surrounded by the Eldorado National Forest. The sole access to Blodgett is via a narrow two lane road that originates at Georgetown, a small town located 10 air miles west of Blodgett. Continuous forest exists from Georgetown to Blodgett. A number of dwellings, mostly summer homes plus camping areas, exist along the access road, mainly along the western portion. Agricultural activities are absent along the road and in the surrounding forest. The Blodgett Station was established in 1933, and since its inception all introduced plants have been systematically eliminated. Thus, as a result of the Blodgett Station’s location within the National Forest and the efforts of the foresters, it can reasonably be assumed that the forest approaehes closely the habitat that existed when Columbus reached America. Systematic collecting of the Drosophila fauna was undertaken during the years 1981-84 in order to determine both the species composition and size of the Drosophila fauna of the forest. Collecting Procedures Blodgett Forest is an irregularly shaped rectangle with a north-south axis of circa 4.5 mi (7.2 km.). A network of unpaved dirt roads facilitates access to various 247 248 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST portions of the forests. Five sites along a north-northwest to south-southeast transect were selected. Two sites, 1 and lA, at the northern end of the forest, with elevations of 1310 m and 1320 m, are located 375 m apart. The forest is of medium density with numerous individuals of the native black oak, Quercus kelloggii, which are scattered among the conifers. Site 2, elevation 1365 m, is located 2.6 km southward of sites 1 and lA. It slopes westward and has a grove of Q. kelloggii surrounded by a coniferous forest amongst which are numerous oaks and shrubs. Site 3, elevation 1292 m, located 840 m south-eastward of site 2, is beside a stream in a dense forest of mature conifers. Oaks are totally absent and daily temperatures are consistently 2-3°C lower than at any other area of the forest. Site 4, elevation 1310 m, is located 1.31 km. south of site 3. The terrain slopes south-eastward. Soil depths in the western part of the area are shallow with numerous rocky outcrops. Numerous young Q. kelloggii oaks and Ceanothus sp. dominate this upper, drier and rocky western portion of the area while old mature oaks and a mixture of young oaks and conifers are present in the lower eastern portion. Plastic, red colored buckets, height 26 cm, dia. 21.5 cm, were used as bait traps, and fermenting, yeasted bananas as bait. Three buckets spaced 100-200 m apart were used at each of the five sites. The bait buckets were suspended from tree branches 0.5-1.5 m above the forest floor. Collections were scheduled to be accomplished at two-week intervals from mid-April to early October during 1981, ’82, ’83 and ’84. Each collection consisted of an “evening” collection followed by a “morning” collection on the following day. The bait buckets and baits were removed at the termination of the “morning” collections. Occasionally one or both collections were nonproductive due to environmental conditions such as low temperatures, high temperatures or the rare passage of a weather front through the area. All specimens collected at each of the 15 baits were returned to the laboratory for identification. Since the four species of the D. obscura species group cannot be effectively separated visually, individuals belonging to the group were identified by electrophoretic techniques. Blodgett Forest Species During the four years, 1981-84 inclusive, adults of 13 species belonging to three subgenera, i.e. Dorsilopha, Drosophila and Sophophora, were collected (Table 1). Subgenus Dorsilopha Sturtevant A single male specimen of D. busckii Sturtevant was collected 6.vi.82 (Table 1). D. busckii is a cosmopolitan “garbage” species. This single individual can reasonably be considered to have been a migrant into the Blodgett Forest. Subgenus Sophophora Sturtevant Adults of two species of the melanogaster species group and four species of the obscura species group were collected during each of the four years (Table 1). VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 249 Summary of Species Table 1 Subgenus Species 1981 d 2 1982 d 2 1983 d 2 1984 d 2 Dorsilopha D. busckii 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Sophophora D. melanogaster SS 5 - 4 - 5 - 38 - D. simulans S6 53 - 6 - 104 - 165 - D. melanogaster D. simulans 118 32 262 1387 D. azteca D. miranda 1290 1410 1049 1040 1500 2170 1075 973 D. persimilis D. pseudoobscura Drosophila D. californica 7 7 11 14 378 282 84 47 D. immigrans 2 35 0 5 9 53 0 3 D. montana 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 D. occidentalis 143 129 51 34 162 143 167 138 D. pinicola 249 20 56 67 60 50 38 45 D. subfunebris 4 13 0 1 3 10 3 14 Melanogaster species group D, melanogaster yiQigQn and D. simulans Sturtevant During all four years adults of both species were absent from the collections during the months of April, May, June and July (Table 2). Presumably they were also absent during the winter and early spring. Only two males, one of each species, plus 32 females were collected during August and 30 of these females during August of 1984 (Table 2). In each of the four years the number of females greatly exceeded the number of males collected, i.e., 4.7 females for each male. Also the number of simulans males greatly exceeded the number of melanogaster males. Blodgett Forest is located in the drainage of the Sacramento Valley. At the lower elevations vast acreages of the valley are devoted to vineyards, orchards and vegetable crops, especially tomatoes. Each year huge populations of both D. melanogaster and D. simulans develop in these agricultural areas. The simulans populations greatly exceed in size the populations. Areas located about 15-20 miles southwest and west of Blodgett are known to produce large populations of both of these species. After the fruits and vegetables are harvested the adults must seek other food and ovipositional sites. The appearance of adults of the two species in the Blodgett Forest in September and October during each of the four years suggests that these individuals were migrants from lower elevations and that they must have migrated at least 15-20 miles. Further, the lack of individuals of both 250 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Table 2 Species Year Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Totals D. melanogaster 1981 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 1982 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 4 1983 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 5 1984 0 0 0 0 1 37 0 38 52 D. simulans 1981 0 0 0 0 0 38 15 53 1982 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 6 1983 0 0 0 0 0 8 96 104 1984 0 0 0 0 1 162 2 165 328 D. melanogaster 9$ 1981 0 0 0 0 2 94 22 118 D. simulans 1982 0 0 0 0 0 32 0 32 1983 0 0 0 0 0 95 167 262 1984 0 0 0 0 30 1352 5 1387 1749 species during the months of April through July indicates that the migrants that reach Blodgett during the months of August through October of the preceding year were not able to survive in the forests during the winter months. Obscura species group Four species of the obscura group are residents of the Blodgett Forest; i.e. D. azteca Sturtevant and Dobzhansky, D. miranda Dobzhansky, D. persimilis Dobzhansky and Epling and D. pseudoobscura Frolowa. Numerically they are the dominant species of the forest (Table 1). Morphologically, individuals of D. persimilis and D. pseudoobscura are essentially indistinguishable. Undersized individuals of D. miranda can be confused with large sized individuals of persimilis and pseudoobscura. Only the males of azteca can be confidently identified. The electrophoretic patterns of each of the four species, however, are species specific and therefore were utilized to determine the specific identity of the flies (Table 3). D. pseudoobscura and D. persimilis are numerically the dominant members of the obscura species constituting more than 70% of the obscura flies collected during 1981, ’82 and ’83 but receding to 61% in 1984. In comparison D. miranda increased from 6.88% in 1981 to 23.26% in 1984. D. miranda is a “northern” species whose range extends from Canada to the southern portion of California. In comparison D. azteca is a “southern” species whose range extends from Guatemala to northern California. From 1981 to 1983 the azteca populations decreased sharply but recovered in 1984 (Table 3). No specimens of the recently introduced D. subobscura were collected during the years 1981-84. During 1985 a few collections were made in the forest and D. subobscura appeared in one of these. VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 251 Table 3 D. obscura group species 1981 1982 1983 1984 D. pseudoobscura 36.28% 27.16% 44.35% 30.85% D. persimilis 34.64% 47.83% 32.66% 30.29% D. miranda 6.88% 13.74% 20.80% 23.26% D. azteca 22.20% 11.27% 2.19% 15.60% Subgenus Drosophila Six species of the subgenus were collected (Table 1). Each of these is a member of a different species group. D. californica Sturtevant D. californica, a member of the repleta species group, was described by Sturtevant (1923) on the basis of 1 d and 4 9 9 collected at Pacific Grove, California. Subsequent collecting has indicated that the species is apparently restricted to California. Its larval substrate is unknown and it is considered to be a “rare” species since it appears infrequently and usually in small numbers in Drosophila collections. The volume of the larval substrate present in any area is positively correlated with the size of adult populations of the species that breeds in the substrate; i.e., with rare exceptions Drosophila females are capable of producing and ovipositing large numbers of fertile eggs during their normal life spans. Thus the major factor controlling population size is the availability of suitable larval substrate(s). During 1981 only 14 individuals (Table 4) were collected, 11 of which were collected during July and August. In 1982 25 individuals were collected, but, in 1983, 660 specimens of californica were collected. Clearly the amount of larval substrate suitable for D. californica increased dramatically in 1983. In 1984 the population receded and only 131 individuals were collected. D. immigrans Sturtevant This cosmopolitan species is similar to D. melanogaster and D. simulans in that it cannot overwinter in the forest. During the four years 107 specimens, 11 d c? and 96 9 9 , were collected. Of these 1 6 and 3 9 9 were collected during the months of April through August while the remaining 103 were captured during September and October. The yearly variation was great: e.g., only three specimens, all females, were captured in 1984,62 individuals of which nine were males in 1983, five females and no males in 1982 and 35 females and 2 males in 1981. It can reasonably be concluded that all of these individuals were migrants from lower elevation. D. montana Patterson and Wheeler Only three females, one each in 1982,1983 and 1984, were captured. This species utilizes the fermenting bark of the aspen of its larval substrate. Since aspen is lacking 252 Table 4 D. californica Sturtevant PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Apr 6 9 May 6 9 June cJ 9 July (J 9 Aug 3 9 Sept d 9 Oct 6 9 Totals 36 99 T 1981 1 0 0 0 1 0 3 3 1 4 0 0 0 0 7 7 14 1982 0 0 0 0 3 3 5 6 1 3 2 2 0 0 11 14 25 1983 0 1 3 1 11 19 54 51 88 77 148 117 74 16 378 282 660 1984 1 0 10 9 5 2 11 7 34 22 24 7 1 0 84 47 131 480 350 830 D. Table 5 immigrans Sturtevant July 3 9 Aug 3 9 Sept 3 9 Oct (J 9 Totals 33 99 T 1981 0 1 0 0 0 33 2 0 2 34 37* 1982 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 5 5 1983 1 0 0 1 6 46 2 6 9 53 62 1984 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 3 3 *one 9 coll. 4 April 81 from the Blodgett Forest these three specimens appear to be migrants from higher elevations where aspen and D. montana are both common. D. occidentalis Spencer and D. pinicola Sturtevant Both species utilize fungi as larval substrates. The Blodgett Forest has a Mediterranean type climate with only scant and unpredictable precipitation during the summer months. As a result the area becomes increasingly desiccated during the summer and early fall. The fungal populations reach their peak during April and May and steadily decline during the remainder of the year. Fungi do exist during the summer months along stream banks and at the outflows of a few permanent springs. D. occidentalis populations peak during June and July. Except for 1982 its populations were similar in size during each of the other three years (Table 6). In contrast the pinicola populations reach their peak during May. D. pinicola females become sterile when subjected to temperatures above 18°C (Spieth and Heed 1975). In the Blodgett Forest the pinicola populations were largest during May (Table 7) and declined rapidly during the following months, and this decline may be due to temperature constraints. Further, the pinicola populations, for unknown reasons, declined drastically during each of the following years after 1981. D. subfunebris Stalker and Spencer During the four years only 48 specimens of subfunebris were collected (Table 1) and it appears to be the rarest of the native species in the Blodgett Forest. Since, VOLUME 63, NUMBER 3 253 Table 6 D. occidentalis Spencer Apr (J 2 May i 2 June 6 2 July 6 2 Aug S 2 Sept